Sr. No Name of Topic Page No

1/273
Sr. Name of Topic Page No.

No
1. Shruti font 2
2. Ms Word 3-26
Folder 3
Gujarati Paragraph 4
English Paragraph 11
Table 14
Mail Merge 20
3. Ms Excel 27-44
HRA 27
Marksheet 31
Chart 34
Subtotal 38
Pivot Table 40
4. Outlook 45-47
5. Ms PowerPoint 48-67
6. Ms Project 68-75
Simple 69
Resource sheet 74
7. Que. For 5 Marks 76-86
Folder/Screen saver 76
Desktop/ System Date 78
Shortcut 79
JPG & BMP 80
RENAME/CHANGE ATTRIBUTE OF FILE 80
Capacity/IP Address 81
Paint 84
TBILconvertor 86
8. Sample Papers 87-94
9. Sample Question. 95-218
10. Shortcut Key 219-220
11. Fundamental Theory 221-253
12. Internet Theory 254-273
2/273
SHRUTI
START Microsoft Office Word 2003 OK
ક સલોક ક બધ
CAPS LOCK :- OFF (ક ં રાખવી)
-જો આફબેટ (ક ુ ં નામ) ક પીટલમા
ીટલ ં હોય તો શી#ટ ક(SHIFT KEY) સાથે દબાવવી
-અડધા લખવો (દા.ત. , ્ માટ ફ-ત kh જ દબાવ/ુ)ં
અડધા અ(ર લખવા માટ પાછળનો “a” ન લખવો.
S ka I ya અઃ aH
B kha Z ra 1 aM
U ga , la ઑ O
3 gha J va ઍ A
R cha ; sa ઋ Ra / Ru / Ri
K chha ષ Sha ૐ OM
H ja X sha
h jha C ha ક ka
8 Ta / La કા kaa
9 Tha 1F xa 7ક ki
0 Da 7 Gya / jNja ક kee
- Dha 8ુ ku
6 Na અ a 8ૂ koo
T ta આ aa ક ke
Y tha ઇ i ક; kai / kei
N da ઈ ee કો ko
W dha ઉ u કૌ kau / kou
G na ઊ oo કં ka^
5 pa એ e કઃ kaH
O fa ઐ ai / ei કઁ kaM
A ba ઓ o કૉ kO
E bha ઔ au / ou કF kA
D ma G a^ 8ૃ kRa / kRu / kRi
I kra
3/273
MSWORD
ફોડર બનાવવા માટ

ડકJટોપ પર રાઇટ કKલક કર NEW FOLDER પોતા ુ નામ લખી એLટર
આપ/ુ.ં
WORD OPEN કરવા માટ

START Microsoft Office Word 2003 OK
TITLEBAR STANDARD TOOLBAR
FORMATING TOOLBAR MENUBAR
RULER LINE
STASKBAR
STATUS BAR DROWING TOOLBAR HORIZONTAL SCROLL BAR
VERTIC SCROLL BAR

4/273
(1) Type the following paragraph in MS Word

ુ
આજકાલ બધા જ લોકો Computer તરફ આકષMત છે . હરકોઈ કોNOટર Pારા પોતા ુ ં કામ સરળ અને
ઝડપી કરવાં ઈRછે છે .તો Computer િવશે આપણે થોUુ Vણીએ......
ુ
કોNOટર
1. એક ઈલે-Xોિનક ડવાઈસ છે .
ુ
2. તે Oઝરની ુ
આદ શ Zજબ કાય[ કર છે .
ુ સામાLય માણસ કરતા હVરો ગણી ઝડપથી કાય[ કર શક છે .
3. કોNOટર
Note:
• Set left and right margin as 1.3 inches each
• Give Header as “COMPUTER” and display Page Number in the Footer.
• Give Page border to the document
• Save this file by the name Computer in your folder created on the desktop of your computer.
(I) માજMન સેટ કરવા માટ

ુ PAGE SETUP MARGIN માં^યા Zજબ
FILEમેમાં ુ સેટ કર/ં.ુ આ બો( નીચે Zજબ
ુ ુ જોવા મળશે.
OK
1.5
TOP 1.5 BOTTOM
LEFT RIGHT 2.0

2.0
(II) HEADER AND FOOTER માટ

ુ HEADER AND FOOTERHEADER માં મા^યા Zજબ
VIEW મ` ુ ુ
લખ/ં aટરમાં પેજ લાવવા
ુ
માટ DOWN KEY આપવી. મા^યાં Zજબ ુ
લખ/ં
5/273
HEADER AND FOOTER નામ ુ ં બો( બંધ કર દ /.ું
(III) PAGE BORDER આપવા માટ

FORMAT મે ું BORDER AND SHADING PAGE BORDER કોઇપણ
બોડર ુ ુ જોવ મળશે.)
[ િસલેકટ કર OK.(આ બો( નીચે Zજબં
(IV) FILE SAVE કરવા માટ

ુ SAVE ઉપરના એરો ઉપરથી પોતાનાં ફોડર ઉપર b-લક કર FILENAMEનાં ખાનામાં
FILE મ`
ુ
મા^યાં Zજબ નામ લખી SAVE
6/273
(2) Type the content given below in an MS Word document and follow the instructions
given at the end save file with name ર 7ડયો.
ડયો
ર 7ડયો તો ઘણા નાના થઈ ગયા .એફ . લટકાવી શકાય તેવા એલ .સી .ડ .મળવા
એમ .ર 7ડયો પેન dવડ સાઇઝમા ં મળે છે લા^યાં. ટ Kલફોન ુ ં Jથાન હવે મોબાઇલે
dને તમે પેનની dમ જ KખJસામા ં ભરાવીને લીf ું છે .મોબાઇલમા ં પણ શgઆતના ભાર
ં
સાભળ શકો .બેટર પણ એવી જ નાની અને મોટા મોડલની સરખામણીએ હવે
થઈ ગઈ. ટવી તો હવે દવાલ પર ૂ
ટhકડા મોડલ મળવા લા^યા છે .
• Type the paragraph using 2 columns show above and use Drop Cap.
• Alignment of the paragraph should be Justify
• Line spacing should be at least 1.5
• Page orientation should be portrait
• Give simple page border
• Give Header as “ર 7ડયો” and Footer as “ટ Kલફોન”
• Use font of size 11
(V) પેરiાફને બ` ભાગ આપવા માટ

PARAGRAPH િસલે-ટ કરવોj ૂણિવરામ
[ િસલે-ટ કર/ંુ ન7હFORMAT મે ું COLUMNS TWO
ુ
અથવા THREE (બે ભાગ પાડવા માટ TWO અને kણ ભાગ પાડવા માટ THREE) મા^યાં Zજબ િસલે-ટ કર
LINE BETWEEN
OK
7/273
(VI) lથમ અ(ર મોટો કરવા માટ

ું DROP CAP DROPPED OK
PARAGRPHનો પહલો અ(ર િસલે-ટ કરવો FORMAT મે
(VII) LINE SPACING કરવા ં માટ બે લીટ વRચે વધાર જ^યા છોડવા ં માટ )
(બે
ુ
લખાણ િસલે-ટ કર/ંુ ફોરમેટmગ nલબારમાં લાઈન Jપેસmગ નામનાં બો(ના તીર ઉપર જઇ માં^યા
ુ
Zજબ લાઈન Jપેસmગ ઉપર b-લક કર/ંુ
8/273
(3) Do the following exercise in MS-Word

ભારતીય 7ડલોમેટના સતા
ં ન એવા ડૉ. રામા ટનએજથી જ પોતે બનાવેલી
લેબોર ટરમા ં lયોગો કરતા ં રહતા અને તેમણે છપલાના ં સશોધનથી
ં લઇને ડાઇનાસોરના ં
ુ
Oગના ં અવશેષો oધીની
ુ શાખાઓમા ં રસ દાખpયો છે .
Commands
• Use font size 16, and font color Blue.
• Set left margin as 2.0 and right margin as 1.0
• Give page background of Yellow color.
• Save the document with name Nobel Prize
ુ
જરાતમાં ઘણા ફરવા લાયક, ઐતીહાસીક તેમજ ધામMક Jથળો આવેલા છે . ધામMક Jથળોમાં વેરાવળ ુ ં સોમનાથ
મહાદ વ ુ ં મદર તેમજ Pારકામાં આવેલ Pારાકાધીશ ુ ં મંદરતો િવrવિવsયાત છે . તt્ ઉપરાત ગાંધીનીગરમાં
આવેલ Jવામીનારાયણ મંદર, પાલીતાણામાં આવેલ uન દ રાસર, અમદાવાદમાં ઇJકોન મંદર વગેર સહલાણીઓ
માટ એક આકષણ
[ ુ ક Lv છે
Note:
• Set top and bottom margin as 2.0 inches
• Set inter line spacing as 1.5
• Save the file by the name GUJARAT in your folder created on the desktop of your
computer.
(5) Type the content given below in an MS Word document and follow the instructions
given at the end save file with name અKભગમ.
અKભગમ.
બદલાતા સંજોગો બદલાય છે , માણસ નથી બદલાતા ખાલી તેમના અKભગમ બદલાય છે ...
pwવહાર નથી બદલાતા
થોડાક શxદો ઉRચારવાથી દાવો માંડ|ો અને માર સઘળ અને d ખરદ શક છે તે શેઠ તેને
અy^નની સા(ીએ લ^ન થાય છે ુ
ટ}શન ફ પાછ મેળવી.
વી સંતાનને ઊપાડ ના શક . કટલાક લોકો ુ ં
.... અને થોડાક વfુુ
વf શxદો સારા સંJકાર આપવા ગમે તેટલા 7દલ દ7રયા d/ંુ િવશાળ હોય છે ..
ઉRચારવાથી ઘરમાં અy^નનો lયાસ કરો ..... આખર તો એ મા dમાં એક ચકંુ ય પોતાની તરસ
સા(ાzકાર થાય છે . કાયદા ું ુ
- બાપનેજ અસરશે !!! ઇ~ર ુ ં ના િછપાવી શક !!! pwવહાર નથી
િશ(ણ મ` એટલી સાર રતે હાંસલ બેલેLસ ક/ ું અદત
ુ છે ... પાંચ બદલાતા સંજોગો બદલાય છે ,
ુ
કOંુ ક કાયદાનો અ{યાસ jરો મણ ઘની બોર ઉપાડ શક તે માણસ નથી બદલાતા ખાલી
થયા પછ મ` માર કોલેજ પર ુ એક સાથે ખરદ ના શક ;
મર તેમના અKભગમ બદલાય છે
• Type the paragraph using 3 columns show above

• Alignment of the paragraph should be Justify
• Line spacing should be at least 1.5
• Page orientation should be portrait
• Give simple page border
• અKભગમ” સંજોગો”
અKભગમ and Footer as “સં
Give Header as “અKભગમ ોગો
• Use font of size 10
9/273
(6) Type the following in MS Word

ુ
જરાત સરકારના વગ[-1 અને જgર છે . CCC+ ની તાલીમ સરદાર પટલ
વગ[-2માં આવતા અિધકાર ીના ુ
ઇLJટટ}ટ ઓફ પxલીક એડમીનીJXશન
lમોશન માટ CCC+ ું ાન (SPIPA) Pારા ABC Computer Training
તેમજ તેની પર(ા પાસ કરવી Pvt. Ltd. ના સહયોગ વડ આપવામાં આવે છે .
Note:

• Display header as “SPIPA” and footer as “TRAINING”
• Save the file by the name CCC+ in your folder created on the desktop of your
computer
ૂ
(VIII) િપકચર Zકવા માટ
INSERTPICTURE CLIP ART b-લક કર/ંુ GO મા^યાં Zજબ
ુ િપકચર િસલેકટ કર/ંુ
એટલે િપકચર પેજ પર આવી જશે. zયારપછ િપકચર પર ડબલ b-લક કરવાથી Format Picture
નામ ુ ડાયલોગ બો( આવશે.
ુ Square ઉપર b-લક કર/ં

Layout ઉપર b-લક કર/ં ુ OK
ુ
Kચkની આબાુ ગોળ ટપકા આવશે. આથી આપણે Kચkને ખસેડ શકએ છએ અને
Kચkને નાં-ુ મોnંુ કર શકએ છએ. Kચk ને યો^ય જ^યા પર Zક
ુ દ /.ુ
10/273
(7) Type the following paragraph using MS Word and save the file by the name summer in
આ
your folder created on the desktop of your computer.
જકાલ ગરમી નો lકોપ જોવા મળ ૂ
ંુ આ ું એક કારણ ltષણ
થોડા રો છે , અને હાલમાં બે-બે હોઇ શક ? જો હા તો ંુ આ
7દવસોથી ુ સાથે જોવા મળ રહ
ઋઓ સમJયાનો કોઇ ઉકલ ખરો ?
જોવો મળ રંુ છે ક છે , 7દવસ દરNયાન ગરમી ુ
ક dથી આપણે દર ક ઋને
અમદાવાદ તેમજ પડ અને રાkે ઠંડનો તેના ુ
8દરતી મીVજમાં
ુ
જરાતના મહાનગરોમાં અહસાસ થતો જોવા મળે છે . માણી શકએ
Note

• Set Header as SUMMER and display Page Number in the footer
(8) Type the following in MS Word
તા.
23-
23-3-2007 ના રોજ ગયેલી ભારતની 7Iકટ ટમ ુ
ભારત ી લંકા સામે ટમ
“ટમ ઇLડયા”ના
ઇLડયા નામથી
એકદમ ખરાબ રમત ુ ં ઓળખાવવા યો^ય છે ? યાર
lદશન
[ કર 67 રનથી હાર “7Iક ટ વડ[ કપ તે કોઇ નવી ટમ સામે મોટો Jકોર કર અને તેને

2007” માંથી બહાર ફકાઇ ગOં.ુ આ પહલા Jકોર ના આધાર પર તે વડ[ કપતીશકછે?
બાં^લાદ શ dવી નબળ ટમ સામે પણ હાર
Note:

• Create a in Ms-Word for giving page border to the document.
• Save the file by the name GAME in your folder created on the desktop of your
computer.
(9) Type the following in MS Word:
આપણે CCC+ કોષમાં

[ માઇIોસો#ટ િવLડોઝ િવશે શીsયા, માઇIોસો#ટ િવLડોઝ ઉપરાંત અLય
ુ
ઓપર ટmગ સીJટમ પણ અવેલેબલ છે , dમ ક, લીન-સ, Oની-સ , ડોઝ વગર , િવLડોઝ એ મટટાJકગ
GUI ઓપર ટmગ સીJટમ છે .
i) India
Gujarat
i) Ahmedabad
Maharashtra
i) Mumbai
ii) America
New York
Chicago
Note:
1. Use Bullets and Numbering option.
ુ
2. Save this File name with જરાતી in your folder created on the desktop of your
computer
11/273
Sir as per your requirement we have also like to bring to

enclosed herewith details of the proposed your notice that we
course along with the commercial offer for are currently training
the same. Training can be conducted on over 500 participants on MS Office 2003
part time or full time basis, the same can
be arranged on a weekend. Sir we would
Note:
• Font of the text should be Arial and font size should be 10
• Give Header as “COMPUTER” and display Page Number in the Footer.
• Save the file by the name Ms Office in your folder created on the desktop of your
computer.
The course contains of talking, accent, communicate in a wide

content from Liqvid in proficiency variety of
association with “BBC levels and situations
Learning” and takes into learning patters .
account the Indian style enabling you to
Note:
• Set header of the document as “TRAINING” and it should be centre aligned.
• Save the file by the name BBC in your folder created on the desktop of your
computer.
12/273
ુ
(IX) WORDART Zકવા માટ
INSERT PICTURE WORDART

STEP 1 STEP 2
STEP 3 STEP 4
13/273
Opinion
• Every generation imagines itself to be • Nobody can go back and start a new
more intelligent than the one that went beginning, but anyone can start today and
before it, and wiser than the one that make a new ending
comes after it. • Success is the ability to go from one
• Learn to write your sorrows on sand, failure to another with no loss of
where winds of joy can erase it; and carve enthusias
your happiness on stone where even rain
cannot erase it.
• The best gift you can give is a hug: one
size fits all and no one ever minds if you
return it!
Commands:
• Type the above Thoughts with proper formatting as it appears.
• Set header as Suvichar and footer as SPIPA
• Set the Top margin as 1.5 and Bottom as 1.0.
• Save the document with name Judgment
(13) Prepare a MS Word document. Save the file by name ‘Ramayan’ in your folder created on
the desktop.
desktop of your computer.
Ramayan
Dasharath
Kaushalya
Ram
Sita
o Luv
o Kush
Sumitra
Laxman
Urmila
Shatrughna
Shrutikirti
kaikai
Bharat
Mandavi
Commands
• Give effect of Bold and do underline to title font.
• Use font size 14, and font color red.
• Apply border to document.
• Save the document with name Ramayan
14/273
TABLE
TABLE બનાવવા માટ
ઉભી હરોળને કોલમ કહવાશે.
આડ હરોળને રો કહવાશે.
ુ ં INSERT TABLE માં^યા Zજબ
TABLEમે ુ રો અને કોલમ િસલેકટ કર OK
(1) Prepare the following table in MS Word
Jટોક માક ટ રપોટ[

શેરના નામ તા. 20 તા. 21 ુ
8લ
િવlો 15000 25000
આઇ.
આઇ.સી.
સી.આઇ.
આઇ.સી.
સી.આઇ.
આઇ. 12500 10000
રલાયLસ ક પીટલ 45300 48000
એલ.
એલ. એLડ ટ.
ટ 28000 32000
Notes:
1. Page orientation should be “Landscape” and Top and Bottom margin should be 1.5 inches
each
2. Set Header as “BSE Stock Index”
3. Assign Page Number at Footer of the page
ૂ ” column using formula.
8લ
4. Calculate Total in “8લ
5. Save this File as Jટોક માક ટ in the folder created on the desktop of your computer.
(I) TABLE માં lથમ રો ને સાદ કરવા માટ
lથમ રોના બધા સેલ િસલેકટ કર TABLE મે ુ ં માથી MERGE CELLS આપ/ુ.
ું ટોટલ કરવા માટ
(II) TABLE
(યાં ટોટલ કરવા ુ ં છે zયા કસર
[ રાખ/)ુ ં
ુ FORMULA =SUM(LEFT) OK. ક-બોડ[ ઉપરથી() DOWN KEY આપવી
TABLEમેમાં
ક-બોડ[ ઉપરથી F4 ક દબાવવી.(
.( નધ.
નધ. lથમ DOWN KEY દબાવવી પછ જ F4 ક દબાવવી
દબાવવી.)
વવી.)
15/273

Marksheet
No Subjects Rakesh Shraddha Purnima Ishit
1 Hindi 89 56 48 75
2 Gujarati 56 85 62 65
3 Sanskrit 80 68 75 48
4 English 82 74 65 85
5 Maths 74 67 28 68
Total
Notes:-
• Set left margin as 1.5 and right as 1.0
• Set header as “Result” and show page number in footer, center aligned.
• Find total using Formula.
• Format the table using Auto Format.
• Save the document with name Marksheet
(3) Prepare the following table in MS Word.
ટવી ુ ં નામ 7કNમત ે

વટ ુ
8લ
બી.
બી. પી.
પી. એલ.
એલ. 3500 560
િવ7ડયોકોન 9500 1520
ે ં
સમસગ 10500 1680
ઓનીડા 7500 1200

Commands:
• ુ ” column using formula.
Calculate Total in “8લ
• Page orientation should be “Landscape”.
• Set the Top margin as 1.5 and Bottom as 1.0.
• Save the document with name ટ Kલિવઝન
SCORECARD OF ENGLAND SERIES

No. Name Match 1 Match 2 Match 3 Match 4 Total
1 Sachin 23 55 76 56
2 Rahul 34 48 44 78
3 Laxman 67 54 22 76
4 Dhoni 89 68 34 43
5 Sourav 121 98 11 33
Notes:
• Set page orientation as landscape and Top and Bottom Margin as 1.5 inches.
• Format the table using Table AutoFormat
• Find Total using formula from the table menu
• Give Header as ”CRICKET”
• Save this file by the name CRICKET in your folder created on the desktop of your computer.
16/273
માં lથમ રો ને xલેક કરવા માટ

(III) TABLEમાં
ુ ં TABLE AUTOFORMAT TABLEPROFESSIONAL APPLY
TABLEમે
No. Name English Gujarati Math Total

1 H.K.Patel 50 58 44
2 S.M.Patel 85 67 23
3 J.G.Vergees 76 88 65
4 S.N.Jani 25 63 43
Notes:
• Find Total using formula from the table menu
• Give Header as “CCC EXAM” and assign Page Number in the footer
• Set page orientation as landscape and Left and Right Margin as 1.2 inches.
• Save this file by the name score sheet in your folder created on the desktop of your computer.
(6) Prepare the following table in Ms word
INVIGILATORS REPORT FOR CCC EXAM

QUESTION 1 QUESTION 2
NO. NAME [A] [B] [A] [B] [C]
1 ASHISH 5 3 10 5 8
2 HEMANG 5 5 7 7 7
3 DHAVAL 4 5 4 9 10
Notes:
• Give Header as “CCC EXAM”
• Give Page border to the above document
• Save this file by the name table in your folder created on the desktop of your computer.

Type the following in MS Word and save the file by the name table in your folder created on the
SALES SHEET FOR THE MONTH OF MARCH 2007

Sr. No. Sales Person Product Price Quantity Amount
1 A Mobile 10000 10 100000
2 B Camera 1250 20 25000
3 C Calculator 150 30 4500
Total Sales 129500
Note
• Set Page Orientation as “Landscape”. Top and Bottom margin of the page should be 1.5”
each.
• Display Header = SALES SHEET and Footer = Page No, both should be centre aligned.
ુ ં TABLE AUTOFORMATજો બોડરવા

TABLEમે [ હોય તો TABLE ELEGANT APPLY
17/273
(8) Make the following table in Ms word with required formatting and border effects using Table Auto-
Format.
PRODUCT AMOUNT SALESMAN REGION
TV 100000 Ajay North
CD Player 200000 Jay North
DVD Player 300000 Sameer West
TV 150000 Sameer North
DVD Player 250000 Ajay West
CD Player 100000 Jay West
Note:
• Sort data in the table in ascending order based on Amount
• Save this file by the name table2 in your folder created on the desktop of your computer.
(IV) SORT DATA (ચઢતા ક ઉતરતા) Iમમાં ફરવવાં માટ
આ, ુ ટ બલ િસલે-ટ કર/
ુ ં TABLE SORT
ુ
SORT ઉપર b-લક કરતા નીચે Zજબની JIન જોવા મળશે
તેમા Sort by માં d ુ Sort કરવા ુ ં માંÔ ુ ં હોય તે તીર ઉપર જઈ િસલેકટ કર/ ુ ં દા.
દા.ત.
ુ
AMOUNT Ascending ક Descending માં^યા Zજબ િસલે-ટ કર OK
18/273
(9) Make a table using Ms word as mentioned below
SR NO. REGION BOY CHILD GIRL CHILD TOTAL

1 EAST 945 930 1875
2 WEST 970 928 1898
3 NORTH 923 940 1863
4 SOUTH 910 915 1825
Note:
• Find Total using Formula
• Set Page Orientation as “Landscape” Top and bottom margin of the page should be 2.0 each
• Give double line border to the table.
• Header should be “CHILDREN” & Footer Should Display the “Page Number” Save the file as
child in folder on the desktop of your computer.
(V) DOUBLE LINE BORDER કરવાં માટ

આ, ુ ટ બલ િસલે-ટ કર/ ુ ં FORMAT મે ુ BORDER AND SHADING નીચે Zજબ
ુ બો( આવશે
BORDER ALL તીર ઉપર જઇ ડબલ લાઈન બોડર

[ કાઢવી OK
19/273
(10) Type the following in Ms Word and save the file by the name table3 in your folder created on
the desktop of your computer.
માJટર સેસ કોપર શન ુ ં 25-3-2006નાં રોજ ુ ખા ુ ં

નામ ખરદ 7કમત વેચાણ 7કમત નફો / ખોટ
ટ.વી 15000 15500 500
રF 7જરટર 8000 7990 -10
ડ.વી.ડ. લેયર 2500 2530 30
ુ
કોNOટર 23000 25500 2500
ટોટલ:
Note:
• Find all the Totals using formula
• Give Header = TABLE and Footer = Page No., both should be centre aligned
(VI) SHADING આપવા માટ
lથમ રો િસલે-ટ કરવી FORMAT મે ુ BORDER AND SHADING નીચે Zજબ
ુ બો( આવશે
ુ ં OK
SHADINS iે કલર પર b-લક કર/
નફો-
નફો-ખોટ શોધવા માટ
(VII)નફો
વેચાણ 7કમત માંથી ખરદ 7કમત બાદ કરવી.
કરવી =C3-B3
20/273
MAIL MERGE
MAIL MERGE કરવાં માટ
ુ
MS WORD (WIN WORD) OPEN કરો lથમ માં^યા Zજબ લેટર ટાઈપ કરવો TOOLS
LETTERS AND MAILNGS MAIL MERGE
NEXT: STARTING DOCUMENT NEXT: SELECT RECIPIENTS TYPE A NEW LIST

21/273
CREATE
ુ
CREATE ઉપર b-લક કરતા ઉપર Zજબની JIન જોવા મળશે CUSTOMIZE
ુ
COSTOMIZE ઉપર b-લક કરતા ઉપર Zજબની JIન જોવા મળશે તેમાં d ના જોઈ ુ હોય તેના ઉપર b-લક
કર DELETE YES જો વધારાના જોઈતા હોય તો ADD
22/273
ુ
ADD ઉપર b-લક કરતા ઉપર Zજબની ુ
JIન જોવા મળશે તેમા માં^યા Zજબ લખી OK આ રતે માં^યા
ુ
Zજબ ADD કર દ / ુ ં
નામ ADD કર ુ એટલે ઉપર Zજબની

ુ ુ
JIન જોવા મળશે OK નીચે Zજબની ુ
JIન અસાર પોત ુ ં એસ
ટાઈપ કર/ ુ ં
બીુ એસ ટાઈપ કર/ ુ ં હોય તો NEW ENTRY CLOSE

23/273
CLOSE કર ુ એટલે ઉપર Zજબની

ુ ુ
JIન જોવા મળશે તેમાં માં^યા Zજબ નામ આપી SAVE
OK
લેટર ટાઈપ કર લો છે zયા To ની નીચે કસર ુ

[ Zક/ ુ MAIL MERGE નામનાં બો(માં છા બટન ઉપર b-લક
કર/ ુ ં
ુ
છાબટન (INSERT MERGE FIELD) ઉપર b-લક કરતા ઉપર Zજબની ુ
JIન જોવા મળશે તેમાં માં^યા Zજબ
ઉપર b-લક કર
24/273
INSERT
MAIL MERGE નામનાં બો(નાં છે લેથી ચોથા નામના બો( ઉપર b-લક કર/ ુ (Merge to new document)
ુ
] OK નીચે Zજબની JIન જોવા મળશે.
25/273
MS-EXCEL નો ઉપયોગ કર Mail Merge
lથમ MS-EXCEL માં Saurce (i.e Field given in << >>) lમાણે ફાઈલ તૈયાર કરો. dને Address નામથી સેવ
કરો. MS-Word lોiામ ઓપન કરો અને તNને આપવામાં આવેલો લેટર ટાઈપ કરો હવે View Toolbars
Mailmerge પર b-લક કર/ ુ ં MailMerge Toolbar માંથી Insert Merge Field બટન પર b-લક કર Data
Source ને તમાર ફાઈલમાં સેટ કરો. તમાર ફાઈલ ને Letter નામથી સેવ કરો. Mailmerge Toolbar માંથી
Merge To New Document ના બટન પર b-લક કરો. OK નવી ફાઈલ બનશે dને Interview નામથી સેવ
કરો.
(1) Prepare a MS Word document to send the following letter to two different candidates for the
interview using mail merge option in MS Word. Save the final merged file by the name interview in
your folder located on the desktop of your computer
To,
<<Name>>
<<Area>>,
<<City>>
Dear <<Name>>,
st
This is to inform that you have been short listed for the post of <<post>> based on the 1 round
st
of interview. You are instructed to join duty from 1 March 2008.
For, CBI Computers
Manager.
(2) Prepare a MS Word document using Mail Merge to send the following letter to two candidates
informing them about the cancellation of the interview. Save the merged file in your folder on the
desktop by the name “interview”
To,
<<Name>>
<<CodeNumber>>
<<Address>>,
<<City>>.
<<Name>>,
st
This is to inform that due to unavoidable circumstance your interview scheduled for 1 of
February 2007 has been cancelled. We will update you about the new dates shortly
For, PQR, Ahmedabad
Manager - HR
26/273
(3) Prepare a MS Word document to send the following letter to three participants informing them
about there selection in your company. Save the final merged file by the name “selection.doc” in
your folder located on the desktop of your computer.
To,
<<Name>>
<<Address>>
<<City>>
<<State>>.
Dear <<Name>>,
This is to inform that you have been selected for the post of <<Post>> in our company. You are
st
supposed to report on duty from 1 April 2005.
For, Drums Limited
Director
27/273
EXCEL
EXCEL lોiામ ખોલવા (OPEN) કરવા માટ
START Microsoft Office Excel 2003 OK
(1) Make the following Pay Roll Sheet using MS Excel as per below mentioned notes and save
the file by the name Payroll in your folder created on the desktop of your computer.
Name Basic Salary DA HRA CLA Gross PF PT Total Ded. Net

Bipasa 6750.00
Madhuri 2500.00
Kajol 4000.00
Notes
• CLA for all employees would be Rs. 240
• Calculate DA=10% of Basic Salary, HRA=16% of Basic Salary
• Gross is addition of DA, HRA and CLA
• PF is 12% of Gross ,PT is 8% of Gross
• Total Deduction is addition of PF and PT, Net is Gross minus Total Ded.
• Display “Rs.” As currency sign in the Net Coloumn
• Rename the sheet as Salary
(I) Rs. gિપયા Z ૂકવા માટ

ુ
d – તે કોલમ િસલેકટ કર ફોમ¡ટmગ nલબારમાં ુ
% (ટકા) ની ડાબી બામાં આપેલા બટન (CURRENCY) પર
કKલક કર/ુ.
(II) શીટ ને રનેમ આપવા માટ

ુ
Sheet11 પર ડબલ b-લક કર મા^યાં Zજબ નામ લખી એLટર આપ/ુ
28/273
(2) Make the following Pay Roll Sheet using MS Excel as per below mentioned notes and save the file by
the name Payroll 1 in your folder created on the desktop of your computer.
Name Basic DA HRA CLA Gross PF PT Total Net

Salary Ded.
Suresh 7605.00
Mahesh 3200.00
Mukesh 4250.00
Notes
• PF is 12% of Gross ,PT is 8% of Gross
• Total Deduction is addition of PF and PT, Net is Gross minus Total Ded.
• Display “Rs.” As currency sign in the Net Coloumn
• Rename the sheet as Salary
(3) Make the following table using MS Excel as mentioned below
Name Basic Salary HRA CLA Gross PF Net
Salary
Sachin Rs. 5350.00
Rahul Rs. 6750.00
Virendra Rs. 9250.00
Yuvraj Rs. 8200.00
Note
• HRA is 20% of Basic Salary, CLA for all employees is Rs. 200
• Gross is Basic Salary + HRA + CLA
• Find PF using Condition as per the following slab
IF Basic salary is less than Rs. 7000.00, then PF=10% of Basic Salary and
IF Basic salary is greater than Rs. 7000.00, then PF=20% of Basic Salary
• Net Salary is Gross - PF
• All the figures should have “Rs.” as currency sign with 2 digit decimals
• Save the file by the name salary in your folder created on the desktop of your computer.
=if(b2<7000, b2*10%,b2*20%)
Name Basic Salary HRA CLA Gross PF Net
Salary
Nitin Rs. 8500.00
Bharat Rs. 9350.00
Jivraj Rs. 11000.00
Sachin Rs. 10500.00
Note
• HRA is 10% of Basic Salary, CLA for all employees is Rs. 250.00
• Find PF using Condition as per the following slab
IF Basic salary is less than Rs. 10000.00, then PF=700 and
IF Basic salary is greater than Rs. 10000.00, then PF=1000
• Net Salary is Gross - PF
• All the figures should have “Rs.” as currency sign with 2 digit decimals
• Save the file by the name Payroll 2 in your folder created on the desktop of your computer.
PF શોધવા માટ =if(b2<10000,700,1000)

29/273

Name Basic Salary City HRA CLA Gross PF Net
Salary
Mahendra Rs.5350.00 Surat
Jitendra Rs. 6750.00 Rajkot
Dharmendra Rs. 9250.00 Surat
Surendra Rs. 8200.00 Rajkot
Note
• Find HRA using Condition as per the following slab
If City= Surat then HRA = 2000 and
If City = Rajkot then HRA=1500
=if(c2=”Surat”,2000,1500)
• CLA for all employees is Rs. 250.00 & PF if 14% of Basic Salary
• Net Salary is Gross – PF
• All the figures should have “Rs.” Currency sign with 2 digit decim is
• Save the file by the name salary 1 in your folder created on the desktop of your computer.
(6) Make the following Pay Roll Sheet using MS Excel as per below
Name Basic Salary DA HRA TA Gross PF PT DED NET
Jayesh 4600
Tushar 5800
Ajay 8100
Notes
• HRA is 10% of Basic , DA for all employees is 100,TA is 5% of Basic
• Gross is Basic + HRA + TA
• PF is 5.5% of Gross, PT for all employees is 20
• DED is PF + PT
• NET if GROSS – DED
• All the figure should have “Rs” as currency sign with 2 digit decimals
• Save the file by the name salary in your folder created on the desktop of your computer.
(7) Make the following Pay Roll Sheet using MS Excel as per below mentioned notes and save
the file by the name Payroll 3 in your folder created on the desktop of your computer.

Raj 8750.00
Dhaval 4000.00
Kiren 14000.00
Mahesh 5000.00
Notes
• Gross is addition of Basic salary,DA, HRA and CLA
• Calculate PF using condition or Lookup as per below mentioned slabe if Basic salary is less then
6500,PF=10% of Basic salary or else 20% of Basic salary
=if(b2>6500,b2*20%,b2*10% )
• PT for all employees would be Rs. 150
• Total Deduction is addition of PF and PT
• Net is Gross minus Total Ded.
30/273
(8) Make the following using MS Excel as per below mentioned notes and save the file by the
name Payroll 4 in your folder created on the desktop of your computer.

Karuna 6225.00
Ghanshyam 2250.00
Snehashish 12125.00
Aviral 4420.00
Note
CLA for all employees would be Rs. 120
• Calculate PF using condition or Lookup or Function as
10 % of basic or Rs. 1000.00 whichever is less. =min(b2*10%,1000)
• Calculate PT using condition or lookup as per the following slabs
If Basic < 3000, PT = 0
>= 3000 and < 4500, PT = 20
>= 4500 and < 6500, PT = 40
>= 6500, PT = 60
=if(b2>=6500,60,if(b2>=4500,40,if(b2>=3000,20,0)))
• Total Ded. is addition of PF and PT
(III) PT ને lookup કરવા માટના Jટ પ
સૌlથમ Jલેબના ટબલને િસલે-ટ કરો Name Box પર b-લક કર ABC નામ આપી એLટર
આપ/ંુ
PT ના ખાનામાં =lookup(b2,abc) એLટર ક દબાવવી

31/273
name Payroll 5 in your folder created on the desktop of your computer.
Arun 6750.00
Shyam 2500.00
Neha 12000.00
Viral 4000.00
Note
• Calculate PF = 10% of Gross
• Calculate PT using condition or lookup as per the following slabs
If Basic < 3000, PT = 0
>= 3000 and < 4500, PT = 20
>= 4500 and < 6500, PT = 40
>= 6500, PT = 60
• Total Ded. is addition of PF and PT
name marksheet in your folder on the desktop of your computer.
Student Name Hindi Gujarati English Total Average Status

Samir Shah 33 44 54
Mayank Patel 55 78 22
Jayesh Modi 67 45 39
Ajay Mehta 87 65 80
Note
• Calculate Total using function or formula only
• Calculate Average using function or formula only
• Calculate Status using condition or lookup as per the following slabs
• Status = PASS if student has scored more than 35 marks in all three subjects other wise
Status = FAIL
• Display “MARKSHEET” as header of the worksheet
• Filter data for all students whose Status = ”PASS”
=IF(MIN(B2:D2)>=35,”PASS”,”FAIL”)
32/273
(11) Make the following worksheet using MS Excel as per below mentioned notes.
Number Name City Basic Status

1 Chaitanya Baroda Rs.15,000
2 Parantap Rajkot Rs.10,000
3 Virat Ahmedabad Rs.8,000
4 Sachin Surat Rs.12,00
5 Kavish Baroda Rs.6,00
6 Virendra Baroda Rs.10,00
7 Aditya Rajkot Rs.6,000
8 Saurabh Ahmedabad Rs.8,000
9 Sreenath Surat Rs.15,000
10 Gautam Ahmedabad Rs.10,000
Note :
Sort the data as per Name in descending order.
Display Rs. In numerical field.
Find the status if Basic<=8000 then “fresher”
If Basic >=12000 then “experienced”
Otherwise “regular”.
Rename the sheet as “Pay”
Save file by name statement
0 8000 12000
Fresher Regular Experienced
Status ના ખાનામાં =lookup(d2,abc) એLટર ક દબાવવી
(12) Make the following worksheet using MS Excel as per below mentioned notes and save the file
by name List in your folder created on the desktop of your computer.
Details of Purchase
Item Name Quantity Price Total Cost
Full scape
8 30
notebook
Ball Pen 5 10
Notebook 6 15
Compass box 2 30
Amount to Pay
Note :
Find the total Cost and Amount to Pay using Formula or Function.
Make the Pie chart using Total Cost; values should be displayed in the chart.
Display header of the worksheet as ‘Stationary’
Give Red Border to your work.
33/273
[ માટ આ,ંુ ટબલ િસલેJટ કર Format મે ુ માં Cells Border બોડર
(IV) Red બોડર [ િસલે-ટ કર
Red કલર િસલે-ટ કર Outline- Inside પર b-લક કર OK.(આ
આ ડાયલોગ બો-સ નીચે Zજબ
ુ જોવા મળશે.)
(13) Make the following worksheet using MS Excel as per below mentioned notes.
Sunrise higher secondary School

Admission Detail
Number Student’s Name City Percentage Status
1 Chaitali Jamnagar 68
2 Parag Ahmedabad 89
3 Viral Rajkot 75
4 Sachin Surat 98
5 Kavita Ahmedabad 80
6 Ramesh Junagadh 70
Note :
Find status according to following condition using formula.
• If percentage is greater than 85 than status is given
• If percentage is less than 75 than status is not given
• Otherwise waiting
Rename the sheet as “Add”
Save file by name Entrance
0 75 85
Not given Waiting Given
Status ના ખાનામાં =lookup(d2,abc) એLટર ક દબાવવી
34/273
(14) Make the following mark sheet using MS Excel as per below mentioned notes and save the file by
the name marksheet in your folder on the desktop of your computer..
No. Student Name Math Science English Total Average Status Grade
1 Arunkumar 35 78 65
2 Ashish Patel 45 98 55
3 Sunil Joshi 78 33 67
4 Jay Khanna 78 87 78
5 Neha Suthar 54 50 78
Note
• Calculate Status using condition or lookup as per the following slabs status = PASS if Student
has scored more than 35 marks in all three subjects other wise Status = FAIL
• Calculate Grade using condition or lookup as per the following slabs
If Average is greater than equal to 70%, Grade = “A”
If Average is greater than equal 60% and less than 70%, Grade = “B”
If Average is greater than equal 50% and less than 60%, Grade = “C”
If Average is greater than equal 35% and less than 50%, Grade = “D”
If Average is less than 35%,than Grade =”*****”
=IF(F3>=70,”A”,IF(F3>=60,”B”,IF(F3>=50,”C”,IF(F3>=35,”D”,IF(F3<=35,”*****”)))))
0 35 50 60 70
**** D C B A
Grade ના ખાનામાં =lookup(G2,abc) એLટર ક દબાવવી
(15) Make the following mark sheet using MS Excel as per below mentioned notes and save the
file by the name marksheet1 in your folder on the desktop of your computer.
No. Student Name Hindi Gujarati English Total Average Status

1 Nayan Patel 35 78 65
2 Shyamal Sheth 45 98 55
3 Shail Desai 78 33 67
4 Vikas Shah 78 87 78
Note
Status = PASS if student has scored more than 35 marks in all three subjects other wise Status
= FAIL
• Create column chart with 3D effect comparing Marks of Hindi, Gujarati and English of all the
four students
(V) 3 DEFFECT CHART (£ી £ી ડ ઇફકટ
ચાટ[ ) માટ
[ િસલેકટ કરવા INSERTમે ુ ંમા CHART COLUMN લાJટ ચાટ[ િસલેકટ કર
નામ અને સxdકટના માકસ
FINISH
35/273

નામ ે
7હLદ Gi િવાન 8ુલ મા-સ[ અવરજ
ે
રામ 100 90 32
શામ 78 45 50
કાન 78 90 44
Note:
ુ મા-સ[ and અવરજ
• Calculate 8લ ે using function or formula only
• Create column chart with 3D effect comparing marks of 7હLદ, Gi ે , િવાન for all
students
• Display header of the sheet as ‘Marksheet’ and page number as footer
• Delete sheet 3 of your excel file
• Save file by name Marksheet 2
(VI) Sheet Delete કરવાં માટ
દા.ત. Sheet3 ડલીટ કરવી હોય તો તેના ઉપર રાઈટ b-લક કર Delete પર b-લક
d શીટ ડલીટ કરવી હોય દા.
કર/ંુ
(17) Make the following mark sheet using MS Excel as per below
TRAINIG BUDGET
Year Finance Dept Home Dept Heath Dept Total Average
0sA“+4A5“+sBGALALLsL44BL“rehfhAALs6GL“+4A“B66s54ALLsL44BL“rehfh0+40sA“+4A5sL“+sBGALLsL44BL“rehfh50++s
“2001 102000000
37/273
(21) Make the following using MS Excel as per below mentioned notes and save the file by the name
Cricket1 in your folder on the desktop of your computer.
Runs Average Runs per over
Overs India Australia India Australia
10 50 55
20 120 130
30 160 165
40 200 210
50 268 267
Notes:
• Calculate Average Runs per over using formula
• Create a line chart comparing runs scored for every 10 overs by India and Australia
• Rename the sheet as Line chart
• Display India v/s Australia in the footer of the worksheet.
લાઇન ચાટ[ ) માટ
(VIII) LINE CHART(લાઇન
ઇLડયા, ઓJX Kલયાના રન અને ઓવર િસલેકટ કરવી INSERTમે ુ ં CHART LINE ચોથો ચાટ[
િસલેકટ કર FINISH
38/273
(22) Make the following worksheet using MS Excel as per below mentioned notes and save
the file by name Program in your folder created on the desktop of your computer.
Novel Software Ltd.
Name Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Sun Total Payment
Hours
Haresh 8 7 4 4 6 8 5
Prakruti 6 9 6 6 8 6 3
Leena 4 4 7 7 4 7 3
Shyam 6 5 5 4 6 5 6
Note :
Find out total hours worked by each person
Calculate Payment using formula or function, the programmer is paid Rs. 1000 per hour.
Display header of the worksheet as ‘Innovation’ and display “Software” as the footer.
Find the programmer with the highest payment.
(IX) માટ
Payment શોધવા માટ
= I3*1000
(23) Create the following in MS Excel
Year Sales Person Sale of Fridge Sale of AC Total Sales
2005 Rajendra 500000 300000
2006 Ashish 600000 800000
2006 Ashish 400000 300000
2005 Rajendra 550000 500000
Note
• Find Total Sales (Sale of Fridge + Sale of AC)
• Display currency as “Rs” in the Total Sales Coloumn.
• Sort the Data as per Year in descending order.
• Find Subtotal of “Total Sales” on the basis of “Year”
• Save the file by the name Sales in your folder created on the desktop of your computer
(X) SORT કરવા માટ

આખો ડટા િસલેકટ કર DATA મે ુ ંમાં SORT
39/273
ુ
Sort by માં^યા માં^યા Zજબ ુ
િસલે-ટ કર ASCENDING - DESCENDING મા^યાં Zજબ િસલેકટ કર OK
(XI) SUBTOTAL કરવા માટ
આખાં ટ બલને િસલેકટ કર/ ુ ં DATAમે ુ ં માથm SUBTOTAL
lથમ ખાનાંમાં – YEAR ( એટલે d ુ ં શોટ[ કO[ ુ હોય તે lથમ ખાનાંમાં લે/
ુ ં બીV ખાનાંમાં હમેશાં SUM જ
આવશે. kીV ખાનાંમાં d lથમ ઓપશન હોય તે િસલેકટ કર OK
40/273

Sales Person Year Rate Quantity Amount
Kuntal 2005 12500 200
Sameer 2004 15000 250
Kuntal 2004 14000 400
Sameer 2005 16000 450
Notes:
• Amount = Rate x Quantity
• Figures in Rate and Amount column should have “Rs” as currency sign with 2 digits decimals
• Sort the data in descending order on the basis of Year
• Find Year wise Subtotal Amount.
• Save the file by the name Sales1 in your folder created on the desktop of your computer.

Year Organization Income Expense Profit
2001 ABC 500000 300000
2002 XYZ 600000 800000
2002 ABC 400000 300000
2001 XYZ 550000 500000
Notes:
• Find Profit using Formula or Function, Profit = Income – Expense
• Display currency as “Rs” in the Income, Expense and Profit column.
• Sort the data as per Organization in descnding order.
• Find Subtotal of Profit on the basis of “Organization”
(25) Create the following table in MS Excel

Sales
Product Month Year Person Qty Rate Amount
Computer Jan 2002 Mehul 200 25000
Computer Jan 2003 Anupam 150 25000
TV Feb 2002 Mehul 135 16000
TV Feb 2003 Anupam 140 17000
DVD Mar 2003 Mehul 145 2500
DVD Mar 2002 Anupam 135 2000
Notes:
• Find Amount using Formula
• Sort the Data as per Sales Person in ascending order.
• Display Sales person wise subtotal of Amount and Qty
• Rename data sheet as Sales
• Save the file by the name Report in your folder created on the desktop of your compute
41/273
Year Sales Person Sale of TV Sale of LCD Total Sales

2006 Haresh 400000 300000
2006 Mukesh 510000 630000
2007 Mukesh 230000 330000
2007 Haresh 450000 310000
Notes:
• Find Total Sales (Sale of TV + Sale of LCD)

• Display currency as “Rs” in the Total Sales Column.
• Sort the Data as per Year in descending order.
• Find Subtotal of “Total Sales” on the basis of “Year”
Product Year Region Price Quantity Amount

Lenovo 2007 Asia 65536 256256
Lenovo 2008 Europe 12345 499999
Compaq 2008 Asia 56789 246810
Compaq 2007 Europe 13579 989836
Notes:
• Find Amount using Formula or Function, Amount = Price x Quantity.
• Sort the Data as per Amount in descending order.
• Create a Pivot Table Such as
Row Fields = Year
Column Field = Region
Data Items = Amount
• Save the file by the name Sales4 in your folder created on the desktop of your computer
(XII) PIVOT TABLE ( પાઇવોટ ટ બલ)

લ) માટ
આખાં ટ બલ ની િસલેકટ કર/.ુ ં DATAમે ુ ંમાં PIVOT TABLE AND PIVOT CHART
REPORT
42/273
NEXT
NEXT EXISTING WORKSHEET ને YES કર A10 લખ/ ુ ં LAYOUT

43/273
ુ
ROW – COLUMNS- DATA માં માં^યાં Zજબ 7ફડ િસલેકટ કર OK FINISH
44/273

Fridge 2005 South 6000 150
TV 2006 North 6000 250
Fridge 2006 North 6000 900
TV 2005 South 6900 750
Notes:
• Find Amount using Formula or Function, Amount = Price x Quantity.
• Sort the Data as per Amount in descending order.
• Create a Pivot Table Such as
Row Fields = Region
• Column Field = Year
Data Items = Amount
• Save the file by the name Table in your folder created on the desktop of your computer

HP 2006 North 25000 100000
HP 2007 West 28000 500000
Wipro 2007 North 21000 300000
Wipro 2006 West 24200 750000
Notes:
1. Find Amount using Formula or Function, Amount = Price x Quantity.
2. Sort the Data as per Amount in descending order.
3. Create a Pivot Table Such as
Row Fields = Year
Column Field = Region
Data Items = Amount
4. Save the file by the name Sales5 in your folder created on the desktop
Item Year Location Rate Quantity Amount

Apple iPhone 2010 Noida 26000 4000
Nokia N900 2010 Srinagar 26500 3400
Sony Xperia 2010 Rajkot 23000 3000
Samsung 2010 Chennai 24000 4000
Corby
Notes:
• Find amount using formula or function Amount = Rate X Quantity
• Sort the data as per Quantity in ascending order
• Create a Pivot Table such as
o Row Fields = Location
o Column Field = Year
o Data Items = Amount
• Save the file name by Gadgets in your folder
45/273
OUTLOOK
E-MAIL OPEN કરવા માટ
START Microsoft Office Outlook 2003/E-Mail/Outlook OK
(I) િસ^નેચર આપવા માટ

TOOLS OPTIONS MAIL FORMAT
SIGNATURE NEW શોટ[ િસ^નેચર લખવી NEXT

46/273
j ૂર િસ^નેચર લખવી. FINISH OK છે લા બ` ખાનામાં શોટ[ િસ^નેચર સરખી કરવી OK
NEW TO : ઈ- .ુ (દા.
ઈ- મેઈલ એસ ટાઈપ કર/ં.(દા
.( દા.ત bank@yahoo.com)
CC : જો બીુ ઈ- મેઈલ એસ આપે ુ હોય તો જ CC માં ટાઈપ કર/ંુ
SUBJECT : જો આપેલ હોય તો તે િવષય લખ/ ુ અ¤વા કોઇપણ લખ/ં.(દા
.ુ (દા.
.( દા.ત leave report, ccc+ exam)
(II) ફાઇલને એટચમેLટ કરવા માટ
મે ું માંથી FILE ઉપરના એરો ઉપરથી પોતાના ફોડર પર b-લક કર તેમાથી કોઇપણ ફાઇલ
INSERTમે
િસલેકટ કર INSERT
ુ
zયારપછ પેજ પર કKલક કર ફોLટ સાઈઝ ૨૦ રાખી જરાતીમાં ચાર લાઇન લેટર ટાઇપ કરવો.
લેટર ટાઇપ થઇ ગયા પછ SEND
SEND થયેલા મેઇલને જોવો હોય તો OUTBOX
d – તે સxdકટ લsયો હોય તેના માઉસ વડ ડબલ કKલક કરવી
નોધ:
નોધ:- ઇ-મેઇલને SAVE કરવો.નહm.
47/273
1. Send an Email at least three line about “Request for Loan” in Gujarati with one of your
file made during this exam as attachment to bank@yahoo.com , Carbon Copy (CC)
sbi@gmail.com using MS Outlook 2003 or Outlook Express, add your signature at the
end of the email.
2. Send E-mail at least one line in English/Gujarati with one of your files created during
this Exam as attachment to iffco@yahoo.com using MS Outlook 2003 or Outlook
Express.
3. Send E-mail of below paragraph in Gujarati, with one of your files made during this
Exam as attachment to aincc@yahoo.com using MS Outlook 2003 or Outlook Express.
USE INDIC
માણસ યાર તેના ના ં રોજmદા કામથી કટાળ
ં Vય છે zયાર તહવારોની
ઉજવણી
ે
તનામા ં ફર નવો ઉzસાહ લાવી દ છે . તથી
ે જ આપણા j ૂવજોએ
[ મ7હનામા ં એક –
દરક
એક ઉzસવની ગોઠવણ કરલી
છે .
4. Send an Email at least three line about “Request for Quarter” in Gujarati with one of
your file made during this exam as attachment to R&B@yahoo.com , Carbon Copy
(CC) headoffice@yahoo.com using MS Outlook 2003 or Outlook Express, add your
signature at the end of the email.
5. Send an Email at least one line about “Request Transfer” in Gujarati with one of your
file made during this exam as attachment to helpdesk@yahoo.com , Carbon Copy (CC)
Gujarat@yahoo.com using MS Outlook 2003 or Outlook Express, add your signature
at the end of the email.
6. Send an Email at least one line about “Petroleum Rates” in Gujarati with one of your
file made during this exam as attachment to petro@yahoo.com , Carbon Copy (CC)
admin@gmail.com using MS Outlook 2003 or Outlook Express, add your signature at
the end of the email.
48/273
POWERPOINT
POWERPOINT OPEN કરવા માટ
START Microsoft Office PowerPoint 2003 OK

(1) Create a MS PowerPoint presentation on “GUJARAT” having minimum 3 slides; give the
following effects as mentioned in the notes and save the file by the name “gujarat” in your
folder on the desktop of your computer.
Notes
• Give slide design effect
• Give Slide numbers and footer as a “CCC+” to the slides
• One of your slide should have a Picture
• Give slide transition effects on all the slides with auto timings of 5 seconds.
• Set up the show such that it runs continuously till the “Esc” key is pressed.
• Give custom animation effect to two slides.
નવી Jલાઇડ લેવા માટ NEW SLIDE પર કKલક કર/

કર/ુ.ુ
lથમ માં^યા Zજબ
ુ Jલાઇડ બનાવવી
49/273
50/273
7ડઝાઇન આપવા માટ)

(I) DESIGN(7ડઝાઇન
ૂ
ફોરમેટગ nલબાર માથી DESIGN કોઇપણ 7ડઝાઇન પર કKલક કર/ુ.
(II) Jલાઇડને નંબર આપવા માટ

VIEWમે ુ ં HEADER AND FOOTER SLIDE NUMBER ને YES કર APPLY TO ALL
અને
(III) ¨ટર આપવા માટ
ુ
FOOTER ને YES કર મા^યાં Zજબ નામ લખી APPLY TO ALL
51/273
(IV) િપકચર Z ૂકવા માટ

INSERT PICTURE CLIP ART
ુ
GO મા^યાં Zજબ િપકચર િસલેકટ કર/ ુ ં એટલે િપકચર પેજ પર આવી જશે
ુ
Kચkની આબાુ ગોળ ટપકા આવશે Kચkને ગોળ ટપકા ઉપર થી Gદરની સાઇડ ખેચ/ુ Kચk ને યો^ય
ુ દ /.ુ
જ^યા પર Zક
52/273
(V) Jલાઇડ ટાLઝીશન (Jલાઈડ ને ટાઇમ આપવા)

આપવા) માટ
SLIDESHOWમે ુ ં SLIDE TRANSITION BLINDS HORIZONTAL ON MOUSE
CLICK ને OFF કર/.ુ ં AUTOMATICALLY AFTER પર b-લક કરમા^યાં ુ
Zજબ સેકLડ
આપવી. APPLY TO ALL SLIDE
(VI) SOUND EFFECT આપવા માટ
SLIDESHOWમે ુ ં SLIDE TRANSITION SOUND માંÔ ુ હોય તો આપ/

ું APPLY TO ALL
SLIDES
53/273
(VII) Jલાઇડ શ ને સતત) ચા ુ રાખવા માટ

CONTINEW (સતત)
SLIDESHOW મે ુ ં માથી SET UP SHOW LOOP CONTINUOUSLY UNTIL ‘ESC’ ને
YES કર OK
(VIII) CUSTOM ANIMATION ( કJટમ એનીમેશન આપવા માટ)

SLIDE SHOWમે ુ ં CUSTOMANIMATION લખાણ પર કKલક કર
ADD EFFECT ENTRANCE માથm બાુ માથm કોઇપણ એનીમેશન પર કKલક કર/ુ.
54/273
55/273
56/273
57/273
(2) Create anMS PowerPoint presentation on “Somnath Temple” having minimum 3

slides. Give the following effects as mentioned in the notes and save the file by the
name “Somnath” in your folder on the desktop of your computer
Notes:
• Give footer to all slides with date and page number
• One of your slide should be in Gujarati
• Use bullets and suitable graphics in at least one slide
• Give transition effects to all slide with auto timings of 3 seconds
• Third slide font should have Red colour font.
(3) Create an MS PowerPoint presentation on “Municipal Corporation” having

minimum 3 slides. Give the following effects as mentioned in the notes and save the
file by the name “MUNICORP” in your folder on the desktop of your computer
Notes:
• Give footer to all slides with date and page number
• Use bullets and suitable graphics in at least one slide
• Give transition effects to all slide with auto timings of 3 seconds
• Third slide font should have Red colour font.
(4) Create a MS Power Point Presentation with three slides on “importance of Prayer in
our life.”
Notes:
Make three slides of different designs for above topic.

One slide should be in Gujarati.
One slide should have a picture.
Give custom animation effect to two slides.
Give transition effect with auto timing of 5 seconds to each slide
Save the file by name ‘Prarthana’ in your folder created on the desktop of your
computer.
(5) Create a MS Power Point Presentation with three slides on “My Hobby”
Notes:
Apply slide transition, slide design effect to all slides
Display time and date as footer in every slide.
Give transition effect with auto timing of 3 seconds to each slide.
Save the file by name ‘Relaxation’ in your folder created on the desktop of your
computer.
58/273
(6) Create a MS Power Point Presentation with three slides on “Computer” .

Notes:
Save the file by name ‘ PC ’ in your folder created on the desktop of your computer.
Give animation effect in any two slides.
Set up show as continues until press ‘Esc’
(7) Create a Power Point Presentation on “Gir Forest” with three slides.
Notes:
Give same background to all slides

One of your slides should be in Gujarati.
Insert picture in any one slide.
Apply slide transition, Give auto timing of 3 seconds to each slide
Save the file by name ‘Lion’ in your folder created on the desktop of your computer.
(8) Create a MS Power Point Presentation with three slides on “Friendship.”
Notes:
Apply slide design effect to all slides
Use fonts excluding black.
Give transition effect with auto timing of 3 seconds to each slide.
Set up show as continues until press ‘Esc’
Save the file by name ‘Dosti’ in your folder created on the desktop of your computer.
(9) Create a MS PowerPoint presentation in Gujarati on Navratri having minimum 3 slides, give
the following effects as mentioned in the notes and save the file by the name “Navratri” in
your folder on the desktop of your computer
Notes
• Give custom animation on any two slides
• Give sound effect on the slides
• Give slide transition effects on all the slides with auto timings of 3 seconds
(10) Create a MS PowerPoint presentation on “Indian Cricket Team” having minimum 3 slides;
give the following effects as mentioned in the notes and save the file by the name
“presentation” in your folder on the desktop of your computer.
Notes
• One of your slides should be typed in Gujarati
• One of your slide should have a table
• Give slide numbers
(11) Create a MS PowerPoint presentation on “LOKPAL” having minimum 3 slides; give the
following effects as mentioned in the notes and save the file by the name “presentation” in
your folder on the desktop of your computer.
Notes
• One of your slides should be typed in Gujarati
59/273
(12) Create a MS PowerPoint presentation on “GUJARAT ELECTION” having minimum 3 slides;

give the following effects as mentioned in the notes and save the file by the name
“Election” in your folder on the desktop of your computer.
Notes
• Give Slide numbers to the slides
• One of your slide should have a Picture
• Give slide transition effects on all the slides with auto timings of 3 second.
(13) Create a MS PowerPoint presentation on “Swine Flu ” having minimum 3 slides; give the
following effects as mentioned in the notes and save the file by the name “Presentation” in
your folder on the desktop of your computer.
Notes

• One of your slide should have a Chart or Organization Chart
• Give slide transition effects on all the slides with auto timings of 5 seconda.
(14) Create a MS PowerPoint presentation on “Hill Station” having minimum 3 slides; give the
following effects as mentioned in the notes and save the file by the name “gujarat” in your
folder on the desktop of your computer.
Notes
• Give slide numbers to the slides
(15) Create an MS PowerPoint presentation on “Saputara – The Adobe of Serpents ”

having minimum 3 slides as shown below and save the file by the name “Saputara”
in your folder on the desktop of your computer
o One of your slide should have graphic
o Give custom animation effect to one of your slide
o Give slide numbers
o Two slides should be in Gujarati
o Give slide transition effect with auto timings of 5 seconds
60/273
(16) Create an MS PowerPoint presentation on “Vanche Gujarat” having minimum 3 slides

as shown below and save the file by the name “vanchan” in your folder on the desktop
of your computer
61/273
(17) Create a MS PowerPoint presentation with three slides as shown below
Notes:
• Apply slide design to all slides
• Give Slide numbers to all the three slides shown below
• Give Auto time of 3 seconds to each slide
Main Link of Sites

• Visit Gujarat
• Government
• Initiatives
• Sate Profile
ુ
• જય જય ગરવી જરાત
ુ
• આપ©ુ જરાત ુ
આગ/ુ જરાત
62/273

Notes:
• Apply slide design, slide transition effect to all slides
• Give Slide numbers to all the slides, give sound effect to one slide
Slide 1
Slide 2
Slide 3
63/273

Notes:
• Apply slide design to all slides
• Give Slide numbers to all the three slides show below
64/273
ઓરગેનાઇઝેશન ચાટ[ ) માટ

(IX) ORGANIZATION CHART(ઓરગે
INDIA
GUJARATc MAHARASHTRA
AHMEDABAD BARODA MUMBAI PUNE
ફોરમેટમે ું માં SLIDE LAYOUT માથm ઓરગેનાઇઝેશનચાટ[ પર કKલક કર/.ુ
zયારપછ ચાટ[ પર ડબલ કKલક કર

65/273
lથમ ચાટ[ િસલેકટ કર OK
d ખાનાં ને ડલીટ કર/ ુ હોય તે ખાનાંની બોડર

[ પર કKલક કર(તે ખાનાં ઉપર ગોળ ટપકા આવી જશે)
DELET ક આપવી.
આપવી.
ુ
અને d ખાના નીચે ખાના વધારવા હોય તે ખાનાને િસલેકટ કર ઓરગેનાઈઝેશન ચાટ[ નામનાં nલબાર માંથી
INSERT SHAP નામનાં બટન ઉપર બે વાર કKલક
કKલક કર/
કર/ુ.ુ
66/273
બીV બો( ઉપર b-લક કર INSERT SHAPE નામનાં બટન ઉપર બે વાર b-લક કર/.ુ ં
INDIA
GUJARATc MAHARASHTRA
AHMEDABAD BARODA MUMBAI PUNE

67/273
(X) SLIDE માં ટબલ બનાવવાં માટ

ુ
FORMAT MENU SLIDE LAYOUT એક બો( ,લશે ુ ં ટ બલ ઉપર
તીર ઉપર જઈ ટ બલ કાઢ/
b-લક કર/.ુ ં
dટલી કોલમ અને રો જોઈતી હોય તેટલી િસલે-ટ કરવી OK

68/273
PROJECT
(I) Tools – change Working Time – New – Calendar
name type-ok
Select Month – Select Working Day (Mon to
Friday) – Click non Default Time-
Note (HM ZHF VF%FL CMI TF[ T[ TFZLB Select SZL v non
working %FZ Click SZJLP
Option
Start time : 8 : 00 am
End Time : 5 : 00 pm
Hours per Day: 8 ( 8 To 5 Total hours)
Hours per Week : 40 (8 * 5)(Total hours)*
(Total Working day)
Day per month : 23 (Total Working day)
Set as default OK OK
(II) Project menu Project Information
Start Date Set SZJLP
(finish date VF%FL CMI TM Finish date select SZJLff
Calendar Set SZJ]P Ok
(III)Task menu type Duration type Predecessor
type Save Ok
Note :- Milestone VF%F[, CMI TM H[ T[ task G]\ duration hLZM
SZJ]\P
Predecessor 1,2,3,4, V[SBFG]\ KM0LG[ ,BJ]\P
%F^F parallel SCI] CMI tIFZ[ V[SBFG]\ KM0LG[ 1,1,1,1,
type SZJ]\P
69/273
(1) Create a file in MS-Project to plan a tour and save it by the name TOUR in your folder
created on the desktop of your computer.
• Create a calendar having six working days and name it “MYCAL”
st
• Finish the Project on 31 March – 08
• Insert the following Task.
1. Select the location for tour.
2. Decide the duration for tour.
3. Arrange for Tickets & Reservation.
4. Arrange Luggage
• Set Predecessors.
• Set duration for all tasks as 4 days each.
(2) Create a file in MS-Project and save it by the name Town in your folder created on the
1. Set calendar having 6 working days.
2. Set project finish date 31-march-2008.
3. Insert the following tasks.
1) Select site.
2) Select type of town.
3) Create plan
4) Arrange architect
5) Start working.
4. Set last task as milestone.
5. Set predecessors for all the tasks.
(3) Create a file in MS-Project and save it by the name Course in your folder created on the
1. Set the calendar having 3 alternate working days. (e.g. Mon, wed & Fri are working days)
2. Set project start date = 17-March-2008.
a. design syllabus.
b. Design batches.
c. Appoint faculties
d. Arrange the training.
e. Enroll participants.
f. Start training.
4. Set predecessors for all the tasks.
5. Set duration for all the tasks.
70/273
(4) Create a MS Project file for setting up a New organization having minimum 10 tasks as follows.
Duration (complete project plan ) / (all the tasks ) will be 45 days.
1. Identify potential office site
2. Finalize lease on office space
3. Assign office space
4. Order furniture
5. Install phone lines
6. Setting up computers
7. Arrange internal maintenance service
8. Arrange external maintenance service
9. Order new business cards
10. New office setup project complete
Note :
• Plan calendar having six working days per week.
• Save project by the name Activity in your folder created on the desktop of your
computer.
(5) Create a MS Project file for setting up a latest organization having minimum 10
tasks as follows. Project duration will be 60 days.
1. Identify potential office site

2. Finalize lease on office space
3. Assign office space
4. Order furniture
5. Install phone lines
6. Setting up computers
7. Arrange internal maintenance service
8. Arrange external maintenance service
9. Order new business cards
10. New office setup project complete
Note :
• Plan calendar having five working days per week.
• Set predecessors for all the tasks.
• Save project by the name Association in your folder created on the desktop of your
computer.
(6) Create a file in MS Project and save it by name Shopping Mall SALE in your
folder created on the desktop of your computer
1. Set the calendar having three (3) alternate working days(Monday, Wednesday, Friday)
2. Set the project start date 20 September 2009
3. Insert the following task
1. Prepare items list for SALE
2. Hire salesmen
3. Advertising
4. Promotion of products
5. Start selling
4. Set predecessors for all the task
5. Set duration for all the task
71/273
(7) Create a file in MS-Project and save it by the name Team India in your folder created on
1. Set project start date = 17-3-2008.
2. Set date 10 and 24 as holiday and all Sundays also holidays.
1) Select team selectors.
2) Select team.
3) Select coach.
4) Select physiotherapist.
5) Select team manager.
4. Task 2,3,4,5 all are parallel and comes after the task 1.
(8) Create a project using MS-Project set up TUITION CLASSES

a) Set a calendar for the project having 7 working days.
b) Set project finish date 28-feb-07
c) Insert the following tasks.
1. Select class room
2. purchase furniture and accessories for tuition class
3. Arrange interviews for faculty.
4. Enroll the students.
5. Start classes.
d) Set task no.5 as milestone.
e) Set duration to the tasks.
f) Save the project by the name Tuition Classes in your folder created on the desktop of your computer.
(9) Create a file in MS-Project and do as directed
1. Set a calendar, having 6 working days a week.
2. Enter the following tasks in the project.
1) Identify a house.
2) Meeting with the house owner.
3) Finalize the figure and give token amount.
4) Prepare the loan documents.
5) Submit the loan documents
6) Receive cheque / DD of loan amount.
7) Payment to the house owner.
8) Transfer the property documents.
9) Renovate the house.
10) Shifting in new house.
3. Set task no 6, 8 and 10 as the milestone.
4. Save the file by the name My House in the folder created on the desktop of your computer
(10) Create a file in MS-Project to schedule a training program and save it by the name
TRAINING in your folder created on the desktop of your computer.
st
• Set project start on = 1 Jan-07
• Project should be completed in 30 days
• Insert the following Tasks.
i. Decide the training subjects.
ii. Design the studu material.
iii. Schedule the Training session.
iv. Schedule the Training Date.
• Set working Time = 6 hours a day & 6 days a week for this project
72/273
(11) Create a project using MS Project

a) Insert the following tasks.& duration in days.
1. Make list of key needs that must be met by new office space 2
2. Identify potential office sites 5
3. Make final decision on office space 2
4. Finalize lease on office space 10
5. Identify major improvement needs 6
6. Obtain estimates from contractors for improvement 5
7. Identify Cost for new office (Chairs, Desks, Equipment) 3
8. Hire contractors for improvement 2
9. Obtain necessary permits 7
10. Order new phone number 1
b) Select working calendar having 6 working days.
c) Project start date: 1-feb-07.
d) Set predecessors to all the tasks.
e) Save the project by the name Office in your folder created on the desktop of your computer.
(12) Create a file in MS-Project and save it by the name Cine Awards in your folder created on
th
1. Set the start date of the project 14 April, 2007.
2. Set the project schedule as per the following.
a. 10:00AM to 1:00PM
b. 2:00PM to 6:00PM
3. Rename the calendar as “Award”.
4. Insert the following tasks in the project.
TASK DURATION
Analysis 10 days
Design stage 6 days
Sort data for prizing 5 days
Decorate stage 3 days
Book hotel for anchor 1day
(13) Create a file in MS-Project and save it by the name XMAS in your folder created on the
th
a. Start Project on 20 – January – 07.
b. Insert the following tasks.
1. Invite the guests
2. Decide the party theme.
3. Decorate the party hall.
4. Order the Cake for the party.
5. Start party
c. Set predecessors as follows.
1. Task 1& 2 are parallel

2. Task 3 starts after task 4.
3. Task 4 start after task 1 & 2.
4. Milestone is at last position.
73/273
(14) Create a file in MS-Project and save it by the name OFFICE in your folder created on the
1. Set the project calendar having 6 working days.

2. Project calendar name should be SETUP.
3. Project should start on 1-8-2007.
4. Project duration entered in weeks.
TASK NAME DURATION PREDECESSORS

Identify office site 1 week
Purchase a new office building. MILE STONE 1
Decorate the interior and create furniture 5 weeks 2
Purchase the office stationary 2 weeks 3
Telephone, internet & fax connections 1 weeks 4
Transfer the office from old building 1 weeks 5
Start working MILE STONE 6
Feedback from staff 4 weeks 7
Appropriate changes as per suggestions of staff 8 weeks 8
(15) Create a file in MS-Project and save it by the name OFFICE1 in your folder created on the
1. Set the project calendar having three working days (Set Mon-Wend-Fri days working
days)
2. Project calendar name should be “EXAM”
3. Project working hours should be 9:30 to 12:15 and 1:00 to 4:45 for all the working days
4. Project should start on 1-may-07.
TASK NAME DURATION PREDECESSORS

Apply thru Department 10 days
Get training call letter from institute 1 day 1
Start training MILESTONE 2
Computer Fundamental 1 day 3
MS- Windows XP 1 day 3
Ms-Word 2 DAYS 4,5
Ms-Excel 2 DAYS 6
Ms- Powerpoint 1 day 7
Internet 1 day 8
Ms-Outlook 1 day 8
Best Practice 1 day 9,10
Ms-Project 2 DAYS 11
Exam MILESTONE 12
74/273
(16) Create a file in MS-Project and save it by the name RESOURCE in your folder created on the
1. Project should start on 1-5-2007.
2. Project calendar should have 6 working days.
3. Schedule project as per following.
From 9:00 AM to 11:00 AM
11:30 AM to 1:30 PM
2:30 PM to 4:30 PM
and 5:00 PM to 7:00 PM
4. Insert the following resources in resource sheet.
RESOURCE NAME TYPE STD. RATE OVT. RATE COST / USE
LABOUR WORK Rs. 50.00
ENGINEER WORK Rs.50000.00
INTERIOR DESIGNER WORK Rs.75000.00
TRANSPORTER MATERIAL Rs. 3500.00
OFFICE STATIONARY MATERIAL Rs. 6000.00
NOTE : All rates should be in RS. Currency symbol.

RESOURCE SHEET બનાવવાં માટ ((રસોસ
રસોસ[ શીટ બનાવવાં માટ)
lથમ કલેLડર અને lોd-ટ ªફોમ¡શન સેટ કર/ંુ VIEW RESOURCE SHEET
માં^યા Zજબ
ુ લખી દ / ું
75/273
(17) Create a file in MS-Project and save it by the name Maha Sangram in your folder created on
1. set the project finish date = 28 April 2007
2. name the calendar as “World Cup 2007”
3. insert the following tasks in the project
TASK DURATION
Opening ceremony 1 day
League Matches 13 days
Super 8 Matches 24 days
Semi Final 2 days
Final 1 day
4. Create a resource sheet as the following.
RESOURCE COST / USE
Match Kits 1,50,000
5. Assign resources to “Opening Ceremony” Task.
(18) Create a file in MS Project and save it by name Birthday in your folder created on
the desktop of your computer and perform the following task in it.
Project should start on 1st January 2009
Add the following task for arranging the birthday celebration
1. Decide the party date

2. Invite family and friends
3. Decide the venue
4. Celebration starts on time
Set the predecessors to all the tasks
Add the following resources in the resource sheet
Resource Name Max. Units

a. Hotel 100%
b. Venue 1
c. Organiser 1
76/273
ં માકસના
પાચ [ ં l«ો
FOLDER
NOTE :Create a new folder on desktop and rename it with your name followed by your Roll No. Eg. If your
name is AKASH and your Roll No. Is 27, than the name of the folder should be AKASH27. Save all your files
in this folder.
Create a new folder on desktop and rename it with your name followed by your Roll No. Eg. If your name is
Vishal and your Roll No. Is 07, than the name of the folder should be Vishal07.
ફોડર બનાવવા માટ

માટ
ડકJટોપ પર રાઇટ કKલક કર NEW FOLDER પોતા ુ નામ લખી એLટર આપ/.ુ ં
(1) SCREEN SAVER
1. Change the screen saver to 3D Text and display the screen saver with the text “Best of Luck”
2. Set the Screen saver as a “3D Flying Object” timing of 5 minutes.
3. Set the Screen Saver of your computer as 3D Flower Box with wait time of 5 minutes
4. Set the Screen Saver of your computer as 3D Text with wait time of 1 minute
5. Set the Screen Saver of your computer as 3D Pipes with wait time of 5 minutes
6. Set the Screen Saver of your computer as Marquee and display your Name in the screen
saver, set wait time as 1 minute.
7. Set the screen saver as ‘Marquee’ with waiting time as 2 minutes.
77/273
JIન સેવર)
(1) SCREEN SAVER (JIન ર) કરવા માટ :
DESKTOP પર RIGHT b-લક PROPERTIES SCREEN SAVER SCREEN SAVER નામનાં
ુ
બો(માથી માં^યા Zજબ િસલેકટ કર/ ુ ં WAIT માં જઈ માં^યા Zજબ
ુ ટાઈમ આપવો. OK
જો તમાર પાસે 3D Text અને Marquee માંગે તો DESKTOP પર RIGHT b-લક PROPERTIES SCREEN
SAVER SCREEN SAVER નામનાં બો(માથી ૩D Text માંÔ ુ ં હોય તો ૩D Text અને Marquee માંÔ ુ ં હોય તો
Marquee િસલે-ટ કર/ ુ ં Setting ઉપર b-લક કર/
ુ ં Setting ઉપર b-લક કરવાથી નીચે ુ ં બો( જોવા મળશે.
ુ
તેમાં માં^યા Zજબ લખી (દા. ુ
દા.ત. Best of Luck) OK WAIT માં જઈ માં^યા Zજબ ટાઈમ આપવો. OK
78/273
(2) DESKTOP
1. Set Wallpaper of your desktop as a “Friend”.

2. Change the background of your desktop as a “Tulip”.
3. Set the Background of the desktop of your computer as “Autumn”
4. Set background of your desktop as “Bliss”
5. Set background of your desktop as “Azul”
6. Set Wallpaper of your desktop as a “Soap Bubbles”
7. Set the background as “Power”
(2) DESKTOP બદલવા માટ:

DESKTOP પર RIGHT b-લક PROPERTIES DESKTOP BACKGROUND નામનાં બો(માંથી
ુ
માં^યા Zજબ િસલે-ટ કર/ ુ ં OK
(3) SYSTEM DATE
1. Change the system date as Wednesday, April 18, 2007

2. Set the System date as “Friday, May 04, 2007”
3. Set the System date as “Friday, March 23, 2007” and set the screen saver on your computer as
3D Flowerbox with wait time of 2 minutes
4. Set the System date as “Saturday, June 02, 2007”
5. Set the System date as “Saturday, June 02, 2009”
(3) SYSTEM DATE CHANGE કરવાં માટ :

ડJકટોપ ઉપર જમણી બાુ ટાઈમ ઉપર b-લક કર/
ુ ં એક ઘ7ડયાળ વાં બો( જોવા મળશેતેમાં મા^યાં
ુ
Zજબ મ7હનો, તારખ, વષ[ અને ટાઈમ ચ`જ કરવોOK
79/273
(4) SHORTCUT
1. Create Shortcut of MS Excel on the desktop

2. Create Shortcut of MS Word on the desktop
3. Create Shortcut of MS Project on the desktop
4. Create a shortcut on your desktop for Microsoft Paint
5. Create Shortcut of MS Word on the desktop of your computer and rename the shortcut as MY
WORD
6. Create Shortcut of MS Word 2003 on the desktop of your computer and rename the shortcut as
Word processor
(4) SHORTCUT કરવાં માટ:

STARTd ુ ં SHORTCUT કર/ ુ ં છે તેના ઉપર લે#ટ ક દબાવી રાખી ડJકટોપ ઉપર b-લક કર દ / ુ
80/273
(5) JPG/BMP FILE
1. Find any one file from your computer having .jpg extension and copy this file in your folder
created on the desktop of your computer. Change the file attributes as “Read Only”.
2. Find any two files from your computer having .jpg extension and copy these files in your
folder created on the desktop of your computer.
3. Find file named winter.jpg from your computer using the Search option, copy the file in your
folder created on the desktop of your computer and rename the file as chill.jpg
4. Search image file of any format using Search and Find and save it in folder.
5. Find any two JPG files from your computer copy them and paste in your folder and rename
one as Replace and another as Change.
(5) J.P.G., B.M.P ફાઈલ
ફાઈલ સચ[ કરવા માટ :
ુ
STARTSEARCHALL FILE AND FOLDERS●JPGSEARCHમાં^યા Zજબ ફાઈલ પર રાઈટ
ુ ં COPYCLOSE કર દ /
b-લક કર/ ુ ં પોતાના ફોડર પર રાઈટ b-લક PASTE
(7) IP ADDRESS
(6) RENAME/CHANGE ATTRIBUTE OF FILE

(6) d ુ પણ નામ (Rename) બદલ/ ું હોય તેના ઉપર રાઈટ b-લક કર Rename માં^યા Zજબ
ુ નામ લખી
ુ ં અને ફાઈલ ુ ં Attribute બદલ/ ુ ં હોય તો ફાઈલ પર રાઈટ b-લક કર Properties પર b-લક કર/ ુ ં
એLટર આપ/
81/273
(7) CAPACITY/I.P Address
(1) Create a file by the name config in MS Word with the following information about your computer
and save the file in your folder with password to open as 123 created on the desktop of your
computer.
Free Capacity of “ C “ drive of your computer.
Used Capacity of “ C “ drive of your computer.
Storage capacity of C: drive (Hard Disk) of your computer
FREE SPACE,USED SPACE,STORAGE CAPACITY શોધવા માટ :
MY COMPUTER ઉપર CLICK
START C:DRIVE ઉપર RIGHT CLICK
PROPERTIES
(2) Create a .doc (MS word) file named font and write the following in it
1. Find the Hard Disk space and Name of the Processor of you C: Drive of your computer
and write into the file with Tahoma Font and size 24
2. Name of the Processor of your computer in font Arial Bold Font with size 20
3. RAM capacity of your computer

RAM CAPACITY SYSTEM CONFIGURATION શોધવા માટ :
STARTMY COMPUTER ઉપર RIGHT CLICKPROPERTIES
આ બધી િવગત એક કાગળમાં લખવી zયાર બાદ તેમને dમાં લખવા ુ ં કંુ હોય તેમાં લખી લે/.(MS
.ુ ં (
.(
WORD, NOTEPED, WORDPED)
82/273
(3) Create a .doc (MS word) file named font 1 and write the following in it
1. Find the IP address of your computer and write into the file with Tahoma Font
and size 24
2. Name of the Processor of your computer in font Arial Bold Font with size 20
I.P. ADDRESS =192.168.0.15

= ુ
(અહm પંદર ની જ^યાએ તમાર તમારા કોNOટરનો નંબર લખવો)
(4) Create a file named configuration in word pad or note pad with the following
information, and save the file in your folder.
Processor used in your computer.
Rename drive D by your name.
I. P. Address of your computer
(5) Create a file named ‘Available’ in word pad or note pad with the following information, and
save the file in your folder.
Total capacity of your drive D
Capacity of RAM
(6) Create a file by the name config 1 in MS Word with the following information about your
computer and save the file in your folder with password to open as XYZ created on the desktop
of your computer.
Ram Capacity of your Computer.

Storage capacity of C: drive (Hard Disk) of your computer
(7) Create a file by the name system in wordpad or notepad with the following information about
your computer and save the file in your folder created on the desktop of your computer.
IP address of your computer
RAM capacity of your computer
(8) Create a file by the name config 2 in MS Word with the following information and save the file in
your folder created on the desktop of your computer.
Approximate Free space of the C: drive (Hard Disk) of your computer
Change the name of the C: drive as CCC
(10) Create a file the name storage in Ms Word with the following information and save the file in your
folder with password to oper as ABC created on the desktopof your computer.
83/273
પાસવડ[ ) આપવા માટ (Wordમાં

PASS WORD (પાસવડ માં)
ુ જ/.ુ ં Options
d િવગતો લખવાની હોય તે લખી લેવી ફાઈલ સેવ કરવી Tools મેમાં
પર b-લક કર/ ુ ં d મે ુ ,લે
ુ તેમાં Security પર b-લક કર/ ુ ં Password to open ના xલોકમાં d
પાસવડ[ આપવાનો હોય તે આપવો તેની નીચેના xલોકમાં પણ એજ પાસવડ[ આપવો OK આપ/ ુ ં
zયાર બાદ dટલી વાર પાસવડ[ માંગે એટલી વાર પાસવડ[ આપવો ફર ફાઈલ સેવ કરવી.
(1) Free Space of C:Drive : ____________
(2) Used Space of C:Drive : ____________
(3) Storage Capacity of C:Drive : ____________
(4) I.P. Address : ____________
(5) Processor (C.P.U) Name : ____________
(6) Computer Speed : ____________
(7) Ram Capacity : ____________
(8) Computer Name : ____________
(9) Operating System : Windows XP

84/273
(9) PAINT
1. Create a triangle in MS Paint and fill it with any two colours and type text below it “Pyramid”, save
this image as pyramid.jpg in your folder and set as desktop background
2. Write your department name name in Ms Paint using air brush, use the colors only
Pink and Blue and save it in your folder with name Dept.
3. Write your name using AirBrush in Ms Paint.
4. Draw a rectangle and fill it with 2 colors using Ms Paint..
5. Draw a red hexagon and blue pentagon using Ms Paint.
6. Draw a colorful Pentagon in Ms Paint and save it in your folder.
7. Draw a red hexagon using Ms Paint.
8. Draw a green octagon using MS Paint.
9. Draw any flower of your choice.
10. Draw a tree of your choice in ms paint.
11. Draw a human hand using ms paint.
12. Write your name using Pencil of red color in Ms Paint.
13. Draw a wall clock of your choice in Ms Paint.
14. Create a small picture in MS Paint using red, blue and green colour and save it in your folder
created on the desktop of your computer by the name Picture. Also display the same as the
background of your desktop.
15. Draw a yellow colored circle in MS Paint and copy it in your word file. Save the word file by the
name circle in your folder created on the desktop of your computer with password to open as ABC.
16. Create a small picture in MS Paint displaying a pink square and yellow circle inside it and save it
in your folder created on the desktop of your computer by the name PINKYELLOW. Also display the
same as the background of your desktop.
17. Draw a red hexagon and blue pentagon using Ms Paint.
18. Create a small picture in MS Paint displaying a red circle and blue square and save it in your
folder created on the desktop of your computer by the name REDBLUE. Also display the same as
the background of your desktop.
19. Draw a blue square inside a red octagon.
Kચk)
Kચk)દોરવાં માટ :
PAINT (Kચk
ુ
STARTRUNMSPAINTOKમાં^યા Zજબ Kચk દોર/.ુ ં SAVE કર/
ુ ં Kચkને ડJકટોપ ઉપર લાવવાં
ુ SET AS BACKGROUND (CENTERED) કર/.ુ ં
માટ ફાઈલ મેમાં
85/273
Octagon Hexagon
અ®ટકોણ)
અ®ટકોણ)
(અ®ટકોણ ષ®ઠકોણ)
ષ®ઠકોણ)
(ષ®ઠકોણ
Pentagon Rectangle
ં
પચકોણ
(પચકોણ ) ં
લબચોરસ
(લબચોરસ )
Square Circle
ચોરસ)
ચોરસ)
(ચોરસ ગોળ)
ગોળ)
(ગોળ
Triangle
િkકોણ)
િkકોણ)
(િkકોણ
86/273
(10) TBIL CONVERTER

Convert the file named gujarati - Navsari.doc located at
C:\Program Files\TBIlConverter
to shruti fonts using TBIL converter and save the file in the folder created on the desktop of your
computer.
TBIL CONVERTER કરવાં માટ :
START RUNTBIL CONVERTEROK DOC FILEGO
ુ
ઉપરZજબ ુ
બો( આવશેSOURCE FONT માં માં^યા Zજબ િસલે-ટ કર/ ુ ં NEXT BROWSE માં^યા
ુ
Zજબ ફાઈલ િસલે¯રવી
ુ
OPENCONVERTOKYESEXITYESSTARTMY RECENT DOCUMENTS માં^યા Zજબ
ફાઈલ િસલે-ટ કરવીFILE MENUSAVE ASDESKTOPપોતા ુ ં ફોડર િસલે-ટ કર/
ુ ં OPENમાં^યા Zજબ
ુ
ુ ં SAVE
ફાઈલ સેવ કરવાં માટ નામ આપ/
Convert the file named “gujarati_Gokul.doc” located at C:\Programe files\ TBIL

Converter to Shruti fonts using TBIL Converter and save the file in your folder
created on the desktop
Convert the file named gujarati - nakul.doc located at C:\Program Files\TBIl Converter to
shruti fonts using TBIL converter and save the file in the folder created on the desktop of
your computer.
Convert the file named gujarati - Krishna.doc located at

computer.
Convert the file named gujarati - Kaveri.doc located at

computer.
87/273
Sardar Patel Institute of Public Administration

Practical Exam on CCC+
Total Duration : 90 Minutes Total Marks : 50 Passing Marks : 25
NOTE :
Make a folder on your desktop and Rename it as Your name and Roll No. e.g. If your name
is Rina and your roll no. is 15, the folder name should be “Rina 15” , Save all your files in
this folder.
Question 1: Attempt any two out of the following three Total Marks : 10
A) 5 Marks
Set the screen saver as ‘Blank’ with waiting time as 2 minutes.
Set the background as “Power” and set position in center.
B) 5 Marks
Create a file named ‘Design’ in word pad or note pad with the following
information, and save the file in your folder.
Find the IP address of your computer
Change the name of the C: drive as Examination
C) Draw a small picture in MS paint and save it in your folder by name “Figure”
5 Marks
Question 2: Attempt any four out of the following five Total Marks : 40
Pointing device
The mouse is an input device that has two or buttons are used extensively. The middle
three buttons viz., the left button, the middle button if present is used for moving up and
button and the right button. When working down within the window and is known as
with windows XP the left and right mouse scrolling button
.
Commands:
• Type the above Paragraph with proper formatting as it appears.
• Give effect of Bold and underline to title font.
• Set the header as Input device and footer as Page no.
• Save the document with name “Tool”
88/273
B) Make the following worksheet using MS Excel as per below mentioned notes.
10 Marks
Student Science Maths English Total Percentage

Name
Ramesh 76 80 78
Jyoti 85 75 76
Pinakin 87 63 79
Ruchita 68 79 70
Vasudha 52 82 85
Nayan 92 88 90
Note :
Calculate Total using function or formula only

Calculate Percentage using function or formula only
Create Bar chart with 3D effect.
Display header of the sheet as Result and Page number in the footer.
Save file by name “Report”
C) 10 Marks
Create a MS Power Point Presentation with three slides on Rain.
Notes:
Make three slides of different designs for above topic.
One slide should be in Gujarati.
One slide should have a picture.
Give custom animation effect all slides.
Save the file by name ‘Barish’ in your folder created on the desktop of
your computer.
D) 10 Marks
Send E-mail of the two lines in Gujarati, to sikha@gmail.com also create
signature of your name using MS Outlook 2003 or Outlook Express.
E) 10 Marks
Create a MS Project file and save it by name Guidance
1. Set project start date as 01-01-2010
2. Set calendar of 5 working days
3. Set date 14 as holiday
4. Insert the following tasks
i. Select building
ii. Select furniture
iii. Select staff
iv. Select equipment
v. Commencement of tuition classes
5. Set last task as milestone.
6. Task 2,3,4,5 all are parallel and comes after the task 1.
89/273

NOTE :
is Rakesh and your roll no. is 12, the folder name should be “Rakesh 12” , Save all your
files in this folder.
Question 1: Attempt any two out of the following three Total Marks :
10
A) Find any two jpg/jpeg files from your computer and paste them in your folder.
Rename one of them as “Modify”. 5 Marks
B) Create a shortcut of MS Project 2003 on your desktop. 5 Marks
C) Create a file named ‘System’ in word pad or note pad with the following information,
and save the file in your folder. 5 Marks
RAM capacity of your computer.
Processor speed and name of your computer.
A) Make the following worksheet using MS Excel as per below mentioned notes. 10 Marks
Name Department Basic DA Gross PT Net

Bina Sales 8000
Trivedi
Rajesh Shah HR 10500
Hema Software 10000
Parikh
Vikas Patel Sales 12000
Rithima HR 8000
Rao
Note :
Find DA = 45% of Basic salary, PT = 20% of basic salary.
Gross=Basic+DA, Net=Gross - PT
Sort the data as per department in ascending order.
Display Rs. as currency sign in all numerical fields.
Save file by name “Payment”
90/273
B) 10 Marks
Send E-mail at least two lines in English/Gujarati with one of your files created during this
Exam as attachment to innovative@yahoo.com using MS Outlook 2003 or Outlook
Express.
C)
Prepare a MS Word document as below. Save the file by the name ‘Kolahal’ in your folder
created on the desktop of your computer. 10 Marks
આપણે કોલાહલનો િવરોધ કરવા માટ ભાર રહને અશાિતમા

ં ં વધારો કરતો હોય છે . અિત
કોલાહલ ઉભો કર
દતા હોઇએ છએ. pયJતતાના ં આ Oગમા
ુ ં માણસની lાથિમક
માઇIોફોન Pારા શાંત
રહવાની ં
િવનતી અને Z ૂળ ૂત આવ°ય-તા હોય તો પોતાની
કરનાર પણ મોટ મોટથી
સતત બોલતો Gદરના કોલાહલને શાત
ં કરવાની જgર છે .
Note:
• Give header as Noise and footer Silence
• Set page orientation as Landscape
• Set top margin as 1.5 and bottom margin as 1.0
D) 10 Marks
Create a MS Project file. Schedule the project for New Admissions from a start date of
5th June 2010. Enter the following 10 tasks for your plan. Duration of project is 25 days..
1. Disperse forms
2. Decide submission date.
3. Collect forms.
4. Check forms.
5. Make entry of forms.
6. Arrange by required criteria
7. Prepare merit list
8. Display merit list.
9. Give admission and collect fees
10. Admission closed.
Note :
• Set Task 6 and Task 10 as Milestone.
• Save project by the name ‘Opening’ in your folder created on the desktop of your
computer.
• Set Calendar of 6 working days.
• Set working hours as 9:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m.
E) 10 Marks
Create a Power Point Presentation on “Water resources” with three slides.
Notes:
Give same background to all slides
One of your slides should be in Gujarati.
Insert picture in any one slide.
Apply slide transition, Give auto timing of 2 seconds to each slide
Save the file by name ‘Jal’ in your folder created on the desktop of your computer.
91/273

NOTE :
is Leena and your roll no. is 12, the folder name should be “Leena 12” , Save all your files
in this folder.
A) Create a picture in Ms Paint using air brush, use the colors only green and pink
and save it in your folder.
B) Create the shortcut of MS Project and MS Paint on your desktop.
C) Set the screen saver as ‘3d text’ with your hobby, set waiting time as 3 minutes.
A) Do the following exercise in MS-Word 10 Marks
HARDWARE APPROACH
The hardware approach of educational technology is related to physics & engineering. For
the maximum achievement of education’s aims and abilities & providing educational
experience effectively, the application of different teaching learning material and equipments
of technology is an example of hardware approach. Educational technology has provided
many things for making educational process effective and competent. Choke and board
work, chart, pictures, models, printed material, Film trip projector, overhead projector, radio,
tape recorder, cinema, television, video, computer, machine equipments of laboratory etc
are hardware. Computer and computer related material has made a revolution in
educational process along with hardware development phase.
Commands
• Use color red for Title.
• Give effect of Bold and do underline to title font.
• Give page background of pink color
• Give Artistic page border for whole the document.
• Save the document with name “Approach”
92/273
B) 10 Marks
Make the following worksheet using MS Excel as per below mentioned notes.
Delhi Public School

Mark sheet of Standard 9
ROLL NO NAME s1 s2 s3 s4 TOTAL PER Status
1 80 65 88 86
PATEL MUKESH V
2 65 65 80 80
BHATT VINITA P
3 82 80 89 84
DAMOR MEENA S
4 85 66 20 85
GANDHI HETAL N
5 89 60 88 85
RAVAL NISHA H
Note :
Find Total and Percentage using formula
Find status using If function. If student get more than 35 marks in each subject then status
= “pass” otherwise “fail”
Save file by name “Result”
C) 10 Marks
Create MS Project file for celebration of 26th January.
Set 7th Aug 2010 as a starting Date. Project duration is 8 days.
1. Note down the events.
2. Register the participants.
3. Arrange practice for participants
4. List out guests and invitees.
5. Decide chief guest and send invitation
6. Make the celebration.
Note :
Make the calendar as “Republic” of seven working days.
Save project as a “26th January” in folder, which is created by you on Desktop.
Change the working time as 9:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m.
D) 10 Marks
Send E-mail of two line in Gujarati, with one of your files made during this Exam as
attachment to spipa@yahoo.com using MS Outlook 2003 or Outlook Express.
E) 10 Marks
Create a MS Power Point Presentation with three slides on Flood (Poor)
Notes:
Apply slide transition, slide design effect to all slides
Give footer as “Water”.
Save the file by name ‘Poor’ in your folder created on the desktop of your computer.
93/273

A) 5 Marks
Set the screen saver as ‘3D Flying Objects’ with waiting time as 2 minutes.
Set the background as “Friend” and set position in center.
B) 5 Marks
Create a file named ‘Space’ in word pad or note pad with the following information, and
save the file in your folder.
Total capacity of your drive C
IP address of your computer
C) Draw a watch in MS paints and save it in your folder by name “Samay” 5 Marks
A. Prepare the following table in MS Word

10 Marks
INVIGILATORS REPORT FOR CCC EXAM

QUESTION 1 QUESTION 2
No. Name [A] [B] [A] [B] [C]
1 RAJESH 5 3 10 5 7
2 SWEETY 5 5 7 7 6
3 MANISHA 2 4 5 8 9
Notes:
• Give Header as “CCC EXAM”
• Give Page border to the above document
• Save this file by the name “Question” in your folder created on the desktop of
your computer.
94/273
B. Create a MS PowerPoint presentation on “Swami Vivekanand” having minimum 4

slides give the following effects as mentioned in the notes and save the file by the name
“Young” in your folder on the desktop of your computer. 10 Mark
Notes:
• Two of your slides should be typed in Gujarati
C. Make the following mark sheet using MS Excel as per below mentioned notes and save
the file by the name Pass out in your folder on the desktop of your computer.
10 Marks
No. Student Name Hindi Gujarati English Total Average Status

1 Devyani 99 65 78
2 Trushna 100 67 90
3 Karishma 55 78 65
4 Ketul 40 33 58
Notes:
Status = PASS if student has scored more than 34 marks in all three subjects
other wise Status = FAIL
• Rename the worksheet as “Fail list”
D. Create a file in MS-Project to plan a tour and save it by the name “Tour” in your folder
created on the desktop of your computer. 10 Marks
• Create a calendar having six working days and name it “March”
• Finish the Project on 31st October-2012
• Insert the following Task.
1. Select the location for tour.
2. Decide the duration for tour.
3. Arrange for Tickets & Reservation.
4. Arrange Luggage.
• Set duration for each task as 4 days.
E. Send E-mail of at least two lines in Gujarati with one of your files made during this exam
as attachment to gunj-amd@yahoo.com using MS Outlook 2003 or Outlook Express.
10 Marks
95/273
ABOUT COMPUTER
1. The first calculating device is……..
;F{\5|YD S[,SI],[8L\U DXLG PPPPPPPP K[P
[A] Digital calculator [B] Analog calculator
[C] Abacus [D] None of the above
2. PC stands for………
5LP;L V[8,[ PPPPPPPP
[A] A Pocket computer [B] Personal computer
[C] Physical computer [D] Personal card
3. Personal computer are the type of computer……….
5;"gF, SMd%I]8Z S[JF 5|SFZG]\ SMd%I]8Z K[P
[A] Super computer [B] Mini computer
[C] Micro computer [D] Mainframe computer
4. The first super computer made in India is……….
eFFZTDF\ AG[,] ;F{5|YD ;]5Z SMd%I]8ZPPPPPPPPPPK[P
[A] Param 1000 [B] Param 10000
[C] Param [D] None of the above
5. ENIAC stands for……..
ENIAC V[8,[PPPPPPPP
[A] Electronic numeric integrate and calculate
[B] Electronic numeric integrator and calculator
[C] Electronic numeric integrate & calculate
[D] Electronic numeric integrate calculate
6. ASCII stands for ...............
ASCII V[8,[PPPPPPPPPPPP
[A] American Standard Code for Information Interchange
[B] American Standard Code for Integration Interchange
[C] Asian Standard Code for Information Interchange
[D] None of the above
7. Which of the following computer used for weather forecasting?
CJFDFGGL VFUFCL DF8[ GLR[GFDF\YL SIF 5|SFZG]\ SMd%I]8Z p5IMUL K[m
[A] A Micro computer [B] Mainframe computer
[C] Personal computer [D] Super computer
8. Computer used for special effects in movies is..........
lO<DMDF\ :5[xI, .O[S8 VF5JF DF8[PPPPPPPPP SMd%I]8ZGM p5IMU YFI K[P
[A] Super computer [B] Mainframe computer
[C] Micro computer [D] None of the above
9. The computer works on analogous way is called.........
H[ SMd%I]8ZGM V[G[,MU DF8[ 5wWlTYL SFI" SZ[ K[ T[G[ PPPPPPPPPPPPPPP SC[ K[P
[A] Analog computer [B] Digital computer
[C] Hybrid computer [D] None of the above
1. C 2. B 3. C 4. B 5. B 6. A 7. D 8. B 9. A
96/273
10. The computer which work on digital principle………

0LhL8, lGIDMG[ VFWFZ[ SFI" SZT] SMd%I]8Z PPPPPPPPPP K[P
[A] Analog computer [B] Digital computer
[C] Hybrid computer [D] None of the above
11. The hybrid computer work on……..
CF.A|L0 SMd%I]8ZPPPPPPPP 5Z SFI" SZ[ K[P
[A] Analog [B] Digital
[C] Both A & B [D] None
12. IC stands for………
VF.P;L V[8,[PPPPPPPPP
[A] Internal circuit [B] Integrated circuit
[C] Internal cycle [D] None of the above
13. The touchable part of computer is called as…….
SMd%I]8ZG[ V0L XSFI T[JF EFUG[ PPPPPPPPPP SC[ K[P
[A] Hardware [B] Software
[C] Program [D] None
14. A set of program designed to perform some task is called……….
SM. RMSS; SFI" SZJF DF8[GM 5|MU|FDGM ;[8 PPPPPPPPP SC[JFIP
[C] Program [D] None
15. A software necessary to carry out certain task is called……..
SM. RMSS; SFI" SZJF DF8[GM H~ZL ;F[O8J[Z PPPPPPPPP SC[JFIP
[A] Application Software [B] System Software
[C] Operating Software [D] Hardware
16. Which is the interface between hardware?
CF0"J[Z DF8[GM .g8ZO[; SIM K[m
[C] Operating Software [D] Hardware
17. The circuit board to which micro processor is attach is called?
DF.S|F[5|F[;[;Z S. ;SL"8 ;FY[ HF[0FI[,]\ K[ m
[A] Memory [B] Mother board
[C] CPU [D] None
18. ……… refers the path between components of computers.
SMd%I]8ZGF ;FWG ;FY[ PPPPPPPPP HM0FI[,F CMI K[P
[A] Bus [B] Line
[C] Wire [D] Cable
19. To reads the code hidden on the bars of product pack
5|M0S8 5[S p5Z K]5FI[,F SM0 JF\RJF DF8[ X[GM p5IMU YFI K[ m
[A] Bar code reader [B] Bar code rader
20. The capabilities of a……….Lies in between those of mainframe and those
of personal computer.
D[.GO|[D VG[ 5;"G, SMd%I]8Z JrR[GL 1FDTFVMPPPPPPPPPP SF[d%I]8Z WZFJ[ K[P
[A] Micro computer [B] Mini computer
[C] Super computer [D] Notebook computer
10. B 11. C 12. B 13. A 14. B 15. A 16. C 17. B 18. A 19. A 20. B
97/273
21. A…….. Is a device that reads from a disk.

PPPPPPPPP V[ V[J]\ ;FWG K[ H[ 0L:S JF\R[ K[P
[A] Disk carrier [B] Disk drive
[C] Disk cabinet [D] All of the above
22. …….. Software can translate scanned image in to text you can edit
PPPPPPPPP ;MO8J[Z :S[G SZ[,L .D[HDF\ 8[1F V[0L8 SZJF DF8[ p5IMUL K[P
[A] OCR [B] SCR
[C] SCSI [D] USC
23. ………. is the process of creating programs and data for
safekeeping.
5|MU|FD VG[ 0[8FG[ ;FJR[TL 5]J"S ZFBJF DF8[ PPPPPPPPP 5|F[;[; K[P
[A] Saving [B] Sorting
[C] Printing [D] Back up
24. Which of the following is a buffer between main memory and CPU?
GLR[GF 5{SL SM6 D]bI :D°lT VG[ CPU JrR[ AOZGL E}lDSF EHJ[ K[m
[A] CDROM [B] ROM
[C] RAM [D] PROM-
25. The vaccum tube in PC is known as…………
5L;LDF\ J5ZFTL J[SI]D 8I]APPPPPPP TZLS[ VM/BFI K[P
[A] CRT [B] Moniter
[C] Screen [D] All above
26. The base 2 number system used by computers is known as……
Z sA[f GF VFWFZGL 5wWlT SMd%I]8ZDF\PPPPPPPPPP TZLS[ VM/BFI K[P
[A] Binary number system [B] Octal number system
[C] Secimal cumber system [D] Hex number system
27. A statistic for measuring how long a drive takes to read or write data is
called………..
DFlCTL ZL0 VYJF ZF.8 SZJF DF8[ 0F|.JDF\ ZC[,]\ DF5PPPPPPPPPP SC[JFI K[P
[A] Seek time [B] Access time
[C] Refresh time [D] None of the above
28. ….... is set of instruction that tells the hardware of computer what to do.
SMd%I]8ZDF\ ZC[,F CF0"J[ZG[ SI]\ SFI" SZJ] T[ H6FJJF DF8[GF DFlCTLGF ;[8G[ PPPPPPPPPPSC[ K[P
[A] Mother board [B] Programs
[C] Key board [D] None
29. The computer on your desktop us under………. category.
TDFZF 0[:88M5 p5Z ZC[,] SMd%I]8Z PPPPPPPPPP S[8[UZLG]\ K[P
[A] Mini computer [B] Super computer
[C] Mainframe [D] Micro computer
30. Virus is
JFIZ; V[PPPPPPPP K[P
[A] A device [B] A program
[C] An error [D] None of the above
31. A computer on chip is called……..
RL5 p5Z ZC[,]\ SF[d%I]8Z PPPPPPPPPPPP TZLS[ VM/BFI K[P
[A] VLSI [B] Micro computer
[C] Micro processor [D] None of the above
21. B 22. A 23. D 24. C 25. A 26. A 27. B 28. B 29. D 30. B 31. C
98/273
32. …….. is high level programming language.

PPPPPPPPPPP V[ CF. ,[J, 5|MU|FDL\U EFQFF K[P
[A] Machine language [B] BASIC
[C] ALP [D] None
33. ………. Computer is fastest computer system.
PPPPPPPPPP V[ B[A h05L SMd%I]8Z K[P
[A] Mainframe [B] Mini
[C] Super [D] Micro
34. Business application like automation, desktop publishing etc.have been
made possible due arrival of ……. Computer.
ALhG[; V[%,LS[XG H[JL S[ VM8MD[XG4 0LP8LP5LP JU[Z[ PPPPPPP SMd%I]8Z VFJJFG[ SFZ6[ XSI AGL K[P
[A] Mini [B] Micro
[C] Mainframe [D] Super
35.Computer program……… is simply a set of data or instruction that has
been given a name.
SMd%I]8Z 5|MU|FDDF\ ZC[,L DFlCTLG[PPPPPPPPP DF\ GFD VF5JFDF\ VFJ[ K[P
[A] File [B] Instruction
[C] Procedure [D] Folder
36. To reset the computer……….. (SMd%I]8ZG[ ZL :8F8" SZJFPPPPPPPP)
[A] Delete [B] Alt
[C] Ctrl [D] All above
37. ………. is the process of creating a duplicate set of programs or data files
for safe keeping.
;FJR[TL 5}J"S ZFBJF DF8[ T[GL 0]%,LS[8 OF., AGFJJF DF8[GL 5|lS|IF V[8,[ PPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPP
[A] Format [B] Backup
[C] Retive [D] Rename
38. FAT stands for……
FAT V[8,[m
[A] File allocation table [B] Find allocate table
[C] Follow allow table [D] None of the above
39. “P-Ill 450 MHz” in this term MHz is a unit of measuring…….
“P-Ill 450 MHz” DF\ MHz V[ PPPPPPPPP DF5JFGM V[SD K[P
[A] Time [B] Frequency
[C] HDD [D] None
40. The processing function is divided between.
5F|;[;L\U O\SXG PPPPPPP JrR[ JC\[RFI[,F K[P
[A] Processor [B] Memory
[C] A, B both [D] None
41. MICR stands for?
MICR V[8,[ X]\m
[A] Magnetic ink character reader [B] Magnetic ink char ogn
[C] Master ink character [D] None of the above
42. Floppy disk is the type of memory.... (O,M5L 0L:S V[PPPPPPPPP 5|SFZGL D[DZL K[Pf
[A] Magnetic & Secondary [B] Main memory
[C] O Primary [D] None of the above
32. B 33. C 34. B 35. A 36. D 37. B 38. A 39. B 40. C 41. A 42. A
99/273
43. A……. Is a fast and electronic device that accepts and store input
data, Process them, and produce output results under the direction
of a stored Program of instruction.
………..V[ V[S h05L VG[ .,[S8=F[lGS ;FWG K[ S[ H[ .G5]8 0[8FG[ :JLSFZ[ K[ VG[ ;\U|C SZ[ K[4 VG[
;\U|lCT 5|MU|FDGL ;}RGF VG];FZ VFp85]8 5ZL6FD T{IFZ SZ[ K[P
[A] Printer [B] Computer
[C] Modem [D] VDU
44. A…….. Computer is one that directly counts the numbers that represent
numerals, letters or other special symbols.
PPPPPPPPPPP V[ V[S H V[J]\ SMd%I]8Z K[ S[ H[ V[JF VF\S0FVMGL ;LWL U6TZL SZ[ K[ S[ H [ VF\S0F XaNM
VYJF BF; lRgCŸF[ 5|lTlGlWtJ SZ[ K[P
[A] Digital [B] Analog
[C] Hybrid [D] None
45. Desirable features of analog and digital machines are combined to create
a computer system called……….
V[G[,MU VG[ l0lH8, DXLGGF H~ZL ,1F6MG[ E[UF SZLG[ AGFJJFDF\ VFJTL SMd%I]8Z ;L:8D V[8,[PPPP
[A] Digital [B] Analog
[C] Hybrid [D] None
46. Comparing data values and taking decisions is called…… operation.
0[8F J[<I]GL ;ZBFD6L SZJFGL VG[ lG6"IM SZJFGL 5|lS|IFG[PPPPPPPP VM5Z[XG SC[ K[P
[A] Logical [B] Arithmetic
[C] Sorting [D] None
47. Informational raw material represented by symbols is called.
H[ lRgCŸGM .GOMD["XG, ZM D8LZLI,G]\5|lTlGlWtJ SZ[ K[ T[G[PPPPPPPPP SC[ K[P
[A] Instruction [B] Information
[C] Statement [D] Data
48. A personal computer is a general purpose………… Computer.
5;"G, SF[d%I]8Z V[ ;FDFgI ZLT[PPPPPPPPP SF[d%I]8Z K[P
[A] Micro [B] Mini
[C] Mainframe [D] Super
49. Holding of all data and instructions to be processed is one of the
functions of ................
AWF H 0[8FG[ HF/JL ZFBJF VG[ ;]RGF D]HA SFI" SZFJJ] V[ PPPPPPPPPP G]\ SFI" K[P
[A] CPU [B] Output Unit
[C] Storage Unit [D] None
50. Which type of s/w is Netscape navigator.
Netscape navigator. SIF 5|SFZG]\ Software K[P
[A] Data Management [B] Internet Browser
[C] Data Analysis [D] Word Processing
51. A smart terminal is one which………
:DF8" 8DL"G, S[ H[PPPPPPPPPPPP
[A] Looks very attractive screen [B] Has inbuilt processing capability
[C] Must convent input on CRT [D] None of these
43. B 44. A 45. C 46. A 47. D 48. A 49. C 50. B 51. B

100/273
52. Interpretation of instruction in a computer is done by.

SMd%I]8Z DF\ ;]RGFVMG]\ EFQFF\TZPPPPPPPPPP ŸäFZF SZJFDF\ VFJ[ K[P
[A] Registers [B] Control Unit
[B] ALU [D] None of Above
53. A ………. is a collection of buttons which represent various operations that
can be carried out within an application.
…… V[ A8GGM ;D}C K[ S[ H[ lJlJW 5|SFZG]\ 5|lS|IFVMG]\ 5|lTlQlWtJ SZ[ K[ S[ H[G[ V[%,LS[XGDF\YL ,[JFFDF\
VFJTL CMI K[.
[A] Buttons [B] Menu
[C] Toolbar [C] None
54. CD-ROM stand for?
;LP0LvZMD V[8,[m
[A] Compect Disk Red Only Memory
[B] Compect Disk Read Only Memory
[C] Compact Disk Red Only Memory
[D] Compact Disk Read Only Memory
55. GUI is used as an interface between ……………..
ÒI]VF.PPPPPPPPPPP JrR[ HM0F6 TZLS[ p5IMUDF\ ,[JFI K[P
[A] Hardware and Software [B] Man and Machine
[C] Software & User [D] None of above
56. A Word processor is … sJ0" 5|M;[;Z V[ ……… K[Pf
[A] A program which process the word, e. g. Giving frequency of words,
sorting the word etc.
[B] A program that provides the facility for creating, viewing, editing
and manipulating text before printing.
[C] CPU of Microcomputer
[D] None of these
57. Which of the following admirable capability is provided in most of the
workstations.
,UEU NZ[S JS":8[XGDF\ GLR[GFDF\YL S. 5|;\XGLI 1FDTF 5]ZL 5F0JFDF\ VFJ[ K[P
[A] Numeric Processing [B] Graphics
[C] Text manipulation [D] None of the these
58. Which of the following software checks the syntactic errors in program.
GLR[GFDF\YL SI] ;MO8J[Z ;LgY[8LS E},G[ 5|MU|FDDF\ R[S SZ[ K[P
[A] Compiler [B] Interpreter
[C] Both A and B [D] None of these
59. Data processing cycle consists of.........
0[8F 5M|;[;L\U ;F.S, PPPPPPPPPP GM p<,[B SZ[ K[P
[A] Input cycle and output cycle [B] Output cycle and processing cycle
[C] Input cycle, output cycle and processing cycle
[D] None of these
60. The language that the computer can understand and execute is called.....
V[ EFQFF S[ H[G[ SMd%I]8Z ;DH[ K[ VG[ VD, SZ[ K[ T[G[ PPPPPPPPP SC[JFIP
[A] Machine language [B] Application software
[C] System program [D] None of the above
52. D 53. C 54. D 55. B 56. B 57. C 58. C 59. C 60. A

101/273
61. The binary number system has a base.

AF.GZL G\AZ ;L:8DGM A[.h PPPPPPPP K[P
[A] 2 [B] 4
[C] 8 [D] 16
62. OMR stands for?
VMPV[DPVFZ V[8,[m
[A] Objective Mark Reader [B] Optical Mark Recognition
[C] Objective Mark Recognition [D] Optical Mark Reader
63. VDU stands for........
JL0LI] V[8,[m
[A] Virtual Display Unit [B] Voice Device Unit
[C] Visual Display Unit [D] None of the above
64. Base of binary number System is..........
AF.GZL G\AZ ;L:8DGM A[.h PPPPPPPPP K[P
[A] 10 [B] 8
[C] 16 [D] 2
65. Dialog box section in which we may enter data are........
0F.,MU AMS; lJEFU S[ H[DF\ VF56[ PPPPPPPP 0[8FGM ;DFJ[X SZL XSFI K[P
[A] Spinners [B] Command buttons
[C] sliders [D] All of the above
66. The aim of.......... is to develop computer programs that can behave rather
like a human expert.
PPPPPPPP GM C[T] V[JM SMd%I]8Z 5|MU|FD lJS;FJJFGM CTM S[ H[ V[S V[S S]X/ jIlST H[D JTL" XS[P
[A] Word processing System [B] Operating System
[C] LAN System [D] Expert System
67. 1 Byte= ............. Bits.
! AF.8 = PPPPPPP AL8Ÿ;
[A] 2 [B] 1024
[C] 256 [D] 8
68. The most common monitor can display ......... Color at a time.
DM8F EFUGF DMGL8Z V[S H ;DI[ PPPPPPPPPPP S,;" ATFJL XS[P
[A] 256 [B] 128
[C] 250 [D] 255
69. What is DMP?
0LV[D5L X]\ K[m
[A] Disk Management Power [B] Dot Matrix Printer
[C] Dot memory per [D] Disk Management program
70............ Is a small piece of Silicon on which Circuits related to computer
are made.
PPPPPPPPPP V[ ;L,LSMGGM GFGM EFU K[ S[ H[GF 5Z SMd%I]8ZG[ ;\A\WSTF" ;SL"8 AGFJJFDF\ VFJ[ K[P
[A] chip [B] port
[C] bit [D] vacum tube
71. Is a set of instruction.
PPPPPPPP ;]RGFVMGM ;D]C K[P
[A] Program [B] Printer
[C] Scanner [D] Floppy Disk
61. A 62. D 63. C 64. D 65. A 66. D 67. D 68. A 69. B 70. A 71. A
102/273
72. ............ was a simple machine used by Chinese for addition of numbers.
PPPPPPPPPP V[ RF.GLh äFZF ;ZJF/F DF8[ AGFJJFDF\ VFJ[,]\ ;FN]\ DXLG K[P
[A] Napier’s Bone [B] Abacus
[C] Charles Babbage [D] CPU
73. The process opposite to Random Access is............
Z[g0D V[S;[;GL lJ~wWGL 5|lS|IF PPPPPPPPPPP K[P
[A] No random access [B] Access
[C] Sequential access [D] None Access
74. Which of computer is used for weather forecasting from the following
option?
CJFDFGGL VFUFCL SZJF DF8[ GLR[GFDF\YL SIF SMd%I]8ZGM p5IMU YFI K[ m
[A] Mini computer [B] Micro Computer
[C] Super Computer [D] Mainframe Computer
75. Which method do we use for calculation in our day to day life?
VF56L ZMHAZMHGL lH\NULDF\ U6TZL DF8[ V56[ S. 5wWlTGM p5IMU SZLV[ KLV [m
[A] Decimal Method [B] Binary Method
[C] Unitary Method [D] Hexa Method
76. One Giga bytes equals to..........
V[S ULUF AF.8 = PPPPPPPPPPP
[A] Approx. One thousands bytes [B] Approx. One thousands megabytes
[C] Approx. One bytes [D] None
77. The basic operations performed by a computer are.
SMd%I]8Z äFZF SZJFDF\ VFJTF ;FDFgI SFI" PPPPPPPPPPPPPPPP K[P
[A] Arithmetic operation [B] Logical operation
[C] Storage and relative [D] All the above
78. The buffer in the system are in.....
l;:8D ZC[,]\ AOZPPPPPPP DF\ CMI K[P
[A] CONFIG.SYS [B] AUTOEXEC.BAT
[C] BOTH A & B [D] None
79. In a high resolution mode, the number of dots in a line will usually be.
CF. Z[hM<I]XG DM0DF\4 ,F.GDF\ ZC[,F 85SFGL ;\bIF ;FDFgI ZLT[ PPPPPPPPP CM. XS[P
[A] 320 [B] 640
[C] 760 [D] 900
80. The unit KIPS is used to measure the speed of..........
KIPS...... GL h05 DF5JF DF8[ p5IMUL K[P
[A] Processor [B] Disk drive
[C] Printer [D] Tape drive
81. A Compiler......... sSd5F.,Z V[ PPPPPPPPPPPPP K[ mf
[A] Is a computer program
[B] Translates a high level language into machine language
[C] Is a part of software
[D] None of these
82. Computer software includes...........
SMd%I]8Z ;MO8J[Z PPPPPPPP WZFJ[ K[P
[A] Application programs [B] Operating system programs
[C] Packaged programs [D] All of these
72. B 73. C 74. C 75. A 76. B 77. D 78. A 79. B 80. A 81. B 82. D
103/273
83. Machine language..........

DXLG ,[\uJ[H V[8,[PPPPPPPPPPPP
[A] is the language in which programs were first writtem
[B] is the one language understood by the computer
[C] Differs from one type of computer to another
[D] All of these
84. Assembly language........ (V[;[dA,L ,[\uJ[H V[8,[PPPPPPPPP K[ m)
[A] Uses alphabetic codes in place of binary numbers used in machine
Language
[B] Is the easiest language to write program
[C] Need not be translated into machine language
[D] None of these
85. A source program is.......... (;M;" 5|MU|FDPPPPPPPPP K[P)
[A] a program written in a machine language
[B] a program to be translated into machine language
[C] a machine language translation of a program written in a
[D] None of these
86. A Compiler is.........
Sd5F.,ZPPPPPPPPPPPP K[P
[A] a combination of computer hardware
[B] a program which translates from one high-level language to another
[C] a program which translates from one high-level to a machine level
[D] None of these
87. A Pixel is.............
5LS;[<FPPPPPPPPPPK[P
[A] A computer program that draws picture
[B] A picture stored in secondary memory
[C] The smallest resolvable part of a picture
[D] None of these
88. Which technology is used in Compact disks?
SF[d5[S8 0L:SDF\ S> 5wWlTGF[ p5IF[U YFI K[P
[A] Mechanical [B] Electrical
[C] Electro Magnetic [D] Laser
89. Which device can understand difference between data & programs?
0[8F VG[ 5|F[U|FD JrR[GF[ TOFJT SI]\ ;FWG ;DH[ K[m
[A] Input device [B] Output device
[C] Memory [D] Microprocessor
90. HTML Stand for?
V[RP8LPV[DPV[, V[8,[m
[A] Hyper Text Mark Language [B] Hyper Taxt Markup Language
[C] Hyper Tex Markup Language [D] Hyper Text Markup Language
91. Output that made of pictures, sounds and video is best described as ....
l5SR;"4 VJFH VG[ lJ0LIMG]\ VFp85]8PPPPPPPP äFZF AGFJ[, CMI K[P
[A] Graphics [B] Multimedia
[C] Hard copy [D] Multi aspects
83. B 84. A 85. B 86. C 87. C 88. D 89. D 90. D 91. B

104/273
92. When you purchase a product over a mobile Phone, the transaction is
Called.........
DMAF., äFZF SZFI[,L 5|M0S8GL BZLNLG[PPPPPPP SC[ K[P
[A] Web-Commerce [B] e-Commerce
[C] m-Commerce [D] Mobile Purchases
93. What is the address given to a computer connected to a network called ?
G[8JS" ;FY[ ;\S/FI[, SMd%I]8ZG[ VF5[, V[0=[; X]\ SC[JFI K[m
[A] System Address [B] SYSID
[C] Process ID [D] IP Address
94. An individual dot on a computer screen is called a (n)....
SMd%I]8Z :S|LG p5Z ZC[,M :JT\+ 0M8G[ PPPPPPPPP SC[ K[P
[A] Character [B] Screen Point
[C] Font [D] Pixel
95. Software gets form friends........
lD+M 5F;[YL D[/J[, ;MO8J[Z PPPPPPPPPPP
[A] Friends Software [B] Pirated Software
[C] Licensed Software [D] None
96. A person who navigate computer is consider as.......
V[ jIlST S[ H[ SMd%I]8ZG[ PPPPPPPPPPPPPP ;DHFJJF ;DY" K[P
[A] Computer Literate [B] Computer fluent
[C] Computer Technologist [D] None
97. A set of sectors called........
;[S8;"GM ;[8PPPPPPPPP SC[JFI K[P
[A] Tracks [B] Cluster
[C] Cylinder [D] None
98. Full form of MICR is.........
MICR G]\ 5]~ GFDPPPPPPPPP K[P
[A] Magnetic Ink Character Reader [B] Magnetic Ink Code Reader
[C] Multiprocessor [D] Magnifier Information
99. Macro media is a name of a company ralated with........
DF.S|MDL0LIF GFDGL S\5GLPPPPPP ;FY[ ;\S/FI[, K[m
[C] Periperals [D] Services
100. Which of the following will convert high level language to machine Language?
GLR[GFDF\YL SI]\ CF.,[J, ,[\uJ[H\ G[ DXLG ,[uJ\[HDF\ O[ZJ[ K[ m
[A] Translator [B] Assembler
[C] Executor [D] None
101. DTP stands for........
DTP V[8,[PPPPPPPP
[A] Desk Top Publishing [B] Desk Top Preparation
[C] Desk Top Polishing [D] None
102. Which of the following is the characteristics of computer?
GLR[GF 5{SL SIF\ SMd%I]8ZGF ,1F6M K[ m
[A] Speed [B] Accuracy
[C] Realiability [D] All
92. C 93. D 94. D 95. B 96. A 97. B 98. A 99. B 100. A 101. A 102. D
105/273
103. Which of the following is computer language?

GLR[GF 5{SL SM6 SMd%I]8Z EFQFF K[m
[A] C++ [B] JAVA
[C] C [D] All
104. What is the masurement of computer speed?
SMd%I]8ZGL h05 XFDF\ D5FI K [m
[A] MIPS [B] SIS
[C] SPSS [D] MMB
105. The development period of first generation is......
5|YD HGZ[XGGF Sd%I]8ZGL XMW S. ;F,DF\ SZJFDF\ VFJL m
[A] 1955-1965 [B] 1965-1975
[B] 1945-1954 [D] None
106. The development period of second generation is........
aFLÒ HGZ[XGGF SMd%I]8ZGM 0[J,D[g8 ;DIPPPPPPPPP K[
[A] 1955-1963 [B] 1955-1965
[C] 1945-1967 [D] None of above
107. The development period of third generation is........
+LÒ HGZ[XGGF SMd%I]8ZGM 0[J,D[g8 ;DIPPPPPPPPP K[
[A] 1975-1985 [B] 1965-1975
[C] 1948-1988 [D] None of above
108. Which generation computer are using today?
SIF 5|SFZGL HGZ[XGGF\ SMd%I]8Z VFH[ p5IMUDF\ ,[JFI K[m
[A] First [B] Second
[C] Third [D] Fourth
109. In first generation which electronic component is used?
5C[,L HGZ[XGGF SMd%I]8ZDF\ SIF .,[S8=MlGS ;FWGGM p5IMU YTM CTMm
[A] Transistor [B] Vacuum tube
[C] IC [D] None
110. Which of the electronic device is used in second generation?
ALÒ HGZ[XGGF SMd%I]8ZDF\ SIF .,[S8=MlGS ;FWGGM p5IMU YTM CTMm
[C] VLSI [D] MLSI
111. In third generation computer......... is used.
+LÒ HGZ[XGGF SMd%I]8ZDF\ SIF\ .,[S8=MlGS ;FWGGM p5IMU YTM CTMm
[A] IC [B] Vacuum tubes
[C] Transistor [D] LSI
112. The Size of the fourth generation computer is reduced to laptop or
Palmtop computer due to?
X[GL ;F.h 38F0JFG[ SFZ6[ RMYL HGZ[XGGF\ SMd%I]8ZG] SN ,[58M5 VG[ 5FD8M5 H[8,]\ GFG]\ YI]\ m
[C] VLSI [D] None
113. Super Computer is still in......... generation.
;]5Z SMd%I]8Z CÒPPPPPPPPPPPPP HGZ[XGDF\ K[P
[A] First [B] Second
[C] Third [D] Fourth
103 D 104.A 105.C 106.B 107.B 108.D 109.B 110.A 111.A 112.C 113.D
106/273
114. The electronics device technology that from the base of second
Generation computer.
ALÒ HGZ[XGGF\ SMd%I]8ZGM VFWFZPPPPPPPP .,[S8=MlGS ;FWG 5wWlT CTLP
[C] IC [D] None
115. The VLSI designed computer associated with the ............... generation.
VLSI............HGZ[XGGF SMd%I]8Z :FFY[ ;\S/FI[, K[P
[A] Third [B] Forth
116. ......... Were used for hardware implementation in the first
Generation computer system.
5C[,L HGZ[XGGF SMd%I]8ZDF\ CF0"J[Z .d%,LDLg8[XG DF8[ PPPPPPPPPPPPP GM p5IMU YTM CTMP
[A] Vacuum tubes [B] Transistor
[C] IC [D] None
117. Super computers are primarily useful for.........
;]5Z SMd%I]8Z ;FDFgI ZLT[ PPPPPPPPPPPPDF8[ p5IMUL K[P
[A] Input-Output intensive processing
[B] Mathematical intensive scientific applications
[C] Data retrieval operations
[D] None of these
118. The gigantic work of simulating the airflow around an entire aircraft can
only be done by using.................. (V[ZS|FO8 DF8[ SIF SMd%I]8ZGM p5IMU SZJFDF\ VFJ[ K[P)
[A] Micro Computers [B] Mini computer
[C] Super computer [D] None
119 . ........... invented a first Machine, which allowed a user to perform
additions and subtraction.
.............. V[ ;F{ 5|YD V[JF DXLGGL XMW SZL H[DF p5IMUSTF" ;ZJF/F VG[ AFNAFSL SZL XSTFP
[A] John Napier [B] Charles Babbage
[C] Blaise Pascal [D] Hermann Hollerith
120. What are the computers called, which are small enough to be kept in the
hand called? (SIF 5|SFZGF\ SMd%I]8Z V[8,F GFGF K[ S[ H[G[ CFYDF\ ZFBL XSFI K[m)
[A] Plamtop [B] Laptop
[C] Desktop [D] Handtop
121. Which of the following is the latest and most powerful chip used in the PC?
GFR[GFDF\YL S. VlT VFW]lGS VG[ VlT ;1FD RL5 K[ S[ H[ 5L;LDF\ J5ZFI K[m
[A] Pentium – 1 [B] Pentium – IV
[C] Pentium – XX [D] Pentium – X
122. What is the name of the series of laptop computers manufactured by IBM called?
IBM äFZF T{IFZ SZJFDF\ VFJ[,F ,[58M5 Sd%I]8ZGL l;ZLhG[ X]\ SC[JFDF\ VFJ[ K[m
[A] Laptop [B] Think Pad [C] Antia [D] Notepad
123. Macro media is a name of a company related with ...........
DF.S|MSL0LIF GFDGL S\5GL PPPPPPPPPPPPP ;FY[ ;\S/FI[, K[ m
[C] Periperals [D] Services
114. A 115. B 116. A 117. B 118. C 119. C 120. A 121. B 122. B 123. B
107/273
124. Which of the following cables can transmit data at high speeds?
GLR[GFDFYL\ JWFZ[ :5L0DF\ DFlCTLG[ SI]\ S[A, 8=Fg;DL8 SZ[ K[ m
[A] Coaxial Cable [B] Optic Fibre Cable
[C] Twisted pair cable [D] UTP Cable
125. SCSI is a term related with?
SCSI SMGL ;FY[ ;\S/FI[,L K[ m
[A] Storage [B] Network Data Transfer
[C] Keystroke Rate [D] Picture resolution
126. Plotter is an example of...... (5,M8Z V[PPPPPPPP G]\ pNFCZ6 K[P)
[A] Input Device [B] Output Device
[C] Both A & B [D] None of the above
127. The extension given to the paint file is.........
5[.g8 OF.,G[ VF5JFDF VFJ[, V[S:8[gXGPPPPPPPPP K[P
[A] .doc [B] .txt
[C] .bmp [D] .rtf
128. What is the extension of sound file?
;Fpg0 OF.,G[ V[S:8[gXG SI]\ K[m
[A] .avi [B] .ppt
[C] .bmp [D] .wav
129. What is the name of the software that allows us to browse through web
pages called?
A|Fph äFZF J[A5[HGM p5IMU SZJF DF8[GL 5ZJFGUL VF5TF ;MO8J[G]\ GFD X]\ K[m
[A] Browser [B] Mail Client
[C] FTP Client [D] Messenger
130. The earliest calculating device is........
;M{YL 5C[,]\ S[<SI],[8L\U ;FWG PPPPPPPPP K[P
[A] Abacus [B] Clock
[C] Difference Engine [D] None of these
131. The man who built the first Mechanical calculator was.....
PPPPPPPPPPPPP V[ ;M{5|YD DLS[GLS, S[<SI],[8Z T{IFZ SI]" CT]P
[A] Joseph Marie Jacquard [B] John Mauchly
[C] Blaise Pascal [D] Harward Aliken
132. Punched cards were first introduced by........
Punched cards 5C[,LJFZ PPPPPPPPP äFZF AGFJJFDF\ VFjI]P\
[A] Power [B] Pascal
[C] Jacquard [D] Herman Hollerith
133. Computers built before the First Generation of computers were.
5|YD 5[-LGF Sd%I]8Z AgIF T[ 5C[,FGF Sd%I]8ZPPPPPPPPPPP CTFP
[A] Mechanical [B] Electro – machanical
[C] Electrical [D] None of these
134. The Analytical Engine developed during Fist Generation of computers
used....... as a memory unit.
5|YD 5[-LDF\ AG[,F Sd%I]8Z V[GF,[8LS V\[gÒG D[DZL TZLS[PPPPPPPP GM p5IMU SZT]\ CT]\
[A] RAM [B] Floppies
[C] Cards [D] Counter Wheels
124.B 125.A 126.B 127.C 128.D 129.A 130.A 131.C 132.D 133.B 134.D
108/273
135. You might find all of the following peripheral ports on a personal computer
except?
GLR[GFDF\YL SIF 5|SFZGF 5F[8" 5;"G, SMd%I]8ZDF\ CMTF YTF GYL m
[A] USB [B] Serial
[C] Parallel [D] Pass
136. An advantage to a touch screen is.......
8R :S|LGGF[ OFINM PPPPPPP K[P
[A] It is natural to touch things [B] It is not a stirring as keyboard input
[C] It uses little screen space for each choice
[D] None of these
137. Mainframe computers have ability for........
D[.GO|[D SMd%I]8ZG[PPPPPPPPP ,FISFT s,F1Fl6STFf K[P
[A] Multi user and multi tasking [B] Handle large amount of data
[C] Protect a file with password [D] All of these
138. Key board is ............... type of device.
SL AM0" S[JF 5|SFZG]\ 0LJF.; K[m
[A] Input [B] Pointing
[C] Output [D] Sound
139. All arithmetic and logical processing is done in........
AWF H 5|SFZGL UF6LTLS VG[ TFSL"S 5|lS|IFVMPPPPPP DF\ YFI K[P
[A] CU [B] CPU
[C] ALU [D] NONE
140. To delete the character right side of the cursor which key is used....
S;"ZGL HD6L AFH]GF\ V1FZ 0L,L8 SZHF DF8[PPPPPPPP GM p5IMU YFI K[P
[A] Inst [B] Del
[C] backspace [D] Home
141. To delete the character towards left side is........
0FAL AFH]GF V1FZ 0L,L8 SZJF DF8[PPPPPP
[A] backspace [B]Del
[C] Inst [D] Home
142. In keyboard the function of which type of keys changes according the
Software.
SL AM0" 5ZGL S. SLG]\ SFI" ;MO8J[ZGF VFWFZ[ AN,FI K[ m
[A] Alphanumeric key [B] Function key
[C] Numeric key [D] None of these
143. To enter the number a special key slot is given on the keyboard which
is.
G\AZ V[g8Z SZJF DF8[ SLAM0"DF\ VF5JFDF\ VFJ[, :5[xI, SL ;[8PPPPP
[A] Alphanumeric key [B] Numeric key pad
[C] Function key [D] None of these
144. About numeric key pad which statement is false?
gI]D[ZLS SL 5[0G[ wIFGDF\ ZFBLG[ SI\] :8[8D[g8 BM8]\ K[ m
[A] It contain 0 to 9 numbers [B] It contain enter key
[C] It contains symbols+-* [D] It contain alphabets
135.D 136.B 137.D 138.A 139.C 140.B 141.A 142.B 143.B 144.D
109/273
145. If num lock key is on the keys on numeric key pad act as.
HM num lock key VMG CMI TM gI]D[ZLS SL 5[0PPPPPPPPPPTZLS[ SFI" SZ[ K[P
[A] Number only [B] Arrow key only
[C] Curser keys only [D] None of the these
146. To move curser beginning of line which key is used?
S;"ZG[ ,F.GGF X~VFTDF\ B;[0JF DF8[ S. SL GM p5IMU YFI K[m
[A] End [B] Home
[C] Pgup [D] Pgdn
147. To move curser end of line which key is used?
S;"ZG[ ,F.GGF V\TDF\ B;[0JF DF8[ S. SL GM p5IMU YFI K[m
[A] End [B] Home
[C] Pgup [D] Pgdn
148. To move the curser one screen down?
S;"ZG[ V[S :SL|G GLR[ B;[0JF DF8[ S. SL GM p5IMU YFI K[m
[A] End [B] Home
[C] Pgup [D] Pgdn
149. To insert the character in word which key is used?
XaNDF\ V[S V1FZ pD[ZJF S. SL GM p5IMU YFI K[ m
[A] Insert [B] Home
[C] Delete [D] Pgdn
150. To move cursor five spaces in one keystroke which key is used?
S;"ZG[ V[S ;FY[ 5F\R V1FZ H[8,L HuIF KM0JF DF8[ S. SL GM p5IMU YFI K[ m
[A] Insert [B] Tab
[C] Shift [D] Ctrl
151. If Num lock key is off the keys on numeric key pad acts as.....
HM GD ,MS SL A\W CMI TM gI]D[ZLS SL 5[0PPPPPPPPP TZLS[ SFI" SZ[ K[P
[A] Numbers only [B] Function key
[C] Curser key [D] None
152. The speed of CPU measured in......
;L5LI] GL h05 PPPPPP DF\ D5FI K[P
[A] Hz [B] Bytes
[C] Sec [D] KBPC
153. If caps lock key on then........
HM S[%;,MS SL RF,] CMI TMPPPPPPP
[A] Small letters are printed [B] The lowercase letters are print
[C] Capital letters print [D] None of these
154. If caps lock key is on and any character is pressed in combination with
sift key.......
HM S[%;,MS SL RF,] CMI VG[ SM. XaN XLO8 ;FY[ 5|[; SZJFDF\ VFJ[ TMPPPPPPP
[A] Small letters are printed [B] The upper letters are print
[C] Capital letters print [D] Both A & B
155. Alt. Ctrl & Shift keys are the type of........
Alt. Ctrl & Shift keys PPPPPPPPP 5|SFZGL SL K[P
[A] Combination key [B] Alphanumeric key
[C] Arrow key [D] None of the above
145.A 146.B 147.A 148.D 149.A 150.B 151.C 152.A 153.C 154.D 155.A
110/273
156. Which of the following is Impact printer?

GLR[GFDF\YL SI]\ .d5[S8 5|Lg8Z K[m
[A] Dot matrix printer [B] Inkjet printer
[C] Laser printer [D] None of the above
157. The Quality of impact printer is decided by........
.d5[S8 5|Lg8ZGL SJM,L8LPPPPPPPPPP J0[ GSSL SZFI K[P
[A] DPI [B] PPI
[C] MPI [D] None of the above
158. Which of the following dot matrix printer is high quality printer ?
GLR[GFDF\YL SI]\ 0M8D[8=L1F 5|Lg8Z prR U]6JTF WZFJT]\ 5|Lg8Z K[m
[A] 9 pin [B] 12 pin
[C] 18 pin [D] 24 pin
159. To draw the architectural drawing and graphics which device the
following is set ?
VFSL"8[SRZ 0M=.\U VG[ U|FOLS; T{IFZ SZJF DF8[ GLR[GFDF\YL SIF ;FWGGM p5IMU YFI K [m
[A] Printer [B] plotter
[C] Scanner [D] None of the these
160. The process that transfer data in to useful information is called....
H~ZL DFlCTLDF\ 0[8F 8=Fg;OZ SZJF DF8[GL 5|lS|IF SC[JFI K[PPPPPP
[A] Microprocessor [B] Processor
[C] Processing [D] None
161. The CPU access each location in memory by using unique number
called..........
;L5LI]DF\ ZC[,F NZ[S ,MS[XGG[ VF5[,F I]GLS G\AZG[PPPPPPPP SC[ K[P
[A] Memory address [B] Data address
[C] Data bus [D] None
162. ....... works only in text mode.
PPPPPPPPP OS8 8[18 DM0DF\ SFI" SZ[ K[P
[A] Esc key [B] Print screen key
[C] Scroll lock key [D] Pause key
163. In the following device........... is a plug and play device.
GLR[GFDF\YLPPPPPPPPPP %,U VG[ %,[ 0LJF.; K[P
[A] Printer [B] Zip drive
[C] Key board [D] Scanner
164. To use numeric key pad on keyboard you must turn on............. key .
gI]D[ZLS SL 5[0GM p5IMU SZJF DF8[ SL AM0"DF\ OZHLIFT TDFZ[ PPPPPPPP SL VMG SZJL 50[ K[P
[A] Num lock [B] Caps lock
[C] Scroll lock [D] None
165. The Indicate where the character you type will appear on screen?
PPPPPPPPPPP NXF"J[ K[ S[ TD[ H[ V1FZ 8F.5 SZM KM T[ :S|LG 5Z SIF\ N[BFX[ m
[A] Cursor [B] Space key
[C] Scroll key [D] None
166. Between CPU and mouse the communication is from......
;L5LI] VG[ DFp; JrR[GM ;\5S"PPPPP äFZF YFI K[P
[A] Mouse to CPU [B] CPU to Mouse
[C] Both way [D] None
156.A 157.A 158.D 159.B 160.C 161.A 162.D 163.C 164.A 165.A 166.A
111/273
167. Full form of the CPU is..........

;L5LI]G]\ 5]~GFDPPPPP K[
[A] Computer Processing Unit [B] Control Processing Unit
[C] Central Processing Unit [D] Combine Processing Unit
168. CPU reads the information from secondary memory...........
;L5LI] ;[Sg0ZL D[DZLDF\YL DFlCTL PPPPPPP JF\R[ K[ m
[A] Directly
[B] First, Information is transferred to main memory and from there, the CPU
reads
[C] Through registers
[D] None of these
169. A Laser printer uses....... (,[;Z 5|Lg8ZPPPPPPPP p5IMU SZ[ K[P)
[A] Raster scan [B] Camera lens
[C] Heat Sensitive paper [D] None of these
170.These print to file option creates........
5|Lg8 8] OF., lJS<5PPPPPPPP OF., AGFJ[ K[P
[A] .txt [B] .bak file
[C] .prn file [D] .doc file
171. Scanner is an........ (:S[GZ V[ V[SPPPPPPPPPPPP K[P)
[C] Primary Memory [D] None of the above
172. CPU stands for.........
;L5LI]PPPPPPPPP DF8[ CMI K[P
[A] Controlled Processing Unit [B] Central Program Unit
[C] Central Processing Unit [D] Central Progress Unit
173. Dot Matrix Printer is........
0M8 D[8=LS; 5|Lg8Z V[PPPPPPP K[P
[A] Thermal Printer [B] Impact Printer
[C] Laser Printer [D] Ink-jet Printer
174. A terminal consists of a key board, Monitor and Communication facility
is called...
SLAM0" DMGL8Z VG[ HM0F6GL ;UJ0TF WZFJTF 8DL"G,G[PPPPPPPPPP SC[ K[P
[A] Dump Terminal [B] Smart Terminal
[C] Intelligent Terminal [D] None of the above
175. Which of the following is the least expensive printer?
GLR[GFDF\YL SI]\ 5|Lg8Z ;M{YL VMK]\ BRF"/ K m
[A] Inkjet [B] Laser
[C] DotMatrix [D] Thermal
176. The quality of the printing depends on........ Capacity of the printer.
5|Lg8L\UGL RMS;F.\ 5|Lg8ZGLPPPPPPPPP 1FDTF 5Z VFWFZ ZFB[ K[P
[A] BPS [B] DPI
[C] DTP [D] RAM
177. Dot matrix printer is an example of.........
0M8 D[8=LS; 5|Lg8Z V[PPPPPPPPPP G]\ pNFCZ6 K[P
[A] Line Printer [B] Serial Printer
[C] Inkjet Printer [D] Laser Printer
167.C 168.B 169.A 170.C 171.A 172.C 173.B 174.A 175.C 176.B 177.B
112/273
178. What are the units used to count the speed of a printer.
5|Lg8ZGL h05GL U6TZL SZJF DF8[ SIF V[SDGM p5IMU YFI K[ m
[A] CPM [B] DPI
[C] PPM [D] BIT
179. Which of the following is a term related with scanners?
GLR[GFDF\YL :S[GZ ;FY[ X]\ ;\S/FI[,]\ K[ m
[A] Laser [B] TWAIN
[C] Catridge [D] Media
180. Cursor is a............ (S;"Z V[PPPPPPP K[P)
[A] Pixel [B] Thin blinking line
[C] Pointing device [D] None of these
181. When a key is pressed on the keyboard, which standard is used for
converting the keystroke into the corresponding bits?
HIFZ[ SLAM0"G[ 5|[; SZJFDF\ VFJ[ tIFZ[ ~5F\TZ SZJF SI]\ WMZ6 p5IMUL K[ m
[A] ANSI [B] ASCII
[C] EBCDIC [D] ISO
182. Which device is used as the standard pointing device in a Graphical User
Environment ?
U|FOLS, I]hZ V[GJFIZD[g8 DF8[ SI]\ :8Fg00" 5F.g8L\U 0LJF.; p5IMUL K[m
[A] Keyboard [B] Mouse
[C] Joystick [D] Track ball
183. QWERTY, home keys are the terms of.........
QWERTY, home keys V[PPPPPP GL 8d;" K[P
[A] Keyboard [B] Internet
[C] Printer [D] Word Processor
184. Which of the following is a part of CPU?
GLR[GF 5{SL SM6 ;L5LI] GM EFU K[m
[A] Input device [B] ALU
[C] Output device [D] Hard disk
185. Computer is a system including........
SMd%I]8Z V[JL ;L:8D K[ H[PPPPPPPPP WZFJ[ K[P
[A] CPU, input, monitor [B] Input, floppy and output
[C] Keyboard, mouse, monitor [D] None of the above
186. Mouse is the type of device.
DFp; S[JF 5|SFZG]\ 0LJF.; K[m
[A] Input [B] Pointing
[C] Scanning [D] None of the above
187. Which of the following is input device.
GLR[GFDF\YL SI]\ .G5]8 0LJF.; K [m
[A] Speaker [B] Printer
[C] Plotter [D] Scanner
188. .......... is called the brain of computer.
PPPPPPP G[ SMd%I]8ZGF DUH TZLS[ VM/BJFDF\ VFJ[ K[P
[A] Mouse [B] Keyboard
[C] CPU [D] Memory
178.C 179.B 180.B 181.B 182.B 183.A 184.B 185.A 186.B 187.D 188.C
113/273
189. A document or image can be scanned in to digital form by using.

0MSI]D[g8 S[ .D[HG[ GLR[GFDF\YL SIF ;FWGGL DNN J0[ :S[G SZL XSFI K[ m
[A] Scanner [B] Printer
[C] Light pen [D] Marker
190. ………used to control the processing of the computer is called?
5|lS|IFG[ S\8M=, SZJF DF8[ SMd%I]8ZPPPPPPPPGM p5IMU SZ[ K[P
[A] ALU [B] CU
191. Which unit generates the timing signals for the execution ofcommands?
SI]\ V[SD V[ShLSI]8 SZJF DF8[GM SDFg0 WZFJ[ K [m
[A] CU [B] MU
[C] CPU [D] MPU
192. The input devices are connected to CPU by using.........
;L5LI]GM p5IMU SZLG[ .G5]8 0LJF.;PPPPPPPP ;FY[ HM0FI[, K[P
[A] Input port [B] Output port
[C] Net port [D] None
193. The Output devices are connected to CPU by using.........
;L5LI]GM p5IMU SZLG[ VFp85]8 0LJF.;PPPPPPPP ;FY[ HM0FI[, K[P
[A] Input port [B] Output port
[C] Net port [D] None
194. Pick the odd of list.
GLR[GFDF\YL A\WA[;TM G CMI T[JM lJS<5 5;\N SZMP
[A] OCR [B] Keyboard
[C] Mouse [D] Printer
195. The Printers used impression technique for their printing are called?
GLR[GFDF\YL SI]\ 5|Lg8Z .d5|[XG 5wWlTGM p5IMU SZ K[ m
[A] Impact printer [B] Non impact printer
[C] Spray printer [D] None of the above
196. The word resolution is related........ (J0" ZLhM<I]XG PPPPPP ;FY[ ;\S/FI[,]\ K[P)
[A] Monitor [B] Cable [C] Mouse [D] None
197. The most common input output device is.........
;M[{YL SMDG .G5]8 VFp85]8 ;FWGPPPPPPPP K[P
[A] Camera [B] Keyboard
[C] Mouse [D] MODEM
198. All computer recourses are managed by.
AWF H SMd%I]8ZGF ZL;M;L"8 PPPPPPP J0[ D[G[H YFI K[P
[C] CU [D] ALU
199. The actual manipulation of data takes – in...(DFlCTLG]\ BZ[BZ 5 'yYSZ6 PPPPPP SZ[ K[P)
[A] ALU [B] CU
[C] MU [D] CPU
200. Display card is used to redirect data to.
0[8F ZL0FIZ[S8 SZJF DF8[ 0L:%,[ SF0" H~ZL K[P
[A] Printer [B] Monitor
[C] CD Rom [D] None
189.A 190.B 191.A 192.A 193.B 194.D 195.A 196.A 197.D 198.C 199.D 200.B
114/273
201. Which of the following is standard output device.

GLR[GFDF\YL SI]\ :8Fg00" VFp85]8 0LJF.; K[P
[C] Monitor [D] Mic
202............ Unit is in between input and output device of computer.
SMd%I]8ZGF\ .G5]8 VG[ VFp85]8 0LJF.; JrR[PPPPPPPPP V[SD CFI K[P
[A] Printer [B] CPU
[C] ROM [D] None
203. Which of the following is input devices.
GLR[GFDF\YL SI]\ .G5]8 0LJF.; K m
[A] Speaker [B] Printer
[C] Monitor [D] Mic
204. All arithmetic and logical operation are executed under........... Block.
AWFH 5|SFZGL UF6LTLS VG[ TFSL"S 5|lS|IF PPPPPPPPP a,MS GLR[ YFI K[P
[A] CU [B] CPU
[C] ALU [D] None
205. Mouse and printer these device si are came under.
DFp; VG[ 5|Lg8Z GLR[GFDF\YL SIF VM%XGDF\ ;DFJ[X K[P
[A] Input & output respectively [B] Output & Input device
[C] Processing device [D] None
206. Monitor access data from.........
DMGL8Z DFlCTLG [PPPPPPPP DF\YL VFU/ JWFZ[ K[P
[A] Magic I/O card [B] Display card
[C] NIC [D] FAX
207. SMPS stands for....
SMPS V[8,[PPPPPPPPP
[A] Switch Mode Power Supply [B] Simple Mode Power supply
[C] Switch Mode Power Supply [D] None of the above
208. Software is collection of.............
;MO8J[ZPPPPPPPP GM ;D]C K[P
[A] Hardware [B] Information
[C] Program [D] All above
209. The software available in computer system can be categorized into two
categories.
SMd%I]8ZDF\ ZC[,F ;MO8J[Z GLR[ D]HAGL A[ S[8[UZLDF\ CMI K[P
[A] Hardware & Software [B] System & software
[C] System & user [D] System & application
210. The term refers to the part of computer to which you can touch.
SMd%I]8ZGM V[JM EFU S[ H[G[ VF56[ V0L XSLV[ KLV[P
[A] Software [B] Program
[C] Hardware [D] Virus
211. Assembler, linker, compiler interpreter are the type of.
V[;[dAZ4 ,LSZ4 S\5F.,Z4 .g8Z5|L8Z JU[Z[PPPPPPPP 5|SFZ K[P
[A] Application software [B] System software
[C] User [D] None of the above
201.C 202.B 203.D 204.C 205.A 206.B 207.A 208.C 209.D 210.C 211.B
115/273
212. ......... printer create image directly on paper by spraying ink through tiny
nozzle
PPPPPPPPPP 5|Lg8Z ;]1D G/L äFZF 5[5Z p5Z ;LWL .D[H AGFJ[ K[P
[A] Dot matrix [B] Laser
[C] Inkjet [D] Line
213. The main part of CPU are...... (V[ ;L5LI]GM D]bI EFU K[P)
[A] Arithmetic and logic unit [B] Central processing unit
[C] Control unit [D] All the above
214. The term......... Refers the set of electronics instruction that tells the hardware
what to do.
CF0"J[ZG[ SI]\ SFI" SZJ]\ T[GM VFN[XPPPPPPP DF\ ZC[,F .,[S8M=GLS DFlCTLGF ;[8 5ZYL HF6L XSFI K[P
[C] Data [D] None of the above
215. The touch screen monitors accepts input directly through.
8R :SL|G DMGL8Z .G5]8G[ ;LWFPPPPPPPP YL :JLSFZ[ K[P
[C] Monitor [D] Printer
216. External device such as those used for input and output are connected via.
.G5]8 VG[ VFp85]8G[ HM0TF AFñF;FWGMG[ HM0JFDF\ VFJ[ K[P
[A] Keyboard [B] Port
[C] Mouse [D] Monitor
217. .......... Performs the actual calculations in computer system.
PPPPPPPPP CSLSTDF\ SMd%I]8Z ;L:8DDF\ U6TZLG] SFI" SZ[ K[P
[A] ALU [B] Control Unit
[C] RAM [D] ROM
218. Add, Subtract, Divide, Multiply and logic operations are performed by.
;ZJF/F4 AFNAFSL4 EFUFSFZ4 U]6FSFZ VG[ TFlS"S 5|lS|IFVMPPPPPPPPP äFZF SZJFDF\ VFJ[ K[P
[A] Registers [B] Control Unit
[C] ALU [D] None of the these
219. Hardware that adds two numbers is........
CF0"J[Z S[ H[ A[ VF\S0F pD[Z[ K[ T[PPPPPPP K[P
[A] The control Unit [B] Arithmetic and Logical Unit
[C] An interal CPU register [D] None of the these
220. Which following is not a part of Computer Hardware?
GLR[GFDF\YL SMd%I]8Z CF0"J[ZGM SIM EFU GYL m
[A] Keyboard [B] CPU
[C] Operating System [D] Motherboard
221. .......... Directs all the components of computer and – ordinates the entire
Computer System.
PPPPPPPPP SMd%I]8ZGF\ NZ[S EFUG[ DFU"NX"G VF5[ K[ VG[ VFBF SMd%I]8Z ;L:8D ;FY[ ;F\S/[ K[P
[A] Primary Memory [B] control Unit
[C] Arithmetic & Logical Unit [D] None of the above
222. Joy stick is an example of.........
HMI:8LS V[ V[SPPPPPPPPPPPP G] pNFCZ6 K[P
[A] Input Device [B] Output Device
[C] Primary Memory [D] Secondary Memory
212.C 213.D 214.B 215.C 216.B 217.A 218.C 219.B 220.C 221.B 222.A
116/273
223. Which among the following is not a pointing devices?

GLR[GFDF\YL SI]\ 5M.g8L\U 0LJF.; GYL m
[A] Mouse [B] Joystick
[C] Printer [D] Light pen
224. MICR is?
V[DVF.;LVFZ V[8,[ m
[A] Output Device [B] Input Device
[C] Secondary Storage Device [D] None of the above
225. Central Processing Unit (CPU) can be compared with.......
;[g8=, 5|M;[;L\U I]lG8 s;L5LI]f GL ;ZBFD6LPPPPPPP ;FY[ SZL XSFIP
[A] Keyboard [B] Brain of Human being
[C] Computer Screen [D] Printer
226. The main component of a computer is..............
SMd%I]8ZGM D]bI EFU PPPPPPPP K[P
[A] Storage Device [B] Input Output Device
[C] Processing Device [D] All of the above
227. Which is not a Software?
GLR[GFDF\YL SI]\ ;MO8J[Z GYLm
[A] Paint [B] Scanner
[C] Logo [D] Word pad
228. Which of the following is hardware?
GLR[GFDF\YL SI]\ CF0"J[Z K[ m
[A] Sound card [B] Word
[C] Internet [D] Logo
229. ............... device is used for input device.
PPPPPPPPPPP V[ 0LJF.; .G5]8 l0JF.; DF8[ J5ZFI K[P
[A] Scanner [B] Laser Printer
[C] Inject Printer [D] VDU
230. What is the name of the device which provides electricity to the
computer if suddenly the electricity goes off?
HM VRFGS .,[S8L=;L8L A\W Y. HFI TM SMd%I]8ZG[[ .,[S8=L;L8L 5]ZL 5F0TF ;FWGG]\ GFD VF5MP
[A] UPS [B] CPU
[C] MODEM [D] SMPS
231. Through......... we can send letters from one computer to another.
PPPPPPPPPPP äFZF VF56G[ V[S SMd%I]8Z 5ZYL ALHF SMd%I]8Z 5Z 5+M DMS,L XSLV[ KLV[P
[A] FTP [B] Web Browser
[C] E-Mail [D] URL
232. Keyboard and mouse both are input device, but by what name is the
mouse recognized in relation to its function ?
SLvAF[0" VG[ DFp; A\G[ .G5]8 l0JF.; K[4 5Z\T] T[GF SFI"G[ VG],1FLG[ DFp; SIF GFD[ VF[/BFI K[ m
[A] Pointing Device [B] PASointing
[C] Paint Device [D] Paint
233. .........holds text and graphics temporarily that have been cut or copied.
S8 VG[ SF[5L SZFI[, 8[S:8 VG[ U|FlOS;G[PPPPPPPPPPPP8[d5ZZL HF/JL ZFB[ K[P
[A] Clip board [B] Mother board
[C] Notice board [D] None of these
223.C 224.B 225.B 226.D 227.B 228.A 229.A 230.A 231.C 232.A 233.A
117/273
234. Which of the following is not an output device ?

GLR[GFDF\YL SI]\ VFp85]8 ;F3G GYL m
[C] Flat Screen [D] Touch Screen
235. Part of the Central Processing Unit. (;[g8=, 5F[|;[;L\U I]lG8GF[ EFU PPPPPPPPPPK[P)
[A] ALU [B] JCL
[C] MSB [D] None
236. Which one of the following is as input device?
GLR[GFDF\YL SI]\ .G5]8 l0JF.; K[ m
[C] Loud speaker [D] Plotter
237. The software used to control the computer & run programs.
SMd%I]8ZG[ S\8=F[, SZJF VG[ 5|F[U|FDG[ ZG SZJF PPPPPPPPPPPPPP;F[O8J[ZGF[ p5IF[U YFI K[ m
[A] Application software [B] System Software
[C] Games [D] Virus
238. The most usable input devices ......... . (;F{YL JWFZ[ p5IF[UL .G5]8 l0JF.; K[PPPPPPPP P)
[C] Joystick [D] Scanner
239. Which of the following device mostly used in games ?
GLR[GFDF\YL SIF\ ;FWGGF[ p5IF[U ZDTDF\ SZL XSFI K[ m
[A] Joystick [B] Printer
[C] Scanner [D] OMR
240. Video Display is related to.............
JLl0IF[ l0;%,[ PPPPPPPPPPPPP;FY[ ;\S/FI[, K[P
[A] Output [B] Input
[C] Both A&B [D] None
241. Which of the following is used as input as well as output device ?
GLR[GFDF\YL SIF ;FWGGF[ p5IF[U .G5]8 T[DH VFp85]8 ;FWG TZLS[ SZL XSFI K[ m
[C] Monitor [D] None
242. Which of the following is not an input device ?
GLR[GFDF\YL SI]\ .G5]8 0LJF.; GYL m
[A] Keyboard [B] Scanner
[C] Printer [D] Joystick
243. Which of the following is output device?
GLR[GFDF\YL SI]\ VFp85]8 0LJF.; K[ m
[C] Light pen [D] Printer
244. Operating system is the best example of.
VF[5Z[8L\U ;L:8D PPPPPPPPPPPPP G]\ pNFCZ6 K[P
[C] Operating System [D] Hardware
245. The software designed for accountant is...........
PPPPPPPPPPPPV[SFpg8 DF8[ T{IFZ SZJFDF\ VFJ[, ;F[O8J[Z K[ P
[C] Operating System [D] Hardware
234.D 235.A 236.A 237.B 238.A 239.A 240.A 241.D 242.C 243.D 244.B 245.A
118/273
246. Windows 95/98NT is a...............

lJg0F[h 95/98/NT V[ PPPPPPPPPPPPPP K[P
[A] Operating System [B] Program
[C] Compiler [D] Assembler
247. Operating system is installed in...................
VF[5Z[8L\U l;:8D PPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPDF\ .g:8F[, YFI K[P
[A] Hard disc [B] Chachi memory
[C] Mother board [D] None of the above
248. Which of the following is not an operating system?
GLR[GFDF\YL S. VF[5Z[8L\U l;:8D GYLP
[A] DOS [B] Linux [C] Oracle [C] Windows
249. The user protection feature of an Operating System is required in.
PPPPPPPPPPP VF[5Z[8L\U l;:8DDF\ I]hZ 5|M8[SXG ,1F6GL H~Z ZC[ K[P
[A] Single user system only [B] Multiuser System Only
[C] Both A & B [D] None of these
250. The single user operating system have.
;L\U, I]hZ VF[5Z[8L\U l;:8DG[ PPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPCF[I K[P
[A] Memory Management module [B] Device management module
[C] CPU scheduling module [D] All of the above
251. Operating System is a.........
VM5Z[8L\U ;L:8D V[ V[SPPPPPPP K[P
[A] Application Software [B] Programming Language
[C] System Software [D] None of the above
252. Which cable is used to connect your Television Set with Cable TV
Operator ?
TDFZL 8LPJLP ;[8G[ S[A, 8LPJLP VM5Z[8Z ;FY[ HM0JF DF8[ SIM S[A, J5ZFI K[ m
[A] Co-axial Cable [B] Fiber Optic
[C] Radio cables [D] None
253. Which of the following is not a type of an operating system ?
GLR[GFDF\YL S. o/s GF[ 5|SFZ GYL m
[A] Windows [B] Unix [C] Linux [D] ASCII
254. An operating system is............ (VF[5Z[8L\U l;:8D PPPPPPPPPPPPPK[P)
[A] A collection of programs that enable you to use the machine
[B] Permanently bumed into the memory of your computer
[C] Inaccessible through the tree.
[D] Typically program and data files with textual data.
255. The following is not a M/S Operating System?
GLR[GFDF\YL S. M/S VF[5Z[8L\U ;L:8D GYL m
[A] Windows XP [B] Windows NT
[C] Windows MT [D] Windows 98
256. Most I/O devices manufacturers provide one of the following for the
computer OS?
DM8F EFUGL I/O l0JF.; AGFJGFZ S\5GLVM GLR[GFDF\YL SI]\ V[S lJS<5 SMd%Y]8Z O/S DF\ ;UJ0 VF5[ K[ m
[A] GUI [B] Default user interface
[C] Device interface [D] Device Driver
246.A 247.A 248.C 249.C 250.D 251.C 252.A 253.D 254.A 255.C 256.D
119/273
257. Software is of the two – type Application software and system software.
With the help of software you can do many task below are the software
list identity the system software.
;MO8J[G[ A[ 5|SFZ K[P V[l%,S[XG ;MO8J[Z VG[ l;:8D GLR[ NXF"J[,F ,L:8DF\YL SMGL DNN äFZF TD[ 36F
SFI" SZL XSM KMP
[A] Operating System [B] Utility Software
[C] Spread sheet, inventory, ms – word [D] Operating System, Ms Office
258. Software that are used to make system faster and easy.
l;:8DG[ h05L VG[ ;Z/ AGFJJF\PPPPPPPPPPP ;MO8J[GM p5IMU SZL XSFIP
[A] System Software [B] Package
[C] Application Software [D] None
259. Which of the following is not an operating system?
GLR[GF 5{SL SL6 RF,FS 5wWlT GYL m
[A] Dos [B] WIindows
[C] Unix [D] VB.net
260. Ram stands for
Z[D V[8,[PPPPPPPPPP
[A] Random access Memory [B] Random accelerated memory
[C] Random access mechanism [C] None of the above
261. This is the primary type of memory
VF V[S 5|F.DZL D[DZLGM V[S 5|SFZ K[P
[A] CD ROM [B] EPROM
[C] PROM [D] RAM
262. 1 Nibble equivalent to (V[S GLA, =...........)
[A] 8 Bit [B] 32Bit
[C] 16 Bit [D] 4Bit
263. The capacity of 5.25” floppy disk is
5PZ5” .RGL O,M5L 0L:SGL ÙDTF S[8,L K[?
[A] 1.2 MB [B] 1.44MB
[C] 1.2 GB [D] 1.2 KB
264. Which of the following is a example of secondary memory
GLR[GFDF\YL SI]\ ;[Sg0ZL D[DZLG]\ pNFCZ6 K[ ?
[A] Ram [B] MU
[C] Pen drive [D] None of the above
265. Which device is used to read the mark on the paper?
5[5Z p5Z ZC[,]\ DFS" JF\RJF DF8[ SIF ;FWGGM p5IMG YFI K[P
[A] OCR [B] Bar code reader
[C] MICR [D] OMR
266. OCR reads only..........
VM;LVFZ OST PPPPPPPPPPP JF\R[ K[P
[A] OCR fonts [B] Hand written matter
[C] Cursive writing [D] None of the above
267.The unit of memory is........
D[DZLG]\ V[SD PPPPPPPPPPP K[P
[A] Hz [B] Bytes
[C] Sec [D] KBPS
257.D 258.A 259.D 260.A 261.D 262.D 263.A 264.C 265.D 266.A 267.B
120/273
268. Which of the following is programmable ROM.

GLR[GFDF\YL SI]\ 5|MU|FD[A, ROM K[ ?
[A] EPROM [B] PROM
[C] E2PRM [D] All
269. The tracks and sectors are related with.
8[=S VG[ ;[S8Z PPPPPPPPPPPPP ;FY[ ;\S/FI[, K[P
[A] CPU [B] Printer
[C] Disk [D] Scanner
270. Floppy disk and hard disk are.
O,M5L 0L:S VG[ CF0"0L:S PPPPPPPPPP K[P
[A] Storage devices [B] Types of scanner
[C] Software’s [D] None of the above
271. If floppy disk is write protected then we can.
HM O,M5L 0L:S ZF.8 5|M8[S8[0 CMI TM VF56[ OST SZL XSLV[ KLV[P
[A] Only read the data [B] Only write the data
[C] Floppy will not access [D] None of the above
272 . ........... store the data when power is off ?
5FJZ A\W YFI tIFZ[ PPPPPPPPPP 0[8F :8MZ SZ[ K[P
[A] Flash memory [B] Standard RAM
[C] RAM [D] None
273. Normally when power is switched off information stored in........... lost.
;FDFgI ZLT[ HIFZ[ 5FJZ A\W YFI tIFZ[ PPPPPPPPPP DF\ ZC[,L DFlCTL U]DFJFI K[P
[A] ROM [B] RAM
[C] Hard disk [D] CD
274. ......... are equivalent to 1 MB (...........! V[DPALPAZFAZ K[P)
[A] 1022 KB [B] 1024KB
[C] 1024 byte [D] 1000 GB
275. Data stored in CD ROM. s;L0LZMDDF\ ZC[,F 0[8F CMI K[Pf
[A] Write once read many [B] Read once write many
[C] Both way [D] None
276. A stand alone computer can not work without.
V[S :8[g0 V,MG SMd%I]8Z X[GF JUZ SFD SZT]\ GYLP
[A] Floppy disk drive [B] RAM
[C] CD-RAM ```` [D] Printer
277. Data can stored on CD-ROM by using?
;L0LZMDDF\ X[GF äFZF 0[8F :8MZ YFI K[ m
[A] CD-Drive [B] CD-Writer
[C] Floppy [D] Copier
278. .......... is fastest memory. (PPPPPPPPPP V[ ;F{YL h05L D[DZL K[P)
[A] Floppy disk [B] RAM
[C] ROM [D] HDD
279. The double sided double density 5.25” floppy disk can store....of data.
5PZ5 .RGL O,M5L PPPPPPPPPPP 0[8F :8MZ SZ[ K[P
[A] 1.2 MB [B] 1.44 MB
[C] 1.2 KB [D] 1.44 KB
268.D 269.C 270.A 271.A 272.A 273.B 274.B 275.A 276.B 277.B 278.D 279.A
121/273
280. How many bits ASCII code?

ASCII SM0 S[8,F AL8GM K[ m
[A] 7 [B] 8
[C] 7 & 8 [D] 9
281. Normally when power is switched off data stored in........... is never lost.
HIFZ[ 5FJZ A\W YFI tIFZ[ PPPPPPPPPPP ZC[,F 0[8F N}Z YTF GYLP
[A] Chache [B] Hard disk
[C] Ram [D] None
282. Normally LPT1 port is used to connect.
;FDFgI ZLT[ LPT1 5M8"GM p5IMU PPPPPPPPPPPP G[ HM0JF YFI K[P
[A] Printer [B] Monitor
[C] CD- ROM [D] Keyboard
283. The term.......... refers the set of electronic instruction that tells the
hardware what to do.
CF0"J[Z SI]\ SFI" SZJ]\ T[GF[ VFN[X PPPPPPPPPPPDF\ ZC[,F .,[S8=MGLS DFlCTLGF\ ;[8 5ZYL HF6L XSFI K[P
[A] RAM [B] ROM
[C] EPROM [D] EEPOM
284. The hardware or physical component of the computer consist of.
CF0"J[Z VYJF SMd%I]8ZGF\ EF{lTS ;FWGF[ PPPPPPPPPPPP ;FY[ ;\S/FI[, K[P
[A] Memory [B] I/O device
[C] Storage device [D] All the above
285. Which of the following can be used as primary memory ?
5|F.DZL D[DZL TZLS[ GLR[GFDF\YL XFGF[ p5IF[U SZL XSFI K[ m
[A] Cartridge [B] Optical disk
[C] Hard disk [D] None
286. Which of the following device can be used to input printed text.
5|Lg8[0 8[1FG[ .G5]8 SZJF DF8[ GLR[GFDF\YL SI]\ ;FWG J5ZFI K[ m
[A] OCR [B] OMR
[C] MICR [D] All of the above
287. Main memory stores.........
D[.G D[DZL PPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPGF[ ;\U|C SZ[ K[ P
[A] Data only
[B] Paragraph only
[C] Data Programs and result or any other kind of information
[D] None of these
288. Generally what is the maximum capacity of DVD.
DVD GL ;FDFgITF JW]DF\ JW] ;\U|C 1FDTF S[8,L CMI K[P
[A] 4.7 GB [B] 6.2 GB
[C] 71 GB [D] 17 GB
289. A CD-ROM is............ ( ;L0LvZF[D PPPPPPPPPPPPK[P)
[A] An optical ROM [B] A magnetic ROM
[C] An erasable ROM [D] None of these
290. Storage device may be................. (:8F[Z[H l0JF.; PPPPPPPPPPCF[. XS[ K[Pf
[A] Sequential type only [B] Direct access type only
[C] Sequential type or Direct type [D] None of these
280.B 281.B 282.A 283.A 284.D 285.D 286.D 287.C 288.B 289.A 290.B
122/273
291. Which of the following descriptions related to a floppy disk?

GLR[GFDF\YL SI]\ J6"G O,F[5L 0L:S ;FY[ ;\S/FI[,]\ K[ m
[A] 9 Track, 16 BPI [B] Double sided, Double density
[C] 33 Mhz, Zero Wait time [D] 40 MB space
292. The difference between memory, and storage is that memory is.....and
storage is.........
D[DZL VG[ :8F[Z[H JrR[GF[ TOFJT V[8,[ S[ D[DZL V[8,[ PPPPPPPPPPVG[ :8F[Z[H V[8,[PPPPPPPPPPP
[A] Temporary, permanent [B] permanent, temporary
[C] Slow, Fast [D] None of the above
293. Which of the following holds the ROM, CPU, RAM and expansion cards?
GLR[GFDF\YL ZF[D4 ;L5LI]\4 Z[D VG[ V[S;5[gXG SF0"G[ SF[6 ;F\S/[ K[ m
[A] Hard disk [B] Floppy disk
[C] Mother board [D] None of the above
294. A floppy disk contains..........
O,F[5L 0L:SDF\ PPPPPPPPPPPPPGF[ ;DFJ[X YFI K[P
[A] Circular tracks only [B] Memory register
[C] Magnetic memory [D] None
295. Which of the following is used as a primary storage device ?
GLR[GFDF\YL 5|F.DZL :8MZ[H 0LJF.; TZLS[ XFGF[ p5IF[U YFI K[ m
[A] Magnetic Tape [B] PROM
[C] Floppy Disk [D] None of these
296. Information retrieval is faster from............
PPPPPPPPPPPDF\YL B}A h05L DFlCTL D[/JL XSFI K[P
[A] Floppy disk [B] Magnetic Tape
[C] Hard disk [D] CD-ROM
297. Which following is Computer Software? (GLR[GFDF\YL SMd%I]8Z ;F[O8J[Z SI\] K[ m)
[A] Operating System [B] CD- ROM
[C] Memory [D] Modem
298 . Which of the following is not a primary memory?
GLR[GFDF\YL S. 5|F.DZL D[DZL GYL m
[A] RAM [B] ROM
[C] CD-ROM [D] PROM
299. Capacity of 3.5” size floppy disk is.......... (3.5” ;F.hGL O,F[5L 1FDTF PPPPPPPP K[P)
[A] 1.20 MB [B] 1.75 MB
[C] 750 KB [D] 1.44 MB
300. ..........is placed between the CPU and Main Memory
PPPPPPPPPPPV[ ;L5LI]\ VG[ D[DZL JrR[ VFJ[,]\ K[P
[A] CPU Register [B] Catch Memory
[C] RAM [D] None of these
301. Floppy Disk is a............. (O,F[5L 0L:S V[ PPPPPPPPPPPP K[P)
[A] Optical Memory [B] A magnetic ROM
[C] Mental Oxide Semiconductor [D] None of the above
302. Which of the following is a sequential access memory device?
GLR[GFDF\YL SI]\ ;LSJ;LI, V[S;[; D[DZL 0LJF.; K[ m
[A] Hard Disk [B] Floppy Disk
[C] Magnetic Tape [D] CD-ROM
291.B 292.A 293.C 294.C 295.C 296.C 297.A 298.C 299.D 300.B 301.D 302.C
123/273
303. Full Form of DVD is..............

0LJL0LG]\ O],OF[D" PPPPPPPPPPPPPPPK[P
[A] Dynamic Virtual Disk [B] Digital Video Disk
[C] Dynamic Video Disk [D] Digital Versatile Disk
304. DVD is..................
0LJL0L V[ PPPPPPPPPPPK[P
[A] Primary Memory [B] Secondary Memory
305. Today computers are applied in ..........Field of life.
VFH[ SMd%I]8Z ÒJGGF\ PPPPPPPPPPPPP1F[+DF\ :JLSFZJFDF\ VFJ[ K[P
[A] Business [B] Banking
[C] Railway / Air / Bus Resrrvation [D] All of the above
306. Pick the add one out.
GLR[GFDF\YL V;DFG lJS<5 5;\N SZF[P
[A] Floppy Disk [B] CD-ROM
[C] Hard Disk [D] RAM
307. ................Memory is lost, when computer is switched off.
HIFZ[ SMd%I]8Z A\W SZL N[JFDF\ VFJ[ tIFZ[ PPPPPPPPPPPD[DZL N}Z YFI K[P
[A] ROM [B] RAM
[C] PROM [D] EPROM
308. 1024 Bytes means.............. (1024 AF.8Ÿ;GF[ VY"PPPPPPPPPPPP)
[A] 1 Giga Byte [B] 1 Mega byte
[C] 1 Kilo byte [D] None of the above
309. To store the information in FDD and HDD ...........is being used.
FDD VG[ HDD DFlCTLG[ :8F[Z SZJF DF8[ PPPPPPPPPp5IF[UDF\ ,[JFIP
[A] Electric Field [B] Magnetic Filed
310. .........Information can be stored in one CD- ROM
PPPPPPPPPPH[8,L DFlCTL ;L0LvZF[D ;\U|C SZFJL XS[ K[P
[A] 600 MB [B] 700 MB
[C] 800 MB [D] 1000 MB
311. Which of the following stores temporary memory?
GLR[GFDF\YL SI]\ 8[d5ZZL D[DZL :8MZ[H K[ m
[A] RAM [B] ROM
[C] Floppy [D] CD
312. .........has the highest memory to store data?
PPPPPPPPP G[ 0[8F ;\U|C SZJF DF8[GL ;M{YL JWFZ[ D[DZL K[P
[A] Floppy Disk [B] Magnetic disk
[C] CD [D] Hard disk
313. The full form of the MBPS is.........
MBPS G]\ 5]~ GFDPPPPPPPPPPPP K[P
[A] Mega Bit Per Second [B] Mega Bit Per Second
[C] Mega Byte Per Second [D] Mega Bite Per Second
314. What is the meaning of 1 Kbps? (! Kbps GM VY" H6FJM m)
[A] 10 bits per second [B] 100 bits per second
[C] 1000 bits per second [D] 8 bits per second
303.D 304.B 305.D 306.D 307.B 308.C 309.B 310.B 311.A 312.D 313.C 314.C
124/273
315. How many bits should be transferred to a letter “S”?

“S” V1FZ DF8[ S[8,F AL8; 8=Fg;OZ SZFI K[P
[A] 4 bits [B] 8 bits
[C] 1 bits [D] 16 bits
316. The smallest piece of information that can be stored in the computer is called.
DFlCTLGM GFGFDF\ GFGM EFU S[ SMd%I]8ZDF\ ;\U|C SZL XSFI K[ T[G[PPPPPPPP SC[JFIP
[A] Bit [B] Byte
[C] Digit [D] None of the above
317. The full form of BITs is........
BITs G]\ 5]~GFDPPPPPPPP K[P
[A] Binary Digit [B] Binary Transaction
[C] Byte Digit [D] None of the above
318. Which of the following is the lost storage?
GLR[GF 5{SL SF[6 AFQ5LE}T ;\U|CS K[P
[A] RAM [B] ROM
[C] CD [D] FD
319. In which of the following memory you can write?
GLR[GFDF\YL S. D[DZLDF\ TD[ ,BL XSF[ KF[ m
[A] CD ROM [B] ROM
[C] RAM [D] Disk Drive
320. Which of the following is not requirement of a multimedia system?
GLR[GFDF\YL SIF lJS<5GL H~Z D<8LDL0LIF ;L:8D DF8[ GYL m
[A] 4 MB RAM [B] CD Drive
[C] 75 MHZ Pentium or above [D] Speakers
321. Programs stored in ROM are called........
ZMDDF\ ZC[,F 5|MU|FDG[PPPPPPPPP SC[ K[P
[A] Hardware [B] Firmware
[C] Software [D] None of the these
322. MDR (Memory Data Register) holds the..........
MDR (Memory Data Register) 5F;[ PPPPPPPPPPP CMI K[P
[A] Segment number [B] Address of memory location
[C] Number of transistors [D] None of above
323. Which number system is usually followed in a typical 32-bit computer?
SIF 5|SFZGL G\AZ ;L:8D ;FDFgI ZLT[ #Z AL8 SMd%I]8Z VG];Z[ K[ m
[A] 2 [B] 10
[C] 16 [D] 32
324. Which of the following devices have a limitation that we can give only
Information to it but can not erase or modify it?
GLR[GFDF\YL SIF ;FWGGL V[JL DIF"NF K[P S[ H[DF\ VF56[ DFlCTL VF5L XSLV[ KLV[ 5Z\T] T[G[ E];L S[ ;]WFZL XSTF
GYL m\
[A] Floppy Disk [B] Hard Disk
[C] Tape Drive [D] CDROM
325. .........Destroys the computer data.
PPPPPPPPP V[ SMd%I]8ZGF\ 0[8FG[ GFA]N SZL GFB[ K[P
[A] Printer B] DOS
[C] Virus [D] ROM
315.B 316.A 317.A 318.A 319.D 320.A 321.B 322.C 323.A 324.D 325.C
125/273
326. .........is used to exchange information of two computers which are

Connected with telephone lines.
PPPPPPPPGM p5IMU 8[,LOMG J0[ HM0FI[, A[ SMd%I]8ZGL DFlCTLGL VN,FAN,L SZJF DF8[ YFI K[P
[A] Scanner [B] Sound Card [C] Mouse [D] Modem
327. LAN stands for?
LAN V[8,[PPPPPPPP
[A] Local Area Network [B] Large Area Network
[C] Learning Aided Network [D] Line Area Network
328. Memory is made up of.......... (D[DZLPPPPPPPPPPPP YL AG[,L CMI K[P)
[A] Set of wires [B] Set of circuits
[C] Large number of cells [D] All of these
329. Primary memory stores............. (5|F.DZL D[DZL PPPPPPPPPP DF\ :8MZ YFI K[P)
[A] Data alone [B] Programs alone
[C] Results alone [D] All of these
330. EPROM can be used for.........
EPROM GM p5IMU PPPPPPPPPPPPP DF8[ SZL XSFI K[P
[A] Erasing the contents of ROM
[B] Reconstructing the contents of ROM
[C] Erasing and reconstructing the contents of
[D] Duplicating ROM
331. The contents of information are stored in.............
DFlCTLGF 38SM PPPPPPPPPP DF\ :8MZ YFI K[P
[A] Memory data register [B] Memory address register
[C] Memory access register [D] Memory arithmetic register
332. Memory unit is one part of......... (D[DZL I]lG8 V[ PPPPPPPPPPGM EFU K[Pf
[A] Input device [B] Control unit
[C] Output device [D] Centra Processing unit
333. Which of the following is a valid size of a floppy disk?
GLR[GFDF\YL O,M5L0L:SGL S. ;F.h DFgI K[ m
[A] 8” [B] 5 ¼”
[C] 3 ½” [D] 5 ½”
334. ......... can used to setup nation-wide network.
G[XG JF.0 G[8JS"G[ UM9JJF DF8[PPPPPPPP GM p5IMU SZL XSFI K[P
[A] Telephone Cables [B] Microsoft
[C] Satelites [D] Coaxial Cables
335. Which of the following is handy to carry yet can store large amounts of data.
GLR[GFDF\YL SI] 0LJF.;DF\ ;\EF/JFDF\ ;Z/ T[D KTF\ JWFZ[ 0[8F :8MZ SZL XSFI K[P
[C] CD ROM [D] Zip Disk
336. Which of the following is not a valid capacity of a floppy disk?
GLR[GFDF\YL O,M5L 0L:S DF8[GL S. DFgI 1FDTF GYLP
[A] 360KB [B] 720KB
[C] 1.24MB [D] 1.44MB
326.D 327.A 328.C 329.D 330.C 331.A 332.D 333.B 334.A 335.C 336.C
126/273
337. Data (information) is stored in computers as............

0[8F SMd%I]8ZDF\ PPPPPPPPPPPPPPP TZLS[ ;RJFI K[P
[A] Files [B] Directories
[C] Floppies [D] Matter
338. Which technology is used in a CDROM Drive?
;L0LZMD 0=F.JDF\ S. 5wWlTGM p5IMU YFI K[P
[A] Mechanical [B] Electro mechanical
[C] Optical [D] Fiber optical
339. Upper memory block represented as ..................
V5Z D[DZL a,F[S PPPPPPPPPPTZLS[ ZH] YFI K[P
[A] External Memory [B] Extended Memory
[C] Internal Memory [D] Integrated Memory
340. You save or store a file in computer.
TD[ SMd%I]8ZDF\ PPPPPPPPPPPPPDF\ OF., :8F[Z SZL XSF[ KF[P
[A] Directory [B] Desk
[C] Storage [D] Both A & C
341. The smallest possible unit of data is?
0[8FGM ;{YL GFGM V[SD V[8,[m
[A] BIT [B] Byte
[C] BCD [D] EBCDIC
342. ......... can used to setup nation-wide network.
G[XG JF.0 G[8JS"G[ UM9JJF DF8[PPPPPPPP GM p5IMU SZL XSFI K[P
[A] Telephone Cables [B] Microsoft
[C] Satelites [D] Coaxial Cables
343. Usually, in MSDOS, the primary hard disk drives has the drive letter.
;FDFgI ZLT[ 0MhDF\ 5|F.DZL CF0" 0L:S 0=F.J DF8[PPPPPPPPP XaN CMI K[P
[A] A [B] B
[C] C [D] D
344. Which of the memories below is often used in a typical computer?
Operation?
Sd%I]8ZDF\ ;FDFgI VY"38G DF8[ GLR[GFDF\YL S. D[DZLGM p5IMU YFI K[m
[A] RAM [B] ROM
[C] FDD [D] HDD
345. OCR reads only the character.......
VM;LVFZ OST V[JF XaNM JF\R[ H[PPPPPPP K[P
[A] Hand written matter [B] Bar Code Reader
[C] Both A & B [D] None of the these
346. DVD are?
0LJL0L V[8,[ PPPPPPPP
[A] Digital verified disk [B] Digital versatile disk
[C] Digital variable disk [D] None of the these
347. To reads the code hidden on the bars of product pack.
5|M0S8 5[S p5Z K]5FI[,F SM0 JF\RJF DF8[ X[GM p5IMU SZ[ K[m
[A] Bar code reader [B] Bar code radar
337.A 338.C 339.B 340.C 341.A 342.A 343.C 344.A 345.A 346.B 347.A
127/273
348. To reads the code hidden on the bars of product pack.

5|M0S8 5[S p5Z K]5FI[,F SM0 JF\RJF DF8[ X[GM p5IMU SZ[ K[ m
[A] Bar code reader [B] Bar code rader
349. Which storage device is mounted on “reels”?
SI]\ ;\U|C ;FWG ZL<; p5Z JL8/FI K[ m
[C] Magnetic Tapes [D] CDROM
350. Which of the following statement is/are true?
GLR[GFDF\YL SI\] / SIF lJWFG ;FR]\ K[ m
[A] Cache Memories are bigger than RAM
[B] Cache Memories are smaller then RAM
[C] ROM are faster than RAM
[D] Information in Rom can written by users
351. In a computer.............. is capable to store single binary bit.
SMd%I]8Z PPPPPPPPPP V[ ;LU, AF.GZL AL8 :8MZ SZJF DF8[ S[5[A, K[P
[A] Capacitor [B] Flip flop
[C] Register [D] Inductor
352. Which of the following are the best units of data on an extemal storage
devices?
GLR[GFDF\YL SI]\ ;F{YL ;F~\ V[S;"8G, :8MZ[H 0LJF.;G]\ V[SD K[ m
[A] Bits [B] Bytes
[C] Hertz [D] Clock cycles
353. Separate read/write heads are required in which of these memory access
Schemes?
GLR[GFDF\YL SI]\ D[DZL V[S;[; :SLD K[ H[G[ DF8[ :JT\+ ZL0v ZF.8 C[0 H~ZL K[P
[A] Random Access [B] Sequential Access
[C] Direct Access [D] None of these
354. A register organized to allow to move left or right operations is called a.....
H[ 0FAL VG[ HD^L AFH] D]J YJF DF8[GL 5ZJFGUL VF5[ T[ PPPPPPPP ZÒ:8Z VMU["GF.h[XG K[P
[A] Counter [B] Loader
[C] Adder [D] Shifter registers
355. In which of the following we can store maximum data?
GLR[GFDF\YL X[DF\ JWFZ[ 0[8F :8F[Z SZL XSFI K[ m
[A] DVD [B] CD- ROM
[C] Zip [D] Floppy
356. Which of the following have fastest access time?
GLR[GFDF\YL ;{FYL h05L V[S;[; 8F.D SIF[ K[ m
[A] Semiconductor Memories [B] Magnetic Disks
[C] Magnetic Tapes [D] Compact Disks
357. ..................is a semi conductor memory.
PPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPV[ ;[DL Sg0S8Z D[DZL K[ m
[A] Dynamic [B] Static
[C] Bubble [D] Both A & B
348.A 349.C 350.B 351.B 352.B 353.B 354.D 355.A 356.A 357.D
128/273
358. Which of the following is a read only memory storage device ?

GLR[GFDF\YL SI]\ ZL0 VF[g,L:5[:T :8F[Z[H 0LJF.; K[ m
[C] CDROM [D] None of these
359. DMA stands for................
DMA V[8,[ PPPPPPPPPPPPPP
[A] Direct Memory Access [B] Distinct Memory Access
[B] Direct Module Access [D] Direct Memory Allocation
360. Which of the following devices where the data preliminary stored ?
GLR[GFDF\YL SIF 0LJF.; 0[8F 5|L,LDGZL :8F[Z SZL XSFI K[ m
[A] CPU [B] Monitor
[C] RAM [D] Hard Drive
361. When the computer is on which of the following resides in memory at all time?
HIFZ[ SMd%I]8Z RF,]\ CF[I tIFZ[ GLR[GFDF[YL S. D[DZL CF[I K[ m
[A] O/S Kernel [B] O/S Shell
[C] O/S interface [D] O/S Server
362. In floppy disk which tab enforces read only technology?
O,F[5L 0L:SDF\ SI]\ 8[A ZL0 VF[g,L 5wWlTG[ ;FRJ[ K[ m
[A] Read-Write Head [B] Read Protect Tab
[B] Write Protect Tab [D] Head Tab
363. Secondary Storage refers to...............
;[Sg0ZL :8F[Z[H PPPPPPPPPPPP G[ VG];Z[ K[P
[A] processor [b] measure
[c] fetch [d] write back
358.C 359.A 360.C 361.A 362.C 363.D

129/273
1. WWW DF8[ GLR[GFDF\YL SIM 5|M8MSM, J5ZFI K[ m

Ans. TCP/IP
2. ,[8ZGF\ S[; AN,JF S. SLGM p5IMU YFI K[ m
Ans. Shift + F3
3. ___________ äFZF V[SFpg8GM 8F.5 AN,L XSFI K[ m
Ans. User Account
4. ___________ U[D DF8[G]\ ;MO8J[Z K[ m
Ans. V[%,LS[XG ;MO8J[Z
5. JM,[8F.5GL D[DZL S. K[ m
Ans. RAM (Randam Access Memory)
6. TBIL X]\ K[ m
Ans. V[%,LS[XG ;MO8J[Z
7. Pie chart XFGF J0[ AGFJFI K[ m
Ans. A[ 0[8F J0[ AGFJFI K[
8. WWW DF8[ SIM XaN IMuI K[ m
Ans. HTTP
9. VMlO; VF;L:8g8G[ V[S8LJ[8 SZJF DF8[GL SL S. K[ m
Ans. F1
10. V[%,LS[XG VYJF 5|MU|FD ;FY[ ;\S/FI[, :5[XLI, SL S. K[ m
Ans. O\SXG SL
11. G[8JS"GF SMd5MG[8G[ X] SC[JFI m
Ans. Node
12. SI] ;[Sg0ZL D[DZLG]\ pNFCZ6 K[ m
Ans. ZLD]J[A, 0=F.J
13. D[DZLGF S[8,F 5|SFZ K[ m
Ans. 2
14. 8F.8,AFZ X]\ ATFJ[ K[ m
Ans. V[%,LS[XGG]\ GFD VG[ OF.,G]\ GFD
15. AFI 0LOM<8 _______ .\R C[0Z O]8ZDF\ V5FI K[ m
Ans. 0.5 .\R
16. I]hZ V[SFpg8 0L,L8 SZJF SIF S,LS SZJFDF\ VFJ[ K[ m
Ans. Sg8=M, 5[G,
17. SI]\ 8],AFZ J0"DF\ OMg8 VG[ T[GL ;F.h AN,JF DF8[ p5IMUL K[ m
Ans. Formating Toolbar
18. SMd%I]8ZGF l5TF SM6 K[ m
Ans. RF<; A[A[H
19. Hexamal Decimal GM A[h S[8,M K[ m
Ans. 16
20. CF0"J[Z VG[ I]hZ JrR[GM .g8ZO[; SIM K[ m
Ans. Operating System
21. 0L:S S,LG V5 JBT[ OF., SIF\YL 0L,L8 YFI K[ m
Ans. CF0" 0L:SDF\YL
22. .,[S8=MlGS 0MSI]D[g8G[ V[,F.D[g8G[ V[S HuIFV[YL ALÒ HuIFV[ ,L\S SZ[ T[G[ X]\ SC[JFI m
Ans. CF.5Z,L\S
130/273
23. SI]\ SMd%I]8ZG]\ G[8JS" GYL m

Ans. FAN
24. _________ VM5Z[8ZGM p5IMU Z[gH ;]RJJF DF8[ YFI K[ m
Ans. : sSM,G ;\7Ff
25. S. EFQFFDF\ D[S|M; ;]RGFGM Z[SM0" YFI K[ m
Ans. lJhI]V, A[hLS
26. D[DZLGM I]lG8 SIM K[ m
Ans. Byte
27. Display card 0[8FG[ S. HuIFV[ DMS,[ K[ m
Ans. DMlG8Z
28. ;L:8D _____ 0[8FG[ _____ DF\ SgJ8" SZ[ K[ m
Ans. English, Binary
29. 0MSI]D[g8G]\ 5[ÒG[XG X[GF 5Z lGE"Z K[ m
Ans. All DFÒ"G 5[5Z
30. J0"DF\ S[8,F .g0[g8 CMI K[ m
Ans. 4 (Left, Right, First Line and Hanging)
31. SI] J[AA|FphZ GYL m
Ans. Google
32. SIF ~5DF\ GLR,L S1FFGL EFQFF J5ZFI K[ m
Ans. Hexadecimal, Binary and Octal
33. PDF OMD["8GL OF., SMGF äFZF AG[ K[ VG[ V[S;[; YFI K[P
Ans. Acrobat Reader
34. 0MSI]D[g8DF\ 85SFJF/L ,F.GYL 5[HA|[S SIF jI]DF\ 0L:%,[ YFI K[P
Ans. Normal View
35. SMPS G]\ 5]~ GFD X]\ K[ m
Ans. Switch Mode Power Supply
36. J0" YL;MZ; X]\ ;5M8" SZ[ K[ m
Ans. ;DFGFYL"
37. Control Penal JF:TJDF\ ______ OM<0Z K[ m
Ans. Security
38. 0L:S S,LG V5 SZJFYL X[DF\ OFINM YFI K[ m
Ans. h05DF\
131/273
INTERNET, WEB BROWSERS AND E-MAIL
1. The process of copying files from remote computer to your

Computer is called...........
ZLDM8 SMd%I]8ZDF\YL TDFZF SMd%I]8ZDF\ OF., SM5L SZJFGL 5|lSIFG[ PPPPPPPPPPPPP SC[ K[P
[A] File using [B] Uploading
[C] Downloading [D] E- mail
2. PDF format file can be created and accessed by?
PDF OMD["8GL OF., SMGF äFZF AG[ K[ VG[ V[S;[; YFI K[P
[A] Acrobat reader [B] Ms Word
[C] Ms Power point [D] E-mail
3. Buying and selling on the internet is known as.
.g8ZG[8 p5Z BZLNJ]\ VG[ JC[RJ]\ VM/BJFDF\ VFJ[ K[P
[A] e- buiz [B] e- business
[C] e-commerce [D] None
4. Which of the following is not the audio or video file?
GLR[GFDFYL S. VM0LIM DL0LIM OF., GYL m
[A] MP3 [B] WAV
[C] DAT [D] PDF
5. .In http:/?www.msn.com/home.htm which component identify domain?
http:/?www.msn.com/home.htm DF\YL SI]\ 38S 0MD[.G K[ m
[A] http [B] Home,htm
[C] www D] msn.com
6. Which of the following is not the search engine?
GLR[GFDF\YL SI]\ ;R" V[gÒG GYL m
[A] Google [B] Lycos
[C] Info seek [D] Sinfeer
7. To view web pages you need.
J[A5[HGF\ jI] HMJF DF8[ TDFZ[ PPPPPPPPPPPPP H~Z K[P
[A] Browser [B] WWW
[C] TCP/IP [D] None
8. UTP & STP are the terms related to.............. .
UTP VG[ STP GL jIFbIF ;\S/FI[, K[P
[A] Twisted pair cable [B] Type of protocol
[B] Networks [D] None
9. In star topology to connect \the server and client ......... external device is used.
:8FZ 8M5M,MÒDF\ ;J"Z VG[ S,FIg8G[ HM0JF DF8[ PPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPP J{Sl<5S ;FWGGM p5IMU YFI K[P
[A] Router [B] Modem
[C] HUB [D] Gateway
10. E-mail is................ (.D[.,PPPPPPPPPPPPPPPP K[P)
[A] Mail concerning electronic device
[B] Transaction of letters, messages and memos over a communication
network.
[C] Transaction of massages within a computer
[D] None of these
1. C 2. A 3. C 4. D 5. D 6. D 7. A 8. A 9. C 10. B
132/273
11. The first primary network developed by US Defense Department was called.
I] V[; 0LO[g; äFZF T{IFZ SZJFDF\ VFJ[,]\ 5C[,]\ 5|FIDZL G[8JS" CT]P\
[A] DARPAnet [B] ARPANet
[C] NSFNet [D] MILnet
12. Web site is a collection of.
J[A;F.8 V[ PPPPPPPPPPPPPPGF[ ;D]C K[P
[A] HTML Document [B] Graphics Files
[C] Audio and Video Files [D] All of the above
13. In MODEM...............
DF[0[D DF\ PPPPPPPPPPPPPPPP
[A] Several digital signals are multiplexed
[B] A digital signal is converted into Analog signal and Vice-versa.
[C] Digital signal is amplified
14. URL is an abbreviation of ? (URL V[ SF[G]\ 8]\S] ~5 K[ m)
[A] Uniform Resource Locator [B] United Resource Locator
[C] Universal Resource Limited [D] None of the above
15. Which of the following domain is applied to none Commercial Organization ?
GLR[GFDF\YL lAG JFl6HILS ;\:YFVF[ DF8[ SI]\ 0F[D[.G K[ m
[A] .com [B] .gov
[C] .org [D] .edu
16. Which of the following is the address of doeac site?
GLR[GFDF\YL 0F[ V[S ;F.8G]\ V[0[=; SI\] K[ m
[A] www.doeacc.com [B] www.doeacc.org
[C] www.doeacc.edu.in [D] None of the above
17. The Network connecting computers with each other in a same room, in a same
building, or in a same complex is known as.
V[S H ~DDF\4 V[S H lA<0L\UDF\ VYJF V[S H SF[d%,[1FDF\ V[SALHF ;FY[ SMd%I]8ZG[ VF[/BJFDF\ VFJ[ K[P
[A] WAN [B] LAN
[C] MAN [D] WOMAN
18. Which of the following is not a type of computer network ?
GLR[GFDF\YL SIF[ SMd%I]8Z G[8JS"GF[ 5|SFZ GYL m
[A] LAN [B] WAN
[C] MAN [D] FAN
19. Which of the following isn’t topology ? (GLR[GFDF\YL SIF[ 8F[5F[,F[Ò GYL m)
[A] Star [B] Ring
[C] Bus [D] Linear
20. Which one of the following is Microsoft browser ?
GLR[GFDF\YL SI]\ V[S DF.S|M;MO8 J[A A|FphZ K[ m
[A] Internet Explorer [B] Netscape Navigator
[C] Mosaic [D] None
21. WWW stand for ............. (WWW V[8,[ PPPPPPPPPPPPPP)
[A] World Wide Web [B] Wok Within Web
[C] World Wide Wan [D] World Wide Work
11. B 12. D 13. B 14. A 15. C 16. C 17. B 18. D 19. D 20. A 21. A
133/273
22. FTP stands for.............

V[O8L5L V[8,[ PPPPPPPPPPPPPPP
[A] File Transfer Protocol [B] File Transfer Provide
[C] File Transmission Protocol [D] None
23. Which of the following command is used to transferring the file from your
computer to another ?
GLR[GFDF\YL SIF SDFg0GL DNNYL TD[ OF.,G[ V[S SMd%I]8ZDF\YL ALHF SMd%I]8ZDF\ p5IF[U SZF[ KF[P
[A] FTP [B] TCP
[C] IP [D] None
24. Which of the following is a vail e-mail address?
GLR[GFDF\YL SI]\ .D[., V[0=[; ;FR]\ K[ m
[A] Rajkapoorcomputer@www. [B] Rajkapoorcomputer@_
[C] Rajkapoor.com [D] Rajkapoorcomputer@yahoo.co.in
25. HTML Stands for..........
HTML V[8,[PPPPPPPPP
[A] Hyper text markup language [B] High text mark language
[C] Hyper text mark language [D] None
26. The websites allows users to search the data on key wards.
SL AM0"" 5|DF6[GL DFlCTL XMWJF DF8[ J[A;F.8GM p5IMU SZGFZ PPPPPPPPPPPPPPPP D\H]ZL VF5[ K[P
[A] Web browser [B] Search engine
[C] Net engine [D] None
27. BPS Stands for........
BPS V[8,[PPPPPPPP
[A] Bit per second [B] Bit per sentence
[C] Bits pass second [D] None of the above
28. An element in an electronic document that is called?
.,[S8=MlGS 0MSI]D[g8G]\ SI\] 38S S[ H[ 5]Z[5]ZF 0MSI]D[g8DF\ ALÒ HuIF ;FY[ HM0[ K[ m
[A] Teleink [B] Metink
[C] Hyperlink [D] None
29. Sending messages on internet is called.......
.g8ZG[8 p5Z D[., DMS,JFG[ PPPPPPPPPPP SC[ K[P
[A] e-mail [B] e-part
[C] e-message [D] SMS
30. Which of the following file are digital recoded sound file?
GLR[GFDF\YL S. 0LÒ8, Z[SM"0[0 ;Fpg0 OF., K[ m
[A] Wave file [B] MIDI file
[C] PDF file [D] None
31. The protocol is used to transfer the file from one machine to another machine on
internet is called.
.g8ZG[8DF\ V[S DXLGDF\YL ALHF DXLGDF\ OF., DMS,JFGF p5IMUDF\ ,[JFTF GLIDG[PPPPPP SC[ K[P
[A] TCP/IP [B] FTP
[C] HTTP [D] PPP
32. LAN transmit signal over?
LAN X[GF äFZF ;LuG, D[/J[ K[m
[A] Telephone line [B] Coaxial Cable
[C] Satellite [D] Microwave
22. A 23. A 24. D 25. A 26. A 27. A 28. C 29. A 30. A 31. B 32. B
134/273
33. Each component in the network is called........

G[8JS"GF\ NZ[S 38SG[PPPPPPPPP SC[ K[P
[A] Domain [B] Terminal
[C] Node [D] Computer
34. To transmit the information in the form of light pulses...... media is used.
,F.8 5<;GF\ OMD"DF\ DFlCTL AN,JF DF8[ PPPPPPPPP DL0LIFGM p5IMU YFI K[P
[A] Fiber optic [B] Coaxial cable
[C] Twisted pair [D] Satellite
35. A device which allows the computer to communicate with the other
Computer using telephone line is.
V[S ;FWG S[ V[S SMd%I]8ZG[ ALHF SMd%I]8Z ;FY[ 8[,LOMG ,F.G äFZF ;\5S" SZJFGL D\H]ZLPPPPPPP ;FWG VF5[ K[P
[A] Modem [B] HUB
[C] Ruter [D] Gateway
36. E- mail....... (.vD[.,PPPPPPPP K[P)
[A] can not address many user given to first class mail
[B] Does not provide protection
[C] Always uses bridge to send messages in different networks
37. There are the computers on internet that request information are called.
.g8ZG[8GF VF V[JF 5|SFZGF\ SMd5I]8Z K[ S[ H[ DFlCTL DF8[GL lZSJ[:8 SZTF CMI K[ H[G[ PPPPPPPPPP SC[ K[P
[A] Servers [B] Clients
[C] Workstations [D] Terminals
38. The communication protocol used by internet is........
.g8ZG[8 äFZF SMdI]GLS[XG DF8[GM 5|M8MSM,GM p5IMU PPPPPPPPPPP K[P
[A] HTTP [B] FTP
[C] TCP/IP [D] SMTP
39. A host on the internet fined another host by its.........
.g8ZG[8G] CM:8 ALHF CM:8G[PPPPPPP äFZF XMW[ K[P
[A] Postal Address [B] Electronic Address
[C] IP Address [D] All of these
40. Which of the following is not a search engine tool?
GLR[GFDF\YL SI] ;R" V[gÒG 8], GYL m
[A] Hotmail [B] Yahoo
[C] Google [D] Magellan
41. HTTP stands for......... (HTTP V[8,[PPPPPPPPP)
[A] Hyper Tag Transfer Protocol [B] Hypertext Transmit Protocol
[C] Hypertext Transfer Protocol [D] Hyperlink Transfer Protocol
42. Which of the following is a search engine?
GLR[GFDF\YL SI] ;R" V[gÒG K[ m
[A] Google.com [B] Indiatimes.com
[C] bazee.com [D] None of the above
43. Which of the following can we use as a web browser?
GLR[GFDF\YL J[A A|FphZ TZLS[ SI]\ p5IMUDF\ SZL XSFI K[m
[A] Word [B] Internet Explorer
[C] Netscape [D] Excel
33. C 34. A 35. A 36. C 37. B 38. A 39. C 40. A 41. C 42. A 43. B
135/273
44. Which is the commonest protocol of internet?

GLR[GFDF\YL .g8ZG[8GM SMDG 5|M8MSM, SIM K[ m
[A] ACP [B] TCP
[C] AP [D] TCP/IP
45. Shakespeare@Mosaic.aw.com Mosaic is what ?
Shakespeare@Mosaic.aw.com DF\ Mosaic X]\ K[ m
[A] User [B] Host
[C] Domain [D] N/W comp
46. Which one of the following is not a popular term in Internet?
GLR[GFDF\YL SIM s8D"f XaN .g8ZG[8 DF8[ 5|bIFT GYL m
[A] WWW [B] E-mail
[C] HTTP [D] NAD
47. To log on the remote computer and surfing on that can be done through?
ZLDM8 SMd%I]8ZDF\ ,MUVMG Y.PPPPPPPPP GL DNNYL ;OL"U SZL XSFI K[P
[A] FTP [B] Telnet
[C] HTTP [D] None
48. In which of following feature is used to store favorite e-mail address in
Your Netscape Navigator browser?
GLR[GFDF\YL SI]\ ,1F6 O[JZL8 .D[., V[0=[;G[ TDFZF G[8:S[5 G[JLU[8ZDF\ :8MZ SZJF DF8[ p5IMUL K[ m
[A] Favorite [B] History
[C] Bookmark [D] None
49. URL is...........
I] VFZ V[,PPPPPPPPPP K[P
[A] Protocol [B] WWW
[C] Internet Address [D] None
50. ams@doe.emet.in represents.
ams@doe.emet.in NXF"J[ K[PPP
[A] URL address [B] E-mail ID
[C] Net PC [D] None
51. FTP stands for....
FTP V[8,[PPPPP
[A] File transfer protocol [B] Find and transfer protocol
[C] Format transfer prg. [D] None of the above
52. Which is not a web browser?
SI]\ J[A A|FphZ GYL m
[A] Moziac [B] Internet exopler
[C] Netscape navigator [D] Windows explorer
53. JPEG format is the abbreviation used for which type of file ?
JPEG OMD["8GM p5IMU S[JL OF., DF8[ YFI K[ m
[A] Picture file [B] Document file
[C] Paint file [D] Word file
54. The first page displayed when user first visit the site is called.
HIFZ[ I]hZ ;F>8GL 5C[,F 5[HG[ PPPPPPPPPPPPPP SC[ K[P
[A] Front page [B] Home page
[C] First page [D] None
44. D 45. B 46. D 47. B 48. A 49. C 50. B 51. A 52. D 53. A 54. B
136/273
55. In Internet the device is used to connect two or more network called.
>g8ZG[8DF\ A[ VYJF JWFZ[ G[8JS"G[ HM0JF DF8[ p5IMUDF\ ,[JFTF ;FWGG[ PPPPPPPPPPPP SC[ K[P
[A] Router [B] Gateway
[C] HUB [D] Modem
56. The acronym PPP’ stands for ..................
PPP’ V[8,[PPPPPPPPPP
[A] Point to point procedure [B] Point to point protocol
[C] Point to point prompt [D] None of the above
57. MPEG files are
MPEG OF., CMI K[P
[A] Sound files [B] Video files
[C] Movie files [D] All the above
58. The following is used to log on to remote computer.
GLR[GFDF\YL lZDM8 SMd%I]8ZDF\ ,MUVMG YJF DF8[ p5IMUL K[P
[A] Telnet [B] HTTP
[C] SLIP [D] PPP
59. Visiting various web sits is called.
36F 5|SFZGL J[A;F>8GL D],FSFTG[ PPPPPPPPPP SC[ K[P
[A] Browsing [B] Hacking
[C] Cracking [D] Uploading
60. The protocol that web client and servers use to communicate with each
other is called......
J[A S,FIg8 VG[ ;J"Z V[SALHF ;FY[ ;\5"S SZJF H[ lGIDGM p5IMU SZ[ K[ T[G[ PPPPPPPPPP SC[ K[P
[A] HTML [B] HTTP
[C] URL [D] FTP
61. A Computer in the network which servers only network resources is known
as............
G[8JS"DF\ ZC[,]\ SMd%I]8Z S[ H[ OST G[8JS"GF\ lZ;M;" VF5[ K[4 T[G[ PPPPPPPPPPPPPP TZLS[ VM/BJFDF\ VFJ[ K[P
[A] Client [B] Server
[C] Node [D] Peer
62. Sending files with e-mail is called..........
.D[., äFZF DMS,FTL OF.,G[ PPPPPPPPPPPPP SC[ K[P
[A] Attachment [B] Files
[C] Send [D] Link
63. Internet is a ............. . (.g8ZG[8 PPPPPPPPPPP K[P)
[A] Line area Network [B] Metropolitan Area Network
[C] Wide Area Network [D] Network of all these Networks
64. There are the computers on Internet that provides information to multiple
Computers is called................
VF V[JF 5|SFZG]\ SMd%I]8Z K[ S[ H[ V[S SZTF\ JWFZ [SMd%I]8ZG[ DFlCTL VF5[ K[4 H[G[ PPPPPPPPPPP SC[ K[P
[A] Servers [B] Clients
[C] Workstations [D] Terminals
65. The first page of any web page is called...........
SM. 56 J[A 5[HGF\ 5|YD 5FGF\G[ PPPPPPPPPP SC[ K[P
[A] Home page [B] Fist page
[C] Master page [C] Web page
55. A 56. B 57. B 58. A 59. A 60. B 61. B 62. A 63. D 64. A 65. A
137/273
66. You can see a web page of any site on your computer using..........
PPPPPPPPPPP GF p5IMUYL TD[ SM.56 J[A;F.8G]\ J[A5[H TDFZF SMd%I]8ZDF\ HM. XSM KM m
[A] Web browser [B] Web Processor
[C] Word Processor [D] None of the above
67. VSNL stands for...............
VSNL V[8,[PPPPPPPPPP
[A] Vishesh sanchar nigam Ltd [B] Vides sanchar nigam Ltd.
[C] Vishva sanchar nigam ITD [D] None of the above
68. Following software is used to browse to internet under ms window?
lJg0MhDF\ .g8ZG[8GM p5IMU SZJF DF8[ SIF ;MO8J[ZGM p5IMU YFI K[ m
[A] Windows explorer [B] Internet explorer
[C] Site explorer [D] None
69. With the help of which device we can exchange information by connecting
two computers?
A[ SMd%I]8ZDF\ DFlCTLGL VN,FAN,L SIF ;FWGGL DNNYL SZL XSFI K[ m
[A] Printer [B] Sound card
[C] Scanner [D] Modem
70. You can logged in the remote computer through.............
TD[ lZDM8 SMd%I]8ZPPPPPPPPP GL DNNYL ,MU sNFB,f Y. XS[ K[P
[A] Telnet [B] FTP
[C] HTTP [D] None
71. In Internet if we want to go immediate previous web page we have.....
.g8ZG[8DF\ VF56[ TFtSFl,S VFU/GF J[A5[H 5Z HJ]\ CMI TM VF56[ PPPPPPPPPPPP SZL XSLV[ KLV[P
[A] Back [B] History
[C] Close [D] None
72. Which topology is work under one node fail?
V[S O[., YI[,F GM8 ;FY[ S. 8M5M,MÒ SFI" SZ[ K[ m
[A] Star [B] Bus
[C] Ring [D] None
73. It applies in LAN.........
PPPPPPPPPV[ ,[GDF\ VFJ[, K[P
[A] Ethernet Network [B] TCT Network
[C] PDT [D] Both A & B
74. Transferring the full page from your computer to another computer is.....
TDFZF SMd%I]8ZDF\YL ALHF SMd%I]8ZDF\ OG 5[Ò;G[ DMS,JF T[G[ PPPPPPPP SC[ K[P
[A] Uploading [B] Transferring
[C] Downloading [D] None
75. In address ht tp:/www.microsoft.com. HTTP stands for.......
ht tp:/www.microsoft.com. DF\ HTTP V[8,[PPPPPPPP
[A] Hyper text transforms protocol [B] Hyper text transfer protocol
[C] High text transfer point [D] None of the above
76. The first ISP in India is.
EFZTG]\ 5C[,]\ ISP PPPPPPPPPPPPP K[P
[A] BSNL [B] VSNL
[C] MTNL [D] Mantra
66. A 67. B 68. B 69. D 70. A 71. A 72. A 73. A 74. A 75. B 76. A
138/273
77. The first network in the world is.

lJ`JG]\ ;M{YL 5C[,]\ G[8JS" PPPPPPPPPPPPPP K[P
[A] ARPANET [B] Nicnet
[C] Web net [D] Wan
78. In networking a combination hard ware and software that links two
Different types of network in is called........
A[ H]NF H]NF 5|SFZGF\ G[8JS"G[ CF0"J[Z VG[ ;MO8J[Z äFZF HM0[, CMI K[ H[G[PPPPPPPPPPPPPPPP SC[ K[P
[A] Router [B] Gateway
[C] HUB [D] Modem
79. Any five which incorporated with sound, picture, text, graphics, together
May be called as?
SM. 56 5F\R S[ H[ VJFH4 l5SRZ4 8[184 U|FOLS;G[ SNFR ;FY[ NXF"J[ K[4 H[G[ PPPPPPPPP SC[ K[ m
[A] Hypertext Document [B] Text file
[C] Compiler [D] None
80. The process of the sending data from one computer to remote computer
on network is called.
V[S SMd%I]8ZDF\YL lZDM8 SMd%I]8ZDF\ DFlCTL DMS,JFGL 5|lS|IFG[ PPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPP SC[ K[P
[A] Browsing [B] Hacking
[C] Cracking [D] Uploading
81. Web document is stored as a text file with the extension?
J[A 0MSI]D[g8 8[18 OF., :J~5[ SIF V[S;8[gXG ;FY[ :8MZ YFI K[m
[A] .HTM [B] .HTML
[C] Both A & B [C] None
82. In the following topologies which is invalid?
GLR[GFDF\YL S. 8M5M,MÒ ;FRL GYL m
[A] Star [B] Ring
[C] Bus [D] Network
83. The protocol to send the e-mail is.
.D[., DMS,JFGM lGID PPPPPPPPPPPPPP K[P
[A] FTP [B] SMPT
[C] UTP [D] HTTP
84. A user can get file form another computer on the internet by using.
.g8ZG[8 p5ZYL I]hZ ALHF SMd%I]8ZDF\YLPPPPPPPP äFZF OF., D[/J[ K[P
[A] HTTP [B] SMPT
[C] UTP [D] FTP
85. Which of the following is not the web browser software?
GLR[GFDF\YL SI]\ J[A A|FphZ ;MO8J[Z GYLm
[A] Internet Explorer [B] Ms- Power-Point
[C] Netscape Navigator [D] Mosaic
86. Which of the following domain is applied to educational Institutions?
GLR[GFDF\YL X{1Fl6S ;\:YFVM DF8[ SI] 0MD[.G K[ m
[A] .com [B] .gov
[C] .org [D] .edu
87. There are............. Selection in IP Address. (IP V[0=[;DF\PPPPPPPPPPPPP EFU CMI K[P)
[A] 3 [B] 4
[C] 5 [D] 6
77. A 78. B 79. A 80. D 81. C 82. D 83. B 84. D 85. B 86. D 87. B
139/273
88. WWW means.........

WWW GM DT,A K[PPPPPPPPPPP
[A] World Wide Web [B] Wait Wait Wait
[C] World World World [D] Weather World Web
89. A system of computers, connected to one another, is called a.............
SMd%I]8ZGL ;L:8D4 S[ H[ V[SALHF ;FY[ ;\S/FI[, K[4 H[G[ SC[ K[PPPP
[A] Internet [B] Network
[C] URL [D] Web
90. Every web address starts with..........
NZ[S J[A V[0=[;PPPPPPPPP YL X~ YFI K[P
[A] http: [B] http://
[C] WWW [D] None
91. To send mail to multiple people each email address is separated by?
V[S SZTF JWFZ[ jIlSTG[ D[., DMS,JM CMI TM4 S. lGXFGLGF\ p5IMU äFZF .D[., V[0=[;G[ H]N] 5F0JFDF\ VFJ[ K[ m
[A] . [B] ,
[C] > [D] ...
92. You can move to the immediate last viewed page by pressing............
TD[PPPPPPPPPPPP SL 5|[; SZL TFtSF,LS K[<,F p5Z H. XSM KMP
[A] History [B] Search
[C] Back [D] Favorite
88. A 89. B 90. B 91. B 92. C

140/273
MICROSOFT WORD
1. In MS-WORD the easiest way to sent consistent spacing before and after
paragraph of a particular type is to use.........
MS-Word DF\ SM. V[S 5[Z[U|FOGL 5C[,F VG[ 5KLG]\ V\TZPPPPPPPPPP äFZF AN,L XSFI K[P
[A] Page setup [B] Format paragraph
[C] Word Style [D] Indenting
2. In MS-WORD the line pacing can be change.........
MS-Word DF\ ,F.G JrR[G]\ V\TZ PPPPPPPPPP äFZF AN,L XSFI K[P
[A] Format font [B] Enter
[C] Format Paragraph [D] None of the above
3. All the formatting of paragraph are stored in.............
NZ[S 5[Z[U|FOG]\ OMD["l8\U PPPPPPPPPPPPPPPP DF\ ;\U|lCT YFI K[
[A] In page setup [B] Format paragraph
[C] File print preview [D] None of the above
4. To specify the space between two lines......... option is used.
A[ ,F.G JrR[GL HuIF GSSL SZJFPPPPPPPPPP lJS<5 J5ZFI K[P
[A] Line spacing [B] Insert row
[C] Insert line [D] Enter
5. Text that justified is..........
H:8LOF. SZ[, 8[18 V[8,[PPPPPPPPPP
[A] Adjust to meet both margin [B] Carefully edit
[C] Centered [D] Bold
6. To create the tab leader you can use the...........
Tab leader AGFJJF DF8[ TD[PPPPPPPPPP GM p5IMU SZL XSM KMP
[A] Table [B] Format tab
[C] Ruler [D] All above
7. While typing in a paragraph, you will..............
5[Z[U|FO 8F.5 SZTF NZdIFG TD[ PPPPPPPPPP SZL XSM KMP
[A] Press “Enter Key” at the end of each line
[B] Press “Enter Key” at the end of a paragraph
[C] Both a and b can be applied
8. Paragraph mark signify............
5[Z[U|FO DFS" PPPPPPPPPPP NXF"J[ K[P
[A] Beginning of a paragraph
[B] Saving has been done till the marked para
[C] Press of enter key to mark the end of para
[D] Current cursor position in the para
9. To start a new line press.............
GJL ,F.G X~ SZJF DF8[ PPPPPPPPPP SL 5|[; SZM KMP
[A] Enter [B] Shift + Enter
[C] Ctrl + Enter [D] None of above
1. B 2. C 3. B 4. A 5. A 6. B 7. B 8. D 9. A
141/273
10. ........... helps you to control the margins, Paragraph Indention and tab setting
for a document.
0MSI]D[g8 CF\;LIF4 5[Z[U|FO VG[ 8[AGF ;[8LU DF8[ PPPPPPPPPPPPP DNN SZ[ K[P
[A] Scroll Bar [B] Status Bar
[C] Ruler [D] Page Setup
11. Which key should be pressed to start a new paragraph in MS Word?
J0"DF\ GJM 5[Z[U|FO X~ SZJF DF8[ PPPPPPPPP DNN SZ[ K[P
[A] Down cursor key [B] Enter key
[C] Shift + Enter [D] Page setup
12. To get the rough idea of how your document in MS-Word be printed the
following Menu is selected .............
MS-Word GM TDFZM 0MSI]D[g8 SFU/ K5F. G[ S[JM ,FUX[ T[GM V\NFH GLR[GFDF\YL PPPPPPPPPP D[G] ;L,[S8
SZJFYL D[/JL XSFI K[ m
[A] File Print Preview [B] View print
[C] View normal [D] Ctrl+ Enter
13. The extension of Word document file is ........ (J0" 0MSI]D[g8G]\ V[S;8[gXG PPPPPPPK[P)
[A] .doc [B] .dco
[C] .txt [D] .None of above
14. We can set up the margin for. (VF56[ X[GF DF8[ CF\;LIM ;[8 SZL XSLV[ KLV[ m))
[A] Headers [B] Footers
[C] Both A & B [D] None of above
15. In MS-Word in print dialog box if the print range is given 10 then the result will
be......
MS-Word DF\ 5|Lg8 0FI,MU AMS;DF\ HM 5|Lg8 Z[gH !_ VF5JFDF\ VFJX[ TM 5lZ6FD PPPPPPPPPP 5Z D/X[P
[A] It print pages from 1 to 10 [B] It print pages 10 to last
[C] It will give error [D] It print page 10 only
16. In MS-Word page can be printed in landscape mod by selecting following menu.
MS-Word DF\ 5[HG[ VF0]\ 5|Lg8 SZFJJF GLR[GFDF\YL PPPPPPPPPPPP D[G]GM p5IMU YFI K[P
[A] File print paper source [B] File-Print-Properties-Landscape
[C] File – Print Preview [D] Print layout
17. If you click on the multiple pages button available on the print preview tool bar
HM 5|Lg8 5|LjI] 8],AFZ 5Z ZC[, D<8L%,[ PPPPPPPPPPPPPPP 5[Ò; A8G p5Z S,LS SZJFDF\ VFJ[ K[ m
[A] Your computer screen will show you pages of the document side by side
[B] Your computer screen will show you all the pages one over the other
[C] Your computer screen will show all pages of the document overlapping
each other
[D] Your computer screen will show you all pages of multiple document stacked
separately
18. In the print preview window.......... (5|Lg8 5|LjI] PPPPPPPPPPP lJg0MDF\ K[P)
[A] You can see the over all appearance of pages or all the pages
[B] You can see where the text falls on the page before it continues on the
next page
[C] You can make adjustment to get the layout as per your requirement
[D] All of above.
10. C 11. B 12. A 13. A 14. C 15. D 16. B 17. A 18. D
142/273
19. In the print dialog box of Word, you can selected...............

J0"DF\ 5|Lg8 0FI,MU AMS;DF\YL TD[ PPPPPPPPP l;,[S8 SZL XSM KM m
[A] All pages in range [B] Odd pages
[C] Even pages [D] Any of the above
20. The paper orientation for printing is......... (l5|g8LU DF8[ 5[5ZGM N[BFJ PPPPPPPP CMI K[ m)
[A] Portrait [B] Landscape
[C] Either a or b [D] None of the above
21. In the print preview, the Word document can be edited in ...........
5|Lg8 5|LjI]DF\ J0" 0MSI]D[g8G[ PPPPPPPPPPP SZL XSFI K[P
[A] Normal View [B] Web layout View
[C] Outline View [D] All of above
22. The default page size for word document is ..........
J0" 0MSI]D[g8 DF8[ l0OM<8 5[H ;F.h PPPPPPPPP CMI K[P
[A] Letter [B] Legal
[C] A4 [D] None of above
23. In the Print dialog box, the Print to file creates ........
5|Lg8 0FI,MU AMS;DF\4 5|Lg8 8] OF., PPPPPPPPPPPPP OF., T{IFZ SZ[ K[P
[A] .TXT [B] .DOC
[C] .DOT [D] .PRN
24. In Word, Print Preview command is found in which menu ?
J0"DF\4 5|Lg8 5|LjI] SDFg0 SIF D[G]DF\ VFJ[,M K[ m
[A] File [B] Tools
[C] View [C] Edit
25. Which of the following are the aliment of print review?
GLR[GFDF\YL 5|Lg8 5|LjI]GF\ 38SM SIF\ K[ m
[A] Zoom [B] Next
[C] Print [D] All of the above
26. Using Borders you........ (AM0"ZGM p5IMU SZLG[ PPPPPPPPPPP)
[A] can add border above, below or to either side of a cell
[B] Can add singal line or multiple lines, along one side of a cell or around it.
[C] both A & b
[D] None of above
27. While editing the document in MS-word keystroke Shift+Home will move the
insertion point.......
HIFZ[ MS-WordGF 0MSI]D[g8DF\ O[ZOFZ SZJF DF8[ SL AM0"DF\YL Shift+Home SLGM p5IMU SZJFYL S;"Z
PPPPPPPP5Z D]J YX[P
[A] On word right [B] End of line
[C] Beginning of line with selection [D] No effect
28. The combination key for Find command in MS- Word is .............
MS-WordDF\ Find SDFg0GL XM8"S8 SL PPPPPPPP K[P
[A] Ctrl + F [B] Ctrl + F3 [C] Ctrl + S [D] None
29. Which keystroke is used to move to the end of the document quickly?
0MSI]D[g8GF V\TDF\ h05YL HJF DF8[ PPPPPPPPPPPPP SL GM p5IMU YFI K[ m
[A] End [B] Pgdn [C] Ctrl + Pgdn [D] Ctrl + end
19. D 20. C 21. D 22. A 23. D 24. A 25. D 26. C 27. C 28. A 29. D
143/273
30. Which of the key delete the character to the right of the insertion point?
S;"ZGL HD6L TZO ZC[,F V1FZG[ S. SL äFZF N}Z SZL XSFI K[ m
[A] Delete [B] Backspace
[C] Home [D] End
31. To select the text from insertion point to end of line............
.G;X"G 5F[.g8YL 8[1;GL X~VFTYL V\T ;]WL ;L,[S8 SZJF DF8[ PPPPPPPPPP GM p5IMU YFI K[P
[A] Click to paragraph mark [B] Press Ctrl + home
[C] Press Shift + end [D] Click on selection bar
32. Press the control while dragging and dropping selected text allow..........
S\8=F[, 5|[; SZLG[ HIFZ[ l;,[S8 SZ[, 8[18G[ 0=[UL\U VG[ 0=F[5L\U SZJFDF\ VFJ[ tIFZ[ PPPPPPPPPYFI K[ m
[A] Delete text [B] Paste text
[C] Make copy [D] Add to clipboard
33. To select a sentence, click anywhere on the sentences while holding
the............
JFSIG[ l;,[S8 SZJF DF8[4 SF[. 56 HuIFV[ S,LS SZLG[ PPPPPPPP SLG[ NAFJL ZFBJFDF\ VFJ[ K[P
[A] Shift [B] Ctrl
[C] Alt [D] Esc
34. To repeat the last editing action press.............
K[<,[ SZ[,F[ ;]WFZF[ ZL5L8 SZJF DF8[ PPPPPPPPPPPPSL J5ZFI K[P
[A] F4 [B] Ctrl + Y
[C] Both A and B above [D] None of these
35. To copy character formatting, press the keys................
S[Z[S8ZG]\ OF[D["8L\U SF[5L SZJF DF8[ PPPPPPPPPPPPPPPSL 5|[; SZJFDF\ VFJ[ K[P
[A] Ctrl+Shift+C [B] Ctrl+Shift+V
[C] Ctrl+Backspace [D] All of the above
36. The formatting Toolbar option are applied..................
OF[D["8L\U 8],AFZGF VF[%XG PPPPPPPPPPPPP NXF"J[ K[P
[A] To paragraph selection only
[B] To character selection only
[C] To both character as well as paragraph selections
37. Word text can be made italic by ..............
XaN PPPPPPPPPPPPPPP äFZF .8F,LS s+F;Ff AG[ K[P
[A] Ctrl + I [B] Ctrl + B
[C] Ctrl + U [D] None of the above
38. In word, you can align the selected paragraph to its right by pressing.
J0"DF\ l;,[S8 SZ[,F 5[Z[U|FOG[ HD6L AFH] V[,F.G SZJF DF8[ PPPPPPPPPPPP XF[8"S8 SL J5ZFI K[P
[A] Ctrl +E [B] Ctrl + L
[C] Ctrl + R [D] None of the above
39. Which of the following is not a part of a standard office suite?
GLR[GFDF\YL SIF[ EFU :8Fg00" VF[OL; DF8[ GYL m
[A] Word Processor [B] Data base
[C] Image Editor [D] File Manager
30 A 31 C 32 C 33 B 34 C 35 A 36 C 37 A 38 C 39 D
144/273
40. While editing document in MS-Word the color of the selected text can be
changed by........
HIFZ[ MS-Word 0F[SI]D[g8DF\ O[ZOFZ SZJFDF\ VFJ[ K[ tIFZ[ l;,[S8 SZ[, 8[S:8GF[ S,Z AN,JF DF8[ PPPPPPPPPGF[
p5IF[U YFI K[P
[A] Format font [B] Format text
[C] Format paragraph [D] None of the above
41. From the following which effect can not be changed from font dialog box?
GLR[GFDF\YL S. .O[S8 OF[g8 0FI,F[U AF[1FDF\YL AN,L XSFI GCL m
[A] Title case [B] All caps
[C] Small caps [D] Emboss
42. Font is measured in points how much point is equal to one inch?
OF[g8 sVF\S0Ff 5F[.g8DF\ DF5JFDF\ VFJ[ K[ TF[ .\\R AZFAZ S[8,F 5F[.g8 YX[ m
[A] 24 [B] 72 [C] 36 [D] 48
43. With the print option......... (5|Lg8 VF[%XG äFZF PPPPPPPPPPPPPPP)
[A] The Entries Document get printed and no option are available
[B] There is no print option on the file menu
[C] You have the option to print any the current page
44. Creating form letter using mail merge involves ................
Letter äFZF mail merge SZJFDF\ VFJ[ tIFZ[ PPPPPPPPPPPPPPP
[A] Creative main doc. [B] Creative main doc. and data source
[C] Inserting merge field in main doc. [D] Both B & C merge letter
45. A letter, memo, report or other prepared in MS-Word is called ..........
MS-Word DF\ T{IFZ SZFI[,F letter, memo, report S[ SF[. VgIG[ PPPPPPPPPPSC[JFI K[P
[A] Worksheet [B] Slide
[C] Document [D] Database
46. From the following option does not present in the picture option of insert
menu.
Insert menu GF\ picture lJS<5DF\ GLR[GF[ SIM lJS<5 VF5[, GYLP
[A] Auto shape [B] Clip art
[C] From file [D] Object
47. Whenever a word does not fit at the end current line it goes to the starting of the
next line it is called as.
HIFZ[ V[S ,F.GDF\ XaN G ;DFI VG[ T[ ALÒ ,F.GGL X~VFTDF\ HFI K[ T[G[ PPPPPPPPPPPPSC[ K[P
[A] Paragraph format [B] Auto correct
[C] Word style [D] Word wrap
48. If you click on Undo button ...............
HF[ TD[ undo A8G 5Z S,LS SZXF[ TF[ PPPPPPPPPPPP
[A] It removes old & restore new text [B] It removes new text & restore old
text
[C] It removes character formatting [D] None of the above
49. In MS-Word to appear full form abbreviation automatically we can use.
MS-Word DF\ VF[8F[D[8LS,L SF[. 8]\SF GFDG]\ 5]~\ GFD D[/JJF PPPPPPPPPGF[ p5IF[U SZL XSLV[P
[A] Auto text [B] Auto correct
[C] Both A & B [D] Drop cap
40 A 41 A 42 B 43 A 44 D 45 C 46 D 47 D 48 B 49 A
145/273
50. Which is the shortcut key to replace the text ?

8[18G[ ZL%,[; SZJF DF8[ S. XF[8"S8 SLGF[ p5IF[U SZJFDF\ VFJ[ K[ m
[A] Ctrl + R [B] Ctrl + H
[C] Ctrl + D [D] Ctrl + E
51. Which shortcut key is used to redo action?
‘Redo’ DF8[ S. XF[8"S8 SLGF[ p5IF[U SZJFDF\ VFJ[ K[ m
[A] Ctrl + R [B] Ctrl + Y
[C] Ctrl + D [D] Ctrl + U
52. Which shortcut key is used to convert text into capital letters?
XaNG[ S[5L8, ,[8ZDF\ O[ZJJF DF8[ S. XF[8"S8 SL J5ZFI K[ m
[A] Ctrl+Shift+A [B] Ctrl + P
[C] Ctrl + A [D] None
53. From the following which is not the type of toolbar ?
GLR[GFDF\YL SIF[ 8],AFZGF[ 5|SFZ GYL m
[A] Standard [B] Formatting
[C] Mail merge [D] Drop cap
54. Spit option is present under which menu.
Split lJS<5 SIF D[G]DF\ VFJ[, K[ m
[A] Window [B] File
[C] View [D] Tools
55. Arrange all option is present under which menu?
V[Z[gH lJS<5 SIF D[G]DF\ VFJ[, K[ m
[A] Window [B] File
[C] View [D] Tools
56. Which key combination is used for creating new auto text entry ?
GJL VF[8F[ 8[18 V[g8=L AGFJJF S. A[ SLGF[ p5IF[U YFFI K[ m
[A] Alt+F2 [B] Ctrl+F2
[C] Alt+F3 [D] None
57. Format painter is used to................
OMZD[8 5[.g8ZGM p5IF[U PPPPPPPPPPPDF8[ YFI K[ P
[A] Copy selected text [B] Drew the different shape
[C] Copy the format of selected text [D] None of the above
58. To change the size of document page using .....................
0F[SI]D[g8GF 5[HGL ;F.h AN,JF DF8[ PPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPlJS<5 J5ZFI K[P
[A] File properties [B] File page setup
[C] Tools option [D] Format paragraph
59. Which of the following can’t be selected....................
GLR[GFDF\YL PPPPPPPPPPPPPPPl;,[S8 SZL XSFT]\ GYLP
[A] Selection bar [B] Word
[C] Letter [D] Line
50 B 51 B 52 A 53 D 54 A 55 A 56 C 57 C 58 B 59 A
146/273
60. Which of the following will provides list of synonyms ?

GLR[GFDF\YL SIF[ lJS<5 ;DFGFYL" ,L:8 5]~\ 5F0X[ m
[A] Find [B] Replace
[C] Thesaurus [D] None
61. Which of the following enable to make multiple changes ?
V[SYL JWFZ[ 5lZJT"G DF8[ GLR[GFDF\YL SIF[ lJS<5 ;1FD K[ m
[A] Find command [B] Replace command
[C] Drag & Drop [D] All the above
62. Which of the following command you always use before submitting the
document to other ?
ALHFG[ 0F[SI]D[g8 VF5TF 5C[,F\ TD[ GLR[GFDF\YL SIF[ SDFg0 p5IF[UDF\ ,[XF[ m
[A] Find [B] Replace
[C] Spelling & Grammars [D] Thesaurus
63. Which of the following are commodity find the web pages .......... Used by
J[A 5[.HG[ XF[WJF DF8[ GLR[GFDF\YL PPPPPPPPPPPPP p5IMU YFI K[P
[A] Hyperlink [B] Internet
[C] Intranet [D] All the above
64. To set the shading for the paragraph in MS-Word choose ..................
5[Z[U|FOG]\ Shading ;[8 SZJF DF8[ MS-Word DF\ PPPPPPPPPPPPPPp5IF[UDF\ ,[JFI K[P
[A] Insert shading [B] Format borders shading
[C] View shading [D] All the above
65. Switching between portrait and landscape mode Involve.
VF0F VG[ pEF 5[H UF[9JJF DF8[ A\G[ JrR[ PPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPlJS<5 ;\S/FI[,F[ K[ m
[A] Print layout View [B] Page setup dialog
[C] Header and footer [D] None of the above
66. By default information stored in a header & footer prints ..................
By default H[ DFlCTL :8MZ SZ[, CMI K[ T[ C[0Z VG[ O]8Z 5Z PPPPPPPPP l5|g8 YFI K[P
[A] On just first page [B] On just last page
[C] On every page [D] None of above
67. By default inch are reserved for header & footer..............
C[0Z VG[ O]8Z DF8[ PPPPPPPPP .\R GSSL SZ[, K[P
[A] 10 [B] 02
[C] 0.5 [D] 1.5
68. To activate the office assistant ...... key is used.
VMlO; V[;L:8g8G[ SFIF"lgJT SZJF DF8[ PPPPPPPPPP SL p5IMUDF\ ,[JFI K[P
[A] F2 [B] F3
[C] F1 [D] F5
69. Bold, Italic, Underline are the part of............Toolbar.
AM<04 .8F,LS VG[ Vg0Z,F.G PPPPPPPPPP 8],AFZGF EFU K[P
[A] Formatting [B] Standard
[C] Drawing [D] Central
60 C 61 B 62 C 63 B 64 B 65 B 66 C 67 C 68 C 69 A
147/273
70. The extension to the help file is. (C[<5 OF.,G]\ V[S:8[gXG PPPPPPPPPPPPK[P)
[A] .hpl [B] .lhp
[C] .hlp [D] .doc
71. Using the full screen allows you ..................
O], :S|LGGF[ p5IF[U PPPPPPPPPPPPPPP ZH] SZ[ K[P
[A] Use per designed document for specific purpose
[B] Cancel the change to the document
[C] Display only the document
[D] Display all opened document
72. The maximum zoom percentage in MS-Word is ..............
MS-Word DF\ JW]DF\ JW] PPPPPPPPPPPPPPP h]D Y. XS[ K[P
[A] 100% [B] 500%
[C] 5000% [D] 400%
73. The date and time command ............... (0[8 VG[ 8F.D SDFg0 PPPPPPPPP)
[A] Insert the date & time you specify [B] Insert current system date & time
[C] Insert last updated date & time [D] None of the above
74. The minimum zoom percentage in MS-Word is ............
MS-Word DF\ VF[KFDF\ VMK]\ PPPPPPPPPPPPPPP8SF h]D Y. XS[ K[P
[A] 1% [B] 5%
[C] 10% [D] 2%
75. An application can be opened through shortcut on desktop by ...........
0[:S8F[5 p5Z ZC[,L V[%,LS[XGG[ PPPPPPPPPPPPPXF[8"S8 äFZF VF[5G SZJFDF\ VFJ[ K[P
[A] Double Clicking on its shortcut
[B] Right clicking and choosing Open optionIII
[C] Selecting the icon and pressing Entry key
[D] All of the above
76. The first line/bar on the word window where name of the document is.
0F[SI]D[g8DF\ ZC[,F ;F{YL 5C[,F AFZ / ,F.GG[ PPPPPPPPPPPPPPPSC[ K[P
[A] First Bar [B] Header Bar
[C] Title Bar [D] None
77. Which of the following is the example of toggle case?
GLR[GFDF\ SI]\ 8F[U, S[;G]\ pNFCZ6 K[ m
[A] TOGGLE CASE [B] toggle Bar
[C] tOGGLE cASE [D] None
78. Creating from letters using Mail merge involves............
OF[D" ,[8Z äFZF p5IF[U SZJFDF\ VFJ[, D[., DH" PPPPPPPPPPPP DF\ ;DFJ[X YFI K[P
[A] Creating the main document and data source
[B] Creating the main document
[C] Inserting merged fields in the main document and merging the main
document with data source
[D] Both (A) and (B) above
79. Selection of text can be of..................(8[18G]\ l;,[SXG PPPPPPPPPPPPPCF[. XS[Pf
[A] Single word or a line [B] a paragraph
[C] complete document [D] all of the above
70 C 71 C 72 B 73 B 74 C 75 D 76 C 77 C 78 C 79 D
148/273
80. If you want to copy a selection of text, which button do you click?
l;,[S8 SZ[,F 8[18GL SF[5L SZJF SIF A8GGF[ p5IF[U YFI K[ m
[A] Move [B] Copy
[C] Duplicate [D] Cut
81. In MS-Word an already opened file can be closed by clicking on............
MS-Word DF\ H[ CF,DF\ OF., VF[5G K[ T[G[ PPPPPPPPPPP5Z S,LS SZJFYL A\W SZL XSFI K[P
[A] ‘X’ button on title bar [B] “button on the title bar
[C] On the left tip corner [D] None of the above
82. In MS-Word a way of assigning the name to the part of documents so that
they can be easily accessed .............
MS-Word DF\ 0F[SI]D[g8GF RF[SS; EFUG[ PPPPPPPPPPPPäFZF GFD VF5JFDF\ VFJ[ K[P H[YL SZLG[ T[G[
;Z/TFYL p5IF[UDF\ ,. XSFI K[P
[A] ‘Using caption [B] Using bookmark
[C] File print preview [D] None of these
83. While editing the document Ctrl + would the insertion point..........
0F[SI]D[g8DF\ ;]WFZF SZJF DF8[ .g;X"G 5F[.g8GF PPPPPPPPPPPG[ S\8=F[, ;FY[ p5IF[UDF\ ,[JFI K[P
[A] End of the line [B] One word right
[C] One line right [D] Next page
84. The fastest way to select sentence is...............
lJWFGG[ h05YL l;,[S8 SZJF DF8[ PPPPPPPPPPPPP p5IMU YFI K[P
[A] Shift + [B] Ctrl + Shift
[C] Ctrl + Click on sentence [D] Shift + End
85. To fastest the same information at the top or bottom of each page we use.
5[HGL p5ZGF ;F{YL GLR[GF EFUDF\ V[S ;ZBL DFlCTL HF[JF DF8[ VF56[ PPPPPPPPPPPPGF[ p5IF[U SZL XSLV[ KLV[P
[A]Header & footer [B] Hyperlink
[C] Field [D] None
86. Form the following which option is not present in goto dialogbox.
Goto 0FI,F[UAM1FDF\ GLR[GFDF\YL SIF[ lJS<5 GYLP
[A] Page [B] File
[C] Section [D] Bookmark
87. With the help of break option in MS-Word which can’t broken.
MS-Word GF\ break lJS<5 äFZF X]\ break Y. XSFT]\ GYLP
[A] Page [B] Section
[C] Column [D] Field
88. Which is not the type of indent?
GLR[GFDF\YL SIF[ .g0[g8GF[ 5|SFZ GYLP
[A] Left [B] Hanging
[C] First line [D] Center
89. Ctrl + Shift + P is assigned for.................
Ctrl + shift + P V[ PPPPPPPPPPP DF8[ K[P
[A] Font size on formatting tool bar [B] Print preview
[C] Print [D] Not assigned
80 B 81 A 82 B 83 B 84 C 85 A 86 B 87 D 88 D 89 A
149/273
90. To move selected text we use...............

l;,[S8 SZ[, 8[18G[ D]J SZJF DF8[ PPPPPPPPPPPPP GF[ p5IF[U YFI K[P
[A] Cut, move [B] Cut, paste
[C] Cut [D] Replace
91. Which button is not on formatting tool bar ?
GLR[GFDF\YL SI\] VF[%XG OF[ZD[8L\U 8],AFZDF\ CF[T]\ GYL m
[A] Border [B] Alignment
[C] Font color [D] Redo
92. To close the document in MS–Word which option is used ?
MS-Word DF\ 0F[SI]D[g8G[ A\W SZJF DF8[ SI]\ VF[%XG VF5JFDF\ VFJ[ K[ m
[A] File end [B] Auto stop
[C] File exit [D] File close
93. Which option is not present under tool menu?
GLR[GFDF\YL SI]\ VF[%XG 8]<; D[G]DF\ CF[T] GYL m
[A] Mail merge [B] Auto correct
[C] Language [D] Drop cap
94. To convert “The computer” into THE COMPUTER which option is used ?
“The computer” DF\YL “THE COMPUTER” DF\ AN,JF DF8[ SIF VF[%XGGF[ p5IF[U YFI K[ m
[A] Title case [B] Toggle case
[C] UPPER CASE [D] All caps
95. To convert “H2O” into “H2O” which effect is used?
“H2O” DF\YL “H2O” DF\ AN,JF DF8[ S. .O[S8GF[ p5IF[U YFI K[ m
[A] Small caps [B] Subscript
[C] Superscript [D] Lower
96. To select complete paragraph by pointing mouse pointer anywhere in the
paragraph
and ...........
DFp; 5F[.g8 J0[ ;DU| 5[Z[U|FOG[ l;,[S8 SZJF DF8[ 5[Z[U|FODF\ SF[. 56 HuIFV[ PPPPPPPPPPPSZF[P
[A] Triple click [B] Right click
[C] Ctrl+click [D] None
97. To display any option in menu bar you must .........the option.
D[G]AFZDF\ SF[. 56 lJS<5G[ HF[JF DF8[ TDFZ[ PPPPPPPPPPPlJS<5 5Z Sl,S SZJ]\ 50[P
[A] Click [B] Right click
98. To correct the spelling error that word has marked by redwavey line you can
..........the word and then choose the correct spelling from the display menu.
,F, ,F.G WZFJTF E},JF/F :5[,L\UG[ ;]WFZJF XaN 5Z PPPPPPPPPPPSZL XSF[ VG[ 5KL 0L:F%,[ D[G] DF\YL ;FRF[
:5[,L\U 5;\N SZL XSF[ KF[P
[A] Click [B] Double click
[C] Right click [D] None
99. Under which menu Page setup appears?
SIF D[G] GLR[ 5[H ;[8V5 VFJ[ K[ m
[A] Tools menu [B] File menu
[C] Slide show [D] None of the above
90 B 91 D 92 D 93 D 94 C 95 B 96 A 97 A 98 C 99 B
150/273
100. The dialog box where the words searching capabilities are used is ............
XaN XF[WJF DF8[GL 1FDTF H[DF\ ZC[,L K[ T[ PPPPPPPPP0FI,F[U AF[S; K[ P
[A] Find [B] Save
[C] Save as [D] Open
101. You can select word by..........
PPPPPPPPPPPäFZF TD[ XaN l;,[S8 SZL XSF[ KF[P
[A] Single click [B] Double click
[C] Drag [D] Ctrl+click
102. The toolbar in MS-Word............
MS-Word DF\ ZC[,F 8],AFZ PPPPPPPPPPPNXF"J[ K[P
[A] display the current time [B] display position of cell
[C] Allow to move [D] Provide shortcut for command
103. The insertion point is.............
.g;ZXG 5F[.g8 PPPPPPPPPPPPK[P
[A] The current location of text cursor [B] Where the current font
information display
[C] Where name of document display [D] Where description of button
display
104. You can change the margin by.............
DFÒ"G äFZF TD[ PPPPPPPPPPPPPP AN,L XSF[ KF[P
[A] Dragging scroll box on scroll bar
[B] Checking margin boundaries on ruler
[C] Dragging the margin boundaries on ruler
[D] All the above
105. To make the copy of current document on disk.........
RF,] 0F[SI]D[g8GL l0:S 5Z SF[5L SZJF DF8[ PPPPPPPPPPPPPJ5ZFI K[P
[A] Use save command [B] Use save as command
[C] Use copy command [D] None of the above
106. The list in bottom of the file menu...............
OF., D[G]GF V\TDF\ ZC[, ,L:8 PPPPPPPPPPPPPPK[P
[A] Display last four files you used [B] Display all opened files
[C] Allow to close file [D] None of the above
107. To reverse the effect of the last action you............
K[<,F SFI"GL V;Z OZL D[/JJF PPPPPPPPPPPPSZFI K[ P
[A] Use the cut command [B] Press del key
[C] Use undo command [D] Use arrange all
108. The window list in window menu..................
ljFg0F[ D[G]DF\ JLg0F[ ,L:8 PPPPPPPPPPP
[A] Display last four you use [B] Display all opened files
[C] Allow to close file [D] Both B & C
109. To view all document in one screen..................
V[S H :S|LGDF\ AWF\ H 0F[SI]D[g8GF jI] D[/JJF PPPPPPPPPPPPP
[A] Use view command [B] Use show command
[C] Use window command [D] Use arrange all command
100 A 101 B 102 D 103 A 104 C 105 B 106 A 107 C 108 D 109 D
151/273
110. You can use the style for............ (:8F.,GF[ p5IF[U TD[ PPPPPPPPPPPPDF8[ SZL XSF[ KF[P)
[A] Format your document [B] Save the file
[C] Delete the file [D] All the above
111. When you indent the paragraph.
HIFZ[ TD[ 5[Z[U|FOG[ .g0[g8 SZF[ tIFZ[ PPPPPPPPPPPPP YFI K[P
[A] Push the text out with respect margin [B] Move the text down by one
line
[C] Charge the margin on page [D] Move the text up by line
112. Mark the incorrect statement.
BF[8F :8[8D[g8G[ DFS" SZF[P
[A] Hyphenation can be done automatically or manually
[B] The hyphenation facility is available in the insert menu
[C] Hyphenation can affect page breaks
113. Identify the incorrect statement.
BM8F :8[8D[g8G[ VF[/BF[P
[A] Headers are the ones that are printed on the top margin of the page and
footers are printed in the bottom margin .
[B] Headers and footers normally carry information like page numbers, date,
company name etc.
[C] A single page document will not normally have the header or footer.
[D] Microsoft word will not allow you to have header and footer on a single page
document
114. Which of the following is true in relatior to ClipArt?
GLR[GFDF\YL S,L5VF8"G[ wIFGDF\ ZFBLG[ SIF[ ;\A\W ;FRF[ K[ m
[A] Powerpoint display available pictures in ClipArt
[B] You can use a tool bar button or a placeholder to insert ClipArt
[C] You can recolor ClipArt
115. In MS-Word, what combination of keys do you press to delete an entire word?
MS-Word DF\ S. SL äFZF 5]Z[5]ZF XaNG[ 0L,L8 SZL XSFI K[ m
[A] Ctrl + Del [B] Alt + Del
[C] Shift + Backspace [D] Shift + Alt +Del
116. Word document can be navigated in
J0" 0F[SI]D[g8 PPPPPPPPPPPNXF"J[ K[P
[A] Normal View [B] Print layout View
[C] Web layout View [D] All the above
117. In MS-Word, what does double clicking a word do?
MS-Word DF\ SF[. 56 XaN p5Z 0A, S,LS SZJFYL X]\ YFI K[ m
[A] It deletes the word [B] It select the word
[C] It moves a word to a new location [D] It spell-checks the word
118. The word thesaurus supports ?
J0"DF\ ZC[, ;DFGFYL" SF[G[ ;5F[8" SZ[ K[ m
[A] Synonymous [B] Antonyms
110 A 111 A 112 B 113 D 114 D 115 A 116 D 117 B 118 C
152/273
119. Which of the following is not an option of edit menu?

GLR[GFDF\YL SIF[ VF[%XG V[0L8 D[G]GF[ GYL m
[A] Cut [B] Copy [C] Page setup [D] Paste
120. Spelling check is not possible in ........ (PPPPPPPPDF\ :5[l,\U R[S XSI GYL m)
[A] Normal View [B] Out line View
[C] Print lay out view [D] None of the above
121. If you click on the undo button......... (HF[ TD[ undo A8G p5Z S,LS SZF[ TF[ PPPPP)
[A] It will remove the new text and restore the original text back
[B] It will remove the old text and remove
[C] It will remove the old text and restore the new text back
122. When you activate the spelling and grammar checker
HIFZ[ TD[ :5[,L\U VG[ U|FD6 R[S V[S8LJ[8 SZFJF[ KF[ tIFZ[ PPPPPPPPPPP
[A] It display the miss-spelled words in the document
[B] It highlights to miss-spelled words in a dialog box
[C] It allows you to either correct the miss-spelled word manually
123. Word offers certain ways by which you can move around in a document
0F[SI]D[g8DF\ D]J YJF DF8[ J0" [ PPPPPPPPPPPPPP NXF"J[ K[P
[A] by scrolling [B] by moving to a specific page
[C] both A & B above [D] None of the above
124. Using Microsoft Word’s Find and Replace feature you can ...........
Microsoft Word’s DF\ ZC[, Find VG[ Replace GF p5IF[U äFZF TD[ PPPPPPPPPPSZL XSF[ KF[ m
[A] Replace both text and formatting [B] replace text of a document only
[C] Replace formatting only [D] replace document’s name with a new name
125. In order to change the font and its size, you will..................
OF[g8 VG[ T[GL ;F.h AN,JF DF8[ TD[ PPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPSZXF[P
[A] do it via the font and font size option boxes available on the toolbar
[B] be able to perform both the activities via the font option box only
[C] be able to perform both the activities via the font option box only
126. The automatic page breaks appears as dotted lines across the document in....
PPPPPPPPDF\ V5FI[, VF[8F[D[8LS 5[S A|[S 85SF\JF/L ,F.G äFZF 0F[SI]D[g8DF\ N[BFI K[P
[A] Print layout view [B] Normal view [C] Print preview [D] None of the above
127. In Header and Footer option, one option is not available.
C[0Z VG[ O]8ZGF VF[%XGDF\ V[S VM%XG CF[T]\ GYLP
[A] Similar Header and Footer on every page
[B] A missing header on first page but subsequent pages to have a header.
[C] Different headers and footers for odd and even pages.
[D] Varying headers and footer for each paragraph of a document.
128. A vertical line in text area, where we can insert text is called.............
8[18 V[ZLIFDF\ pEL ,F.G4 HIF\ 8[18 .g;8" SZL XSFI K[ T[G[ PPPPPPPPPPPPPP SC[JFI K[P
[A] Mouse Pointer [B] Cursor
[C] Cell Pointer [D] None of the above
119 C 120D 121 A 122 D 123 C 124 A 125 A 126 B 127 D 128 B
153/273
129. .............. Types of breaks are available in MS-Word.

Word DF\ PPPPPPPPPPPPPP 5|SFZGF\ A|[S 5|F%I K[P
[A] Three [B] Four
[C] Two [D] Seven
130. By default word format your text as........ (8[18G]\ default J0" OF[ZD[8 PPPPPPP G]\ CF[I K[P)
[A] 14 Point Times New Roman [B] 12 Point Times New Roman
[C] 11 Point Times New Roman [D] None of the above
131. Word supports text effects.............
J0" GLR[GFDF\YL PPPPPPPPPPPP8[18 .O[S8 ;5F[8" SZ[ K[P
[A] 6 animations of any block of text [B] 4 animations of any block of text
[C] 8 animations of any block of text [D] None of the above
132. A header text appears on........... (C[0Z 8[18 PPPPPPPPPPPPPNXF"J[ K[P)
[A] First page of the document in bottom margin
[B] Last page of the document in top margin
[C] every page in bottom margin
133. A Word 2000 template............. (J0" 2000 8[d%,[8 PPPPPPPPPPPPPK[P)
[A] is useful when you have a document that has formatting requirements for
which no wizards are available
[B] styles that are required for a specific of document.
[C] has boilerplate text that you can modify as per you requirement
134. When you insert a table in a document...........
HIFZ[ 0F[SI]D[g8 DF\ 8[A, NFB, SZJFDF\ VFJ[ K[ tIFZ[ PPPPPPPPPPPPPPP
[A] Word outlines each cell with continuous lines so that you see the cells
when you work in the table
[B] Word outlines each cell with doted grid line so that you see the cell when
you work in the table
[C] No line is drawn
135. When we cut or copy the selected text, it is saved in memory area called.
HIFZ[ l;,[S8 SZ[, 8[18 S8 VG[ SF[5L YFI tIFZ[ H[ D[DZL DF\ ;[J YFI K[ T[G[ PPPPPPPPPPPSC[ K[P
[A] Temporary file [B] Clipart
[C] Clipboard [D] text file
136. Find command is available in.......... (Find SDFg0 PPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPDF\ HF[JF D/[ K[P)
[A] File Menu [B] Tools Menu
[C] Edit Menu [D] Format Menu
137. The document can be zoomed maximum up to.
0F[SI]D[g8G[ JW]DF\ JW] PPPPPPPPPh]D SZL XSFI K[P
[A] 100 % [B] 150 % [C] 200 % [D] 500 %
129 D 130 B 131 A 132 D 133 A 134 A 135 C 136 C 137 D

154/273
138. Identify the correct statement. (;FR]\ lJWFG VF[/BF[P)

[A] A footer is printed on first page of the document
[B] To select an entire document press Ctrl + D
[C] To open the format menu, short-cut key is Alt+O
[D] Header & Footer command is in Insert Menu
139. You make use of the thesaurus....... (TD[ PPPPPPPPPPPP;DFGFYL" XaNGF[ p5IF[U SZF[ KF[P)
[A] To add precession and variety of your writing
[B] Thesaurus provides synonyms and at times antonyms
[C] it also provides list of related words and different forms of the selected word
140. Split box is located............. (:5,L8 AF[1F PPPPPPPPPPPPP NXF"J[ K[P)
[A] Just above the left scroll arrow in the horizontal scroll bar
[B] Just above the right scroll arrow in the horizontal scroll bar
[C] Just above the up scroll arrow in the vertical scroll bar
[D] Just above the down scroll arrow in the vertical scroll bar
141. The find and replace dialog box arrows you to replace occurrences of text.
Find VG[ Replace 0FI,MU AM1FDF\ 8[18G]\ ZL%,[; PPPPPPPPPPPPPP H6FJ[ K[P
[A] One by one [B] Replace All
[C] Both a and b above the correct [D] None of the above
142. To delete the selected sentence, we can press the following press................
l;,[S8 SZ[,F JFSIG[ 0L,L8 SZJF DF8[ VF56[ GLR[GFDF\YL PPPPPPPPPPPP 5|[; SZL XSLV[ KLV[P
[A] Del [B] Backspace [C] Alt [D] Both A and B
143. When you create Auto text and Auto Correct entries, they are stored in a
template document named as ...............
HIFZ[ Auto text VG[ Autocorrect V[g8=L AGFJJFDF\ VFJ[ K[ tIFZ[ T[ 8[d%,[8 0MSI]D[g8DF\ PPPPPPPPPGFD[
:8MZ YFI K[P
[A] Normal [B] Temp Doc [C] Auto Doc [D] Store Doc
144. The difference in Auto Text and AutoCorrect is..............
Auto text VG[ Autocorrect JrR[ PPPPPPPPPPPPTOFJT K[P
[A] The way they are created and put to use
[B] In case of Auto Text, you have to type first four letters and than press
Enter, in case of Auto Correct you have to type abbreviated name and than
press spacebar than word automatically replaces the name
[C] Both A and B above are correct
[D] None of the above is correct
145. The content of the clip board remain the same until.............
S,L5 AM0" p5Z ZC[,L DFlCTL PPPPPPPPPPPPP;]WL AN,X[ GCLP
[A] You cut other text [B] You shot down computer
[C] You copy other text [D] All of the above
146. You can change the margins in Word by...........
J0"DF\ PPPPPPPPPPPäFZF CF\;LIM AN,L XSFI K[P
[A] Using the ruler or [B] Using the page setup
138 C 139 D 140 D 141 C 142 D 143 A 144 C 145 D 146 C
155/273
147. Microsoft Word’s Word Count feature.

Microsoft Word’s DF\ Word Count PPPPPPPPPNXF"J[ K[P
[A] Provides you information about the number of words included in a document
[B] especially useful when you require limiting text to a limited number of
words
[C] display the number of pages, characters, paragraphs and lines included in
the document
148. Identify the incorrect statement. (BM8]\ VM%XG VM/BMP)
[A] Headers are printed on the top margin of the page and footer are printed
the bottom of the page
[B] Headers and footer normally carry information like page numbers, dates
etc
[C] A single page document will have the header or footer, You will use them
in a multi-page document
[D] Word will not allow you to have header and footer on a single page
document
149. You will probably use Borders where.(TD[ AM0"ZGM RMSS; p5IMU tIF\ SZL XSM KM HIF\ ......)
......
[A] You wish to add emphasis to particular paragraphs
[B] You wish to draw lines above and bellow or to left and right of paragraphs.
[C] You wish to surround the paragraphs with different styles of boxes
150. Microsoft Word is a .................king of software.
DF.S|M;MO8 J0" V[ PPPPPPPPPPPP5|SFZGM ;MO8J[Z K[P
[A] Electronics Spreadsheet [B] Presentation
[C] RDBMS [D] Word Processor
151. Drop Caps applied to. (Drop Caps PPPPPPPPPDF\ VF5JFDF\ VFJ[ K[P)
[A] Characters [B] Sentences
[C] Words [D] None of the above
152. Word supports. (J0" PPPPPPPPPP;5M8" SZ[ K[P)
[A] Automatic page breaks [B] Manual page breaks
[C] Both A and B [D] None of the above
153. Word automatically places a default aligned tab stop at every.............
J0"VF5D[/[ 8[AGM :8M5 PPPPPPPPPPPPPPV\TG[ VF5[ K[P
[A] 0.2” [B] 0.3” [C] 0.4” [D] 0.5”
154. Where does a header appear in a document?
0MSI]D[g8DF\ C[0Z SIF\ VF5JFDF\ VFJ[ K[ m
[A] At the top of every page [B] At the bottom of every page
[C] Only on the first page [D] Only on the last page
155. Section break in word can be only at............ (J0"DF\ ;[SXG A|[S OS8 SIFZ[ SZL XSFI K[ m)
[A] Next page [B] Continues
[C] Even and odd page [D] All of the above
147 C 148 D 149 D 150 D 151 A 152 C 153 D 154 A 155 D
156/273
156. The paper orientation for printing is................

l5|g8L\U DF8[ 5[5ZGM N[BFJ PPPPPPPPPPCMI K[P
[A] Portrait [B] Landscape
[C] either A or B [D] None of the above
157. To open a file from our folder, the shot-cut key is.
VF56F OM<0ZDF\YL OF., VM5G SZJF DF8[GL XM8"S8 SL S. K[ m
[A] Ctrl+ P [B] Ctrl+ N
[C] Ctrl+ F [D] Ctrl+ O
158. To align the selected paragraph to both left and right use............
l;,[S8 SZ[,F 5[Z[U|FOG[ 0FAL VG[ HD6L AFH] V,F.G SZJF PPPPPPPPPPPPPP
[A] Left Alignment [B] Right Alignment
[C] Center Alignment [D] None of the above
159. The document is zoomed minimum up to...............
0MSI]D[g8DF\ VMKFDF\VMK]\ PPPPPPPPPPPh]D SZL XSFI K[P
[A] 5 % [B] 10 % [C] 50 % [D] 100 %
160. To start Spelling & Grammar option press................
Spelling & Grammar X~ SZJF DF8[ PPPPPPPPPPPPPPP5|[; SZF[P
[A] F5 [B] F6
[C] F7 [D] F8
161. Word document templates have.
J0" 0MSI]D[g8 8[d%,[8Ÿ;G[ PPPPPPPPPPPPPCMI K[P
[A] .doc extension [B] .dot extension
[C] .doc extension [D] .tmp extension
162. The short-cut key Redoing an action is......................
ZL0] SZJF DF8[GL XM8"S8 SL PPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPK[P
[A] Ctrl + A [B] Ctrl + X
[C] Ctrl + Y [D] Ctrl + Z
163. Spelling & Grammar option is available in..............
Spelling & Grammar VM%XG PPPPPPPPPPPPPDF\ CMI K[P
[A] Format Menu [B] Insert Menu
[C] View Menu [D] Tools Menu
164. The default view of Document is...........
0MSI]D[g8GM l0OM<8 jI] PPPPPPPPPPPPPK[P
[A] Normal [B] Print layout
[C] Web layout [D] Outline
165. While using the Mail Merge Helper, you click on the active window button.This
selection creates .............
D[.,DH" C[<5ZGF\ p5IF[U NZdIFG V[lS8J lJg0M p5Z S,LS SZJFDF\ VFJ[ TM PPPPPPPPPPPPPPP
[A] a master document in the currently active document window.
[B] open a new document window
[C] your document gets active and automatically attaches to a data source.
166. The command to insert a header or footer is located on which menu?
C[0Z VG[ O]8Z NFB, SZJF DF8[GM SDFg0 SIF D[G]DF CMI K[ m
[A] Edit [B] View
[C] Format [D] Insert
156C 157D 158D 159B 160C 161B 162C 163D 164B 165C 166B
157/273
167. You can create a template...... (TD[ PPPPPPPPPP8[d5,[8 AGFJL XSM KM P)

[A] based on an exiting document [B] based on an exiting template
[C] from scratch [D] All the above
168. You can use other exiting data sources with your master documents
provided.......
TDFZF DF:8Z N:TFJ[HMV[ 5]ZF 5F0[,F PPPPPPPPP;FY[ TD[ ALHF JWFZFGF :+MGM p5IF[U SZL XSF[ KF[P
[A] The data source contains the same field names, which mar or may not in
the master document
[B] The data source contains different field names found in master document
[C] The data source contains different field names than those in the master
document
169. Create from letters using Mail Merge involves............
OMD" ,[8Z äFZF T{IFZ SZJFDF\ VFJ[, D[., DH" PPPPPPPPP;F\S/[ K[P
[A] Creating the main document and data source
[B] Creating the main document
[C] Inserting merged fields in the main document and merging the main
document withdata source
[D] Both B and C
170. In which menu latter Wizard command appear.(,[8Z lJhF0"SDFg0 SIF D[G]DF\ CMI K[P)
[A] format [B] tool [C] insert [D] table
171. The sheet tab of the latter wizard are. ( ,[8Z lJhF0"G]\ XL8 8[A PPPPPPPPPCMI K[P)
[A] latter format [B] recipient info [C] both A and B [D] None
172. The formatting toolbar is.............. (OMZD[8L\U 8],AFZ PPPPPPPPPPPK[P)
[A] is placed just below the standard Toolbar
[B] is used to apply common formats to the Worksheet test selection, like
making it bold, italics, underlined or changing the font style and size
[C] both A and B
173. A page break is used to do what ? (5[HA|[SGF[ p5IF[U XF DF8[ SZJFDF\ VFJ[ K[ m)
[A] Create a new page at that insertion point
[B] Create a new page at that can not deleted
[C] Create a new page that can not be deleted
[D] Create a blank page at the top of the document
174. Formatting toolbar has lot of buttons that you can quickly apply to numerical
data on the worksheet. these buttons are .............
..K[
.. P
OMD["8L\U 8],AFZ p5Z 36F A8G VFJ[,F CMI K[4B]A h05YL VF\S0FSLI 0[8FG[ JS"XL8DF\ ZH] SZ[[ K[4VF A8G..
[A] Currency Style [B] Percent Style [C] Comma Style [D] All of the above
175. A table is the grid of Rows and Columns contain box of.
8[A,DF\ ZM VG[ SM,DG]\ AM1F PPPPPPPPPPPPWZFJ[ K[P
[A] Text or graphics [B] Only text
[C] Only graphics [D] None of the above
167 D 168 D 169 D 170 B 171 C 172 C 173 A 174 D 175 A
158/273
176. A data source is made up of (0[8F ;M;" PPPPPPPPPPPPGF AG[,F CMI K[P)
[A] The text that changes with each version of a merged document
[B] the graphics that change with each version of the merged document
[C] both text and graphics that change with each version of a merged
document
177. Make the most appropriate option statement.
;F{YL DCtJGM p5IMGL AGFJM / l;,[S8 SZMP
[A] Mail Merge can be used to print the form letters
[B] Mail Merge can be used to print the mailing labels
[C] Mail Merge can be used to print envelopes
178. One of the following statements is not true (GLR[GFDF\YL SI]\ V[S JFSI ;FR]\ GYLP)
[A] Word allows you to use the formula command to perform simple
calculation in theTable
[B] The simple calculation in the table is that of addition, subtraction,
Multiplication and Division
[C] =SUM (above) formula mean that word would sum the values all cell
above the Current cell
[D] Word can not do simple calculation for this purpose you in would use
Excel
179. Cells delete option in the table that can be.
8[A,DF\ ZC[, ;[, 0L,L8 SZJFGF\ VM%XG PPPPPPPPP äFZF SZL XSFI K[P
[A] Shift Cell left [B] shift Cells up
[C] Delete Entire Row or Column [D] All of the above
180. Instant understanding are made in word by..................
J0" äFZF TtJlZT ;DH]TL DF8[ PPPPPPPPPPPPPlJS<5 K[P
[A] Graphical representation [B] text information
[C] Table information [D] None of the above
181. The shortcut key used for cutting selected text or object is.............
SM. 8[18 S[ VMaH[S8G[ S8 SZJF DF8[GL XM8"S8 SL PPPPPPPPPPP K[P
[A] Ctrl + C [B] Ctrl + X
[C] Ctrl + V [D] Ctrl + Z
182. The purpose of the Undo is to......... (Vg0] GM C[T] PPPPPPPPPPK[P)
[A] Remove the existing text and restore the pre-edited text permanently
[B] Restore both the existing text and the previous one
[C] Restore the deleted file from the disk
183. In word in you will press a Tab within a Table cell move you to?
J0"DF\ HIFZ[ TD[ 8[A SL 5|[; SZM KM4 tIFZ[ 8[A,DF\ SIF ;[, 5Z D]J Y. HFI K[ m
[A] Next Row [B] Next Column
[C] Next Cell [D] Next Table
184. In word, split Cell command appear in ............Menu.
J0"DF\ :%,L8 ;[, SDFg0 PPPPPPPPPPPD[G]DF\ NXF"JFI K[P
[A] Table [B] Format [C] Insert [D] Tools
176 A 177 D 178 D 179 D 180 A 181 B 182 A 183 C 184 A
159/273
185. To make a field name in the data source one the following is not permitted?
0[8F ;M;"DF\ OL<0 AGFJJF DF8[ GLR[GFDF\YL SI]\ V[S XSI GYL m
[A] Letters [B] Number
[C] Underscore characters [D] Spaces
186. ..............is a feature that automatically corrects common typing mistakes.
PPPPPPPPPPP V[J]\ ,1F6 K[ S[ H[ ;FDFgI 8F.5L\U E},G[ VF5D[/[ ;]WFZ[ K[P
[A] Auto Text [B] Auto Fill
[C] Spelling [D] Auto correct
187. When you select a color for black and white printer, you have to select following
option?
HIFZ[ TD[ a,[S V[g0 jCF.8 l5|g8Z DF8[ S,Z 5;\N SZM KM4 tYFZ[ GLR[GFDF\YL SIM VM%XG l;,[S8 SZXM m
[A] Automatic [B] Default
[C] A and B [D] None of the above
188. After a Table has been created, which of the following operation can not be
Perform?
8[A, AGL UIF AFN GLR[GFDF\YL SIM VM%XG SZL XSFTM GYL m
[A] Insert Row in Table [B] Delete and Insert Columns
[C] Split the Table into Two Table [D] None of the above
189. The magnifier button is available on the............ (D[uGLOFIZ A8G PPPPPPPPPp5Z CMI K[P)
[A] Print preview Toolbar [B] Standard Toolbar
[C] Formatting Toolbar [D] None of the above
190. Which of one of the following is not one of the four basic steps in creating a
document that merges data from a database?
AGFJ[, 0MSI]D[g8DF\ 0[8FA[h DF\YL DH" YI[,F 0[8F GLR[GF SIF RFZ :8[5DF\YL GYL m
[A] open new document in word and start the mail merge procedure.
[B] Link the document to a data source
[C] Select Auto fields fill to place the fields in the Word document
[D] Preview and print the form letters
191. The shortcut key used for copying selected text or object..........
l;,[S8 SZ[, 8[18 S[ VMaH[S8 SM5L SZJF DF8[GL XM8"S8 SL PPPPPPPPPP K[P
[A] Ctrl + X [B] Ctrl + V
[C] Ctrl + C [D] Ctrl + D
192. In which menu Spelling command appears?
SIF D[G]DF\ :5[,L\U SDFg0 CMI K[ m
[A] Tools [B] Windows
[C] Edit [D] None of the above
193. Which of the following is true in relation to Clip Art?
S,L5 VF8"G[ wIFGDF\ ZFBLG[ GLR[GFDF\YL SIF[ ;\A\W ;FRM K[ m
[A] Power point display available pictures in the clip Gallery
[B] You can use a toolbar button or a place holder to insert clip art
[C] You can recolor Clip Art
194. Page setup dialog box contains ................Tab(s)
5[H;[8V5 0FI,MU AM1FG[ PPPPPPPPPPPPPPP8[A CMI K[ P
[A] Paper [B] Layout
[C] Margins [D] All of the above
185 D 186 D 187 C 188 D 189 A 190 C 191 C 192 A 193 D 194 D
160/273
195. Shortcut key for hyperlink is..............

CF.5Z,L\S DF8[GL XM8"S8 SL PPPPPPPPPPPPPP K[P
[A] Ctrl + K [B] Alt + K
[C] Shift + K [D] All of the above
196. Which of the following in not an option of edit menu?
GLR[GFDF\YL V[0L8 D[G]GM SIM VM%XG GYL m
[A] Cut [B] Clear
[C] Copy [D] Page setup
197. Graphics objects can be inserted into word through...........
J0"DF\ U|FlOS; VMaH[S8 PPPPPPPPPPPPPäFZF NFB, SZL XSLV[ KLV[P
[A] Clip Art [B] From file
[C] Chart [D] All of the above
198. To Insert a picture from a file, select............
OF.,DF\YL l5SRZ pD[ZJF PPPPPPPPPPPP l;,[S8 SZMP
[A] Insert + Picture [B] Insert + Picture + From File
199. To select non-adjcent range, press.
GMG V[0H;[g8 Z[gH l;,[S8 SZJF PPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPP5|[; SZMP
[A] Ctrl key [B] Shift key
[C] Alt key [D] Ctrl + Shift key
200. In which menu Change case command appears?
SIF D[G]DF\ R[gH S[; SDFg0 CMI K[P
[A] Insert [B] Slide show
[C] Format [D] None of the above
201. Alignment buttons are available on the ............. toolbar.
V,F.GD[g8 A8G PPPPPPPPPPPPPPP 8],AFZ 5Z CMI K[ P
[A] Status bar [B] Formatting Toolbar
[C] Standard Toolbar [D] None of the above
202. Page break command on the insert menu will result in the insertion of page
break in word
.g;"8D[G]GM 5[.H A|[S SDFg0G]\ 5lZ6FD J0"DF\ S[JF 5[.H A|[SDF\ D[/JL XSFI K[P
[A] Above the selected row [B] bellow the selected row
[C] middle of the selected row [D] None of the above
203. To change the case of letters, press the keys?
XaNG[ AN,JF DF8[ S. SL 5|[; SZJFDF\ VFJ[ K[ m
[A] Shift + F3 [B] Ctrl + C
[C] Ctrl + X [D] None of the above
204. Web page preview option appears in..................
J[A 5[H 5|LjI]\ VM%XG PPPPPPPPPPP CMI K[P
[A] File menu [B] Print Preview windows
[C] Save as web page dialog box [D] None of the above
205. In which menu Header & Footer command appears?
SIF D[G]DF\ C[0Z V[G[ O]8Z SDFg0 CMI K[ m
[A] Format [B] Insert
[C] View [D] Edit
195A 196D 197D 198B 199A 200C 201B 202B 203A 204A 205C
161/273
206. To select a line............(,F.G l;,[S8 SZJF DF8[ PPPPPPPPPPPPf

[A] Position the arrow pointer in selection bar adjacent to the line and click the
left mouse once
[B] Position the arrow pointer in the selection bar adjacent to the line and click
the left mouse button twice.
[C] Position the arrow pointer in the selection bar adjacent to the line and click
the left mouse button thrice
207. The Microsoft word gets loaded, the opening screen display a document
named.......
HIFZ[ Microsoft Word RF,] CMI tIFZ[ X~VFTGL :S|LGDF\ 0MSI]D[g8DF\ PPPPPPPPPPPNXF"J[, CMI K[P
[A] Document 1 [B] Document
[C] Doc 1 [D] No document name is displayed
208. What is the first step in MS-Word in changing line spacing?
,F.G :5[;L\U AN,JF DF8[ MS-Word DF\ ;F{YL 5C[,]\ :8[5 SI]\ K[ m
[A] To open the format
[B] To click the line Spacing button
[C] To select the paragraph you want to change
[D] To open the paragraph menu
209. The Save As Dialog box can be used.................
Save As 0FI,MU AM1F GM p5IMU PPPPPPPPPPPPPPPP DF8[ SZL XSFI K[P
[A] For saving the file for the first time
[B] To save file by some altemative name
[C] To save file in a format other than the word
210. Mark the most appropriate option statement.
;F{YL ;FRF lJS<5G[ DFS" SZMP
[A] Mail Merge can be used to point the form letters.
[B] Mail Merge can be used to print the form letters and mailing labels.
[C] Mail Merge can be used to print envelopes.
211. What is the function of the text justification buttons the tool bar?
Text justification DF8[ 8],AFZ p5Z S[JF A8G CMI K[P
[A] To display a drop-down list of justification option
[B] To display the four option for aligning text
[C] To open the justification option dialog box
[D] To center the current line
212. You specify the save details of your file in the new location.
TDFZL OF.,DF\ ZC[,L DFlCTLG[ VgI 5FY p5Z ;[[J SZJF DF8[ PPPPPPPPPPPPP GM p5IMU YFI K[P
[A] Save As.....dialog box [B] Save the file As ....dialog box
[C] File save dialog box [D] None of the above
213. You can select a Table Auto Format in Word by?
J0"DF\ TD[ Table Auto Format X[GF äFZF SZL XSM KM m
[A] Table + Table Auto Format [B] table + Table+ Auto Format
[C] Table + Auto Format [D] All of the above
206 A 207 A 208 A 209 D 210 D 211 A 212 A 213 A
162/273
214. Which of the following companies developed MS Office 2000?

GLR[GFDF\YL S. S\5GLV[ VMOL; Z___ T{IFZ SZ[, K[ m
[A] Microsoft [B] Novell
[C] Corel [D] Lotus
215. Outlook Express is a............ (VFp8,]S V[S;5|[; V[ PPPPPPPPPPPPP K[P)
[A] E-Mail client [B] Scheduler
[C] Address Book [D] All of above
216. Which menu in MS-Word can be used to change page size & typeface?
J0"DF\ 5[5Z ;F.h VG[ 8F.5 AN,JF SIF D[G]GM p5IMU YFI K[ m
[A] View [B] Tools
[C] File & Page setup [D] Data
217. Which bar is usually located below that Title Bar that provides categorized
options?
;FDFgI ZLT[ 8F.8,AFZGL GLR[ SI] 8],AFZ VFJ[,]\ CMI K[4 H[ JUL"S°T SZ[,F lJS<5M NXF"J[ K[m
[A] Menu bar [B] Status bar
[C] Toolbar [D] None
218. Which style changes the characters in slant formate?
S. :8F.,GL DNNYL V1FZ +F;F HMJF D/[ K[m
[A] Bold [B] Italic
[C] Underline [C] None
219. Which key is used to enter data in capital without pressing Shift key?
S. SLGM p5YMU XLO8 SL 5[|; SIF" JUZ S[5L8, ,BJF DF8[ YFI K[m
[A] Tab [B] Caps lock
[C] Window [D] None
220. To copy selected text you can press.............
l;,[S8 SZ[,F 8[S:8G[ SM5L SZJF DF8[ PPPPPPPPPPP 5|[; SZMP
[A] Ctrl +X [B] Ctrl + V
[C] Ctrl + E [D] Ctrl + C
221. If you want to tack any sentence from one place to another,you can use ....
HM TD[ TD[ SM. JFSIG[ V[S HuIFV[ YL AL\Ò HuIFV[ D]SJF DF\UTF CMJ TM TD[ PPPPPPP GM p5IMU SZL XSMP
[A] Copy + Paste [B] Cut + Paste
[C] Only Cut [D] Only Paste
222. To create a new blank document ...................Button s used.
GJ]\ 0MSI]D[g8 AGFJJF PPPPPPPPPPPPP A8G p5IMUL K[P
[A] Blank Document [B] Open Document
[C] Save Document [C] Print Document
223. If we want to see text on the screen but when the document will be print by which
effect we can bot print the non printable text.........
HM SM. ,BF6 :S|LG 5Z HMJ]\ CMI 56 K5FI tIFZ[ KF5J]\ G CMI tIFZ[ T[ ,BF6G[ PPPPPPPPPPPPP .O[S8 VF5JFDF\
VFJ[ K[P
[A] Outline [B] No print
[C] Hidden [D] Engrave
224. Generally word leaves ..............Space as a left margin.
Word ;FDFgI ZLT[ left DFÒ"G TZLS[ PPPPPPPPPPPP HuIF KM0[ K[P
[A] 1’ [B] 1”
[C] 1.25’ [D] 1.25”
214A 215D 216C 217A 218B 219B 220D 221B 222A 223B 224D
163/273
225. ..........function is used to sum of number in cell of the Table

Table GF cell GL ;\bIFGM ;ZJF/M SZJF PPPPPPPPPPO\SXGGM p5IMU YFI K[P
[A] Total [B] Add
[C] Sum [D] Count
226. ............. is used to give information of graph creating.
U|FO AGFJJF DF8[GL lJUTM VF5JF PPPPPPPP GM p5IMU YFI K[P
[A] Data Table [B] Data Provider
[C] Data sheet [D] Value Table
227. Which of the following is not a part of a standard office suite?
GLR[GFDF\YL SIM EFU :8Fg00" VMOL; DF8[ GYL m
[A] Word Processor [B] Data base
[C] Image Editor [D] File Manager
228. ............ is an animated character that gives help in MS-Office.
PPPPPPPPPPPPPPV[ MS-Office GM V[GLD[8[0 lJS<5 K[ H[ DNN VF5[ K[P
[A] Office Worker [B] Comic Assistant
[C] Office Assistant [D] None of the above
229. Which of these toolbars allows changing of fonts and their sizes?
VF 8],AFZDF\YL SI] 8],AFZ VG[ T[GL ;F.h AN,JF DF8[ J5ZFI K[ m
[C] Print preview [D] None of these
230. Which of the following is the latest version of Microsoft Word?
GLR[GFDF\YL SI]\ J0"G]\ TFH[TZG]\ Jh"G K[ P
[A] Word 97 [B] Word 98
[C] Word ME [D] Word XP
231. To move block of the data from one page to another page what operating will
do?
V[S 5[HDF\YL ALHF 5[HDF\ DFlCTLGM a,MS O[ZJJF DF8[ X]\ SZJ]\ HM.V[ m
[A] Cut & Paste [B] Copy & Paste
[C] Paste & Copy [D] Paste & Cut
232. Which of the following you can use if you want to give the name of the file and
provide the location?
HM SM. OF.,G]\ GFD VG[ T[G]\ ,MS[XG HF6J]\ CMI TM GLR[GFDF\YL TD[ SIF VM%XGGM p5IMU SZL XSM KM m
[A] Save [B] Save As
[C] Print [D] None
233. Word 2000 is .............Type programs.
Word 2000 PPPPPPPPPP5|SFZGM 5|MU|FD K[P
[A] Spreadsheet [B] Word Processing
[C] Graphics [D] Database Management
234. ............. of the following tool menu start itself.
GLR[GFDF\YL PPPPPPPPPPPPPtool D[G]\ VF5D[/[ X~ YFI K[ P
[A] Standard [B] Mail Merge
[C] Picture [D] All
235. Tab settings of text can be done with .............Types.
,BF6DF\ Tab setting PPPPPPPPPP ZLT[ Y. XS[ K[P
[A] One [B] Three [C] Two [D] Four
225C 226C 227D 228C 229B 230D 231A 232B 233B 234A 235C
164/273
236. The option of header & Footer are got from ............Menu.
Header & Footer GM lJS<5 PPPPPPPPPPP D[G]DF\YL D/[ K[P
[A] Format [B] File
[C] View [D] Header & Footer
237. If we arrange the picture besides the text and text wrapped then is the process of
removing this problem............
text HM SM. GL 5F;[ l5SRZ UM9JTF\ ,BF6 wrap Y. HFI TM T[ D]xS[,L N]Z SZJFGL 5|lS|IF PPPPPPPPPPP K[P
[A] Format-Arrange-Picture [B] Format-Paragraph
[C] View-Picture-Wrap [D] Format-Picture-Layout
238. Generally word is attribute Auto shape in .............Catagaries.
word ;FDFgI ZLT[ Auto shape G[ PPPPPPPPPPPPPS[8[UZLDF\ JC[\R[\ K[P
[A] 7 [B] 6 [C] 8 [D] 5
239. MS-Office provides help in many ways. Which of these are more closer to the
answer?
VMOL; 36F 5|SFZ[ DNN 5]ZL 5F0[ K[4VFDF\YL SIM HJFA JW] GÒS K[ m
[A] What is this [B] Office Assistant
[C] Help menu [D] All of the above
240. Which of the following are valid Min & Max Zoom sizes in MS-Office?
VMOL;DF\ GLR[GDF\YL S. VMKFDF\ VMKL VG[ JWFZ[DF\ JWFZ[ h]D ;F.h DFgI K[ m
[A] 10,00 [B] 20,250
[C] 10,500 [D] 10,1000
241. Which of the following is not a valid version of Microsoft Word?
GLR[GFDF\YL SI]\ V[DPV[;P VMOL;G]\ DFgI Jh"G GYL m
[A] Office 4 [B] Office 97
[C] Office 98 [D] Office 2000
242. If you want to make an invitation card that contains pictures, various attractive
colors and also want to print this document you use.
HM TDFZ[ SM. .gJL8[XG SF0" S[ H[DF\ lR+4 H]NF H]NF S\.S SF0"GL l5|g8 HM.TL CMI TM TD[ PPPPPPPPPp5IMU SZL XSM
KMP
[A] Spread sheet [B] Word Processor
[C] DOS [D] Power Point
243. If you want to delete a character from right side you need...........
HD6L AFH[YL SM. V1FZ 0L,L8 SZJM CMI TM TD[ PPPPPPPPPP SZL XSM KMP
[A] Backspace [B] Delete [C] Spacebar [D] Insert key
244. We can see the name of running program and file’s name on .............Bar.
X~ SZ[, 5|MU|FDG]\ T[DH OF.,G]\ GFD PPPPPPPPPP AFZ 5ZYL HM. XSFI K[P
[A] Menu [B] Title
[C] Standard toolbar [D] Formatting toolbar
245. Print preview button is situated on toolbar.
Print preview G]\ A8G PPPPPPPPPPP 8],AFZ 5Z VFJ[,]\ CMI K[P
[A] Status [B] Formatting [C] Title [D] Standard
246. To open a symbol menu ............. menu is used.
Symbol D[G]\ SFIF"lgJT SZJF PPPPPPPPPPP D[G] p5IMUDF\ ,[JFI K[P
[A] View [B] Symbols
[C] Insert [D] Print
236C 237D 238C 239B 240C 241A 242B 243B 244B 245D 246C
165/273
247. To change the size of the paper ............. Option is selected.

5[5Z ;F.h AN,JF DF8[ SIM lJS<5 5;\N SZJFDF\ VFJ[ K[P
[A] File-Page Setup [B] File-Paper-legal
[C] File-Paper-Size [D] File-Change-Size
248. To changes which toolbar are want to see in application choose ?
V[%,LS[XGDF\ SM. O[ZOFZ SZJF DF8[ H~ZL 8],AFZ SIF\ HMJF D/[ K[ m
[A] File [B] Tool
[C] View [D] Edit
249. In which option used to open paragraph.
5[Z[U|FO 0FI,MU AM1F BM,JF DF8[ PPPPPPPPPPP lJS<5 5;\N SZJFDF\ VFJ[ K[P
[A] File-Paragraph [B] Format-Paragraph
[C] View-Paragraph [D] Table-Paragraph
250. Which type of files can not be navigated using Clip Art browser ?
S,L5 VF8" A|FphZGM p5IMU SZLG[ SIF 5|SFZGL OF.,G[ G[JLU|[8[0 SZL XSFTL GYL m
[A] AVI [B] BMP
[C] WAV [D] Mp3
251. Which option in the pull-down menu is used to close a file in MS-Word ?
V[D V[; VMOL;GF OF., D[G]GF 5], 0FpG D[G]GF\ SIF lJS<5 äFZF OF., A\W SZL XSFI K[ m
[A] New [B] Quit
[C] Close [D] Exit
252. Generally to open ............... Menu in word the shortcut key is.
OF., D[G] BM,JF PPPPPPPPPPPP SL GM p5IMU 56 Y. XS[ K[P
[A] Alt – K [B] Alt – O
[C] Alt – X [D] Alt – F
253. We can know the number of page by ................ bar.
0MSI]D[g8DF\ S], S[8,F 5FGF\ K[ T[ SIF AFZ 5ZYL HF6L XSFI K[P
[A] Menu [B] Title
[C] Status [D] Formatting Toolbar
254. Generally we can see green zigzag line under the word which has
.......... Error.
;FDFgI ZLT[ PPPPPPPPPPPPPP E], CMI tIF\ ,L,F Z\UGL JF\SL R]\SL ,F.G N[BFI K[P
[A] Grammatical [B] Format
[C] Spelling [D] Manually
255. Generally word arrange the tab ...............Distance.
;FDFgI ZLT[ word NZ PPPPPPPPPPPPPPP GF V\TZ[ tab UM9J[ K[P
[A] 1’ [B] 0.5”
[C] 0.5’ [D] 1”
256. ................ Menu is used to create envelops.
Envelops T{IFZ SZJF DF8[ PPPPPPPPPPPPP D[G]GM p5IMU YFI K[P
[A] File [B] Envelop
[C] Tools [D] Insert
247 A 248 C 249 B 250 D 251 C 252 D 253 C 254 A 255 B 256 C
166/273
MICROSOFT EXCEL
1. MS - Excel is............
MS – Excel PPPPPPPPPP K[P
[A] Application Software [B] Programming language
[C] System Software [D] None of the above
2. File in Excel is stored with extension................
V[S;[,DF\ OF.,PPPPPPPPPP GF V[S;8[gxFgFYL :8MZ YFI K[P
[A] .exi [B] .xls
[C] .xci [D] .exe
3. The default file name in MS-Excel file is?
MS – Excel OF.,G]\ 0LOM<8 OF., GFD SI]\ K[ m
[A] Book [B] Workbook
[C] Book 1 [D] None
4. To open a new blank work book……….
GJL a,[gS JS"A]SG[ BM,JF PPPPPPPPPPP J5ZFI K[P
[A] New button [B] File open
[C] File blank [D] None
5. Microsoft Excel is……… Kind of software.
MS – Excel PPPPPPPPPP 5|SFZGM ;MO8J[Z K[P
[A] Word Processor [B] Account Package
[C] Electronic Spreadsheet [D] Database Management System
6. The file extension of Excel Workbook is………
V[S;[,GL JS"A]S G]\ V[S;8[gxFgF PPPPPPPPPPP K[P
[A] .XSL [B] .EXL
[C] .XXL [D] .XLS
7. Which application is most suited for a bar chart of an expenditure
Statement?
V[S;5[g0LRZ lJWFGDF\ AFZ RF8" DF8[ S. V[%,LS[XG JWFZ[ IMuI K[ m
[A] Word processor [B] Spread sheet
[C] Database [D] None
8. Getting data from a cell located in a different sheet is called ...........
H]NL H]NL JS"XL8DF\ ZC[,F V[S H ;[,DF\YL D/TF 0[8FG[ PPPPPPPPPPP SC[JFI K[P
[A] Accessing [B] Referencing
[C] Updating [D] Functioning
9. You can type ‘=6-5+3^4’ in worksheet the symbol ^ indicates.
JS"XL8DF\ TD[ ‘=6-5+3^4’ 8F.5 SZL XSM KM T[DF\ ^ lRgCŸ PPPPPPPPP G]\ ;]RG SZ[ K[P
[A] Exponential [B] Multiplication
[D] Division [D] Square
10. In MS – Excel Total No of Columns are.
MS – Excel DF\ SM,DGL ;\bIF PPPPPPPPP K[P
[A] 655533 [B] 256
[C] 255 [D] 65536
1. A 2. B 3. C 4. A 5. C 6. D 7. B 8. B 9. A 10. B
167/273
11. In MS – Excel general alignment means………..

MS – Excel DF\ HGZ, V,F.D[g8 V[8,[PPPPPPPPPPPP
[A] Text goes to right & number to left
[B] Number goes to right & text to left
[C] Both text & number goes to right
[D] Both number & text go left
12. In MS – Excel we can change the name of worksheet by.
MS – Excel DF\ VF56[ JS"XL8G] GFDPPPPPPPPP äFZF AN,L XSLV[ KLV[P
[A] Double click on sheet lable [B] Format sheet renamed
[C] Both A & B [D] Edit Sheet Rename
13. To count the number of cells having data the function used is……
0[8F WZFJTF ;[,GL U6TZL SZJF DF8[ PPPPPPPPPP O\SXG J5ZFI K[P
[A] = Count () [B] = Counta ()
[C] = Counts () [D] None
14. Set print area option is allows us to……..
Set print area GFDGM lJS<5 VF56G[PPPPPPPP SZJF N[ K[P
[A] Set print area [B] Modify print area
[C] Cut Print area [D] Move print area
15. In MS – Excel a worksheet cell A2 and A3 contain 10,20 respectively than
Using auto fill handle the cell A5 will contain.
MS – Excel GL JS"XL8DF\ A2 VG[ A3 DF\ !_ VG[ Z_ CMI TM VM8MOL, äFZF A5 DF\ PPPPPPPP CX[P
[A] 40 [B] 50 [C] 30 [D] 60
16. A bar that displays the content and formula in the active cell in called as.
SFIF"lgJT YI[, ;[, DF\GL OMdI]",F VG[ Sg8[g8G[ NXF"JTL Bar G[ PPPPPPPP TZLS[ VM/BJFDF\ VFJ[ K[P
[A] Formula [B] Status
[C] Menu [D] Tool
17. The paste icon will not be active unless and until………. Or……… the
Selected cell from active cell.
HM VG[ HIF\ ;]WL PPPPPPPP VYJFPPPPPPPPP V[S8LJ ;[,DF\YL l;,[S8 SZJFDF\ GlC VFJ[ TM VG[ tIF\ ;]WL
5[:8 VF.SMG V[S8LJ YX[ GlCP
[A] Open, Save [B] Save, Close
[C] Cut, Copy [D] None
18. ………. area is collection of different elements like cells, gridlines, row &
Columns heading scroll bar & sheet tab.
PPPPPV[ZLIF V[ H]NFvH]NF 5|SFZGF 38SM H[JF S[ ;[,4 U|L0,F.g;4 ZM4 SM,D4 C[0L\U4 :S|M,AFZ VG[ ;L8 8[A K[[P
[A] Workbook [B] Worksheet
[C] Ms Excel [D] Sheet
19. Using mouse you move around a worksheet quickly using the?
DFp;GF p5IMU äFZF JS"XL8GL VF;5F; TD[ PPPPPPP GF p5IMU äFZF h05YL D]J SZL XSM KMm
[A] Status bar [B] Tab scrolling
[C] Tab split [D] Scrolling
20. Which is correct formula for adding cells B4 and F7 ?
B4 VG[ B7 ;[,GM ;ZJF/M SZJF DF8[GL S. ;FRL 5wWlT K[P
[A] B4*F7 [B] =B4+F7
[C] B4+F7= [D] None
11. B 12. C 13. A 14. A 15. A 16. A 17. C 18. B 19. D 20. B
168/273
21. The alignment of cells in a excel workbook can be done by using the Menu.
V[S;[,GF JS"A]SGF\ ;[<;G] V,F.D[g8PPPPPPPPP D[G]YL SZL XSFI K[P
[A] Format [B] File
[C] Tools [D] None
22. Which feature in MS Excel will you use to enter day in increasing order in
Adjacent cell when one is typed on first cell?
V[S;[,DF\ HIFZ[ 5C[,F ;[,DF\ 8F.5 SZ[, CMI tIFZ[ SIF lJS<5 äFZF R0TF S|DDF\ lNJ; NFB, SZL XSFI K[P
[A] Type by keyboard [B] Cut & Paste
[C] Copy [D] Auto fill
23. The function MAX (56,65,65,56) will show the output in Excel as.
MAX (56,65,65,56) O\SXGG]\ VFp85]8 V[S;[,DF\PPPPPPPPP ATFJX[P
[A] 56 [B] 65
[C] 65,56 [D] None
24. The address of last cell in worksheet is…………
JS"XL8DF\ K[<,F ;[,G]\ V[0[=;PPPPPPPPP K[P
[A] 65535IV [B] 65536IV
[C] IV65536 [D] IV65535
25. To hide the particular column which menu can be used?
SM. RMSS; SM,DG[ hide SZJF DF8[ SIF D[G]GM p5IMU YFI K[ m
[A] View [B] Format
[C] Edit [D] Hide
26. Output of IF Condition is……..
IF XZTG]\ VFp85]8PPPPPPP K[P
[A] True [B] False
[C] True & False [D] True & Fast
27. What is the maximum width of a sheet name is MS-Excel?
MS – Excel DF\ XL8G] GFD JWFZ[DF\ JWFZ[ S[8,F V1FZG]\ CMI K[ m
[A] 8 [B] 256
[C] 20 [D] 31
28. To delete the row in worksheet you can use the…….. Key combination.
JS"XL8DF\ ZM G[ N]Z s0L,L8f SZJF DF8[ TD[PPPPPPPPP A[ SLGM p5IMU SZL XSM KM m
[A] Ctrl + - [B] Ctrl + Enter
[C] Alt + - [D] None
29. Sorting facility in ascending and descending order will come under….Tool.
R0TF VG[ pTZTF S|D 5|DF6[GL ;M8L\U ;UJ0TFPPPPPPPPPP 8], C[9/ D/[ K[P
[C] Control [D] None of the above
30. To add up the total values of cells……… Function is used.
U'5 ;[<;GL S], lS\DT pD[ZJF DF8[PPPPPPPPPP O\SXG p5IMUDF\ ,[JFI K[P
[A] Total [B] Add
[C] Sum [D] Avge
21. A 22. D 23. B 24. C 25. B 26. C 27. D 28. A 29. A 30. C
169/273
31. When you enter a text label excel justifies the entry automatically between the
cell borderas.
HIFZ[ V[S;[,DF\ TD[ SM. 8[18 ,[A, VF5M KM tIFZ[ V[S;[, T[G[ 5MTFGL ZLT[ ;[, VG[ AM0"Z JrR[PPPPPPP TZLS[
:JLSFZL ,[ K[P
[A] Left align [B] center align
[C] Right align [D] Justified
32. To save the current workbook with different names command is.
RF,] JS"A]SG[ V,U GFDYL ;[J SZJFPPPPPPPPPPP SDFg0 J5ZFI K[P
[A] Save [B] Save As
[C] Copy [D] Rename
33. In Excel if we delete a row column or cell then all the data 1 contains.
HM V[S;[,DF\ VF56[ ZM4 SM,D VG[ ;[, 0L,L8 SZLX] TM T[DF\ ZC[,F 0[8FPPPPPPPPPP YX[P
[A] Will save in temporary row [B] Save in a life
[C] Will be saved in a clipboard [D] Will also get deleted
34. In MS – Excel pie chart can be ploat on.
MS – Excel DF\ 5F. RF8" X]\ NXF"J[ K[ m
[A] Multiple data series [B] Single Data Series
[C] Two data series [D] None of the above
35. The function is used to add the values in the range of cells……..
;[, Z[gHDF\ lS\\DT pD[ZJF DF8[PPPPPPPPP O\SXGGM p5IMU YFI K[P
[A] Add [B] Plus [C] Total [D] None
36. In MS – Excel we can change header and footer by……..
MS – Excel DF\ VF56[ C[0Z VG[ O]8ZPPPPPPPPP YL AN,FJL XSLV[ KLV[P
[A] File – Page setup – Print preview [B] File – Print preview
[C] File – Page setup [D] None of the above
37. When we delete a worksheet it can be restored by……….
HIFZ[ VF56[ JS"XL8 0L,L8 SZLV[ KLV[ tIFZ[ VF56[ T[ OZLPPPPPP äFZF :8MZ SZL XSLV[ KLV[P
[A] Undo [B] Ctrl + Z
[C] Both A & B [D] We can’t undo
38. To view the different worksheet of same workbook simultaneously one can
Use which option.
V[S H JS"A]SGL V,UvV,U JS"XL8G[ HMJF DF8[ SM.PPPPPPPPP VM%XGGM p5IMU SZL XSLV[ KLV[P
[A] Window split [B] View two screen
[C] Window view two sheet [D] Window new window
39. In MS – Excel rows are labeled as. (MS – Excel DF\ ZMG[PPPPPPPPP YL NXF"JFI K[P)
[A] 1,2,3,4……. [B] I,II,III,IV…….
[C] A,B,C…… [D] a,b,c,d……
40. To protect the formula in MS – Excel which option is used?
MS – Excel DF\ OMdI]",FG[ Zl1FT SZJF DF8[ SIM lJS<5 J5ZFI K[ m
[A] Locked [B] Hidden
[C] Protect [D] None
41. Using format cell you can not set.
Format cell GF p5IMUYLPPPPPPPPP ;[8 SZL XSTF GYLP
[A] Alignment [B] Border
[C] Margin [D] Number
31. A 32. B 33. D 34. C 35. D 36. C 37. D 38. D 39. A 40. A 41. C
170/273
42. In MS – Excel you click on the area associated with the graphical object
the corresponding macro would run such area is called............
V[S;[,DF\ HM TD[ U|FlOS; VMSH[S8 ;FY[ ;\S/FI[,F V[ZLIF 5Z S,LS SZTF T[GL ;FY[ ZC[,]\ D[S|M ZG YIFGL
lS|IFG[PPPPPPPPPPSC[ K[P
[A] Hot spot [B] Macro
[C] Text [D] Formula
43. The default row height in MS – Excel is..............
MS – Excel DF\ ZM GL 0LOM<8 sGSSLf CF.8PPPPPPPPPPPPP K[P
[A] 2.5 [B] 10
[C] 10.75 [D] 12.75
44. To select all the sheets in workbook go to any sheet tab.............
JS"A]SDF\ AWL XL8G[ l;,[S8 SZJF DF8[ SM. 56 XL8 8[A p5Z H.PPPPPPPPPPP SZMP
[A] Press right click select all [B] Press Ctrl + A
[C] Format select all [D] None of the above
45. The page header/Footer added from page setup option will be displayed in
5[H ;[8V5DF\YL pD[ZFI[, 5[H C[0Z/O]8ZPPPPPPPPPPPP DF\ HMJF D/X[P
[A] Page back preview [B] Print preview only
[C] Normal view only [D] None of the above
46. Which keyboard shortcut let you modify the cell content?
SI]\ XM8" S8 SLvAM0" äFZF TDG[ ;[,GL V\NZ ZC[,L DFlCTL VF5[ K[ m
[A] Ctrl [B] Shift
[C] F2 [D] F7
47. To reverse an undo command.........
Undo command G[ OZL VF5JFPPPPPPPPPPPP SZFI K[P
[A] New button [B] File undo
[C] Reverse [D] Redo
48. The following data type we can not be used as a cell of a spreadsheet file
GLR[GFDF\YLPPPPPPPPPPPP 5|SFZGF\ 0[8FGM VF56[ :5|[0XL8DF\ 0[8F TZLS[ p5IMU SZL XSTF GYL\P
[A] Number [B] Tree
[C] Text [D] Formula
49. The function TODAY () of MS – Excel enters the..................
MS – Excel G]\ Today () O\SXGPPPPPPPPPP V[g8Z SZ[ K[P
[A] System time in cell [B] System date
[C] Two data series [D] None of the3 above
50. In which Address method the address use in formula is not change when
we copy or move formula.
S. V[0[=; 5wWlTDF\ OMdI"],F J5ZFI[, V[0=[;G[ HIFZ[ VF56[ SM5L S[ D]J OMdI]",F VF5LV[ tIFZ[ AN,FJL XSFT]\
GYL m
[A] Absolute [B] Relative
51. To have the different formatting according to requirement for different
Range of number in cell one can use.
;[,DF\ ZC[,F H]NFvH]NF G\AZGL Z[gHGF VFWFZ[ H]NF 5|SFZGM OMD"[8L\\U H~Z D]HA D[/JJF DF8[ VF56[ PPPPPP
GM p5IMU SZLV[ KLV[P
[A] Format conditional formatting [B] Format cell number
[C] Format cell change format [D] None of the above
42. B 43. D 44. A 45. B 46. C 47. D 48. B 49. B 50. A 51. A
171/273
52. Maximum zoom size is MS – Excel...............

V[S;[,DF\ h]D VF5JF DF8[GL JWFZ[DF\ JWFZ[ ;F.hPPPPPPPPPPPPPP K[P
[A] 100% [B] 200%
[C] 400% [D] 500%
53. You can identify the selected cell in the.............. Box.
l;,[S8 ;[,G[ TD[PPPPPPPPPPPPPP AM1FDF\YL HF6L XSM KMP
[A] Name [B] Status
[C] Menu [D] Tool
54. You can change the default location of file from..............
OF.,G]\ l0OM<8 ,MS[XG TD[PPPPPPPPPPP äFZF AN,L XSM KMP
[A] Tools-option view [B] Tools option general
[C] view option gen [D] None of the above
55. Which pointer shape is used to select cell in worksheet.
JS"XL8DF\ ;[,G[ l;,[S8 SZJF DF8[ SIM 5M.g8Z X[5 p5IMUDF\ ,[JFI K[ m
[A] Arrow [B] Cross
[C] Hand [D] Hourglass
56. Excel worksheet can be stored in word document by............
V[S;[,DF\ JS"XL8G[PPPPPPPPPPPPP äFZF N:TFJ[HDF\ :8MZ SZL XSFI K[P
[A] Inserting excel file in word [B] Copy & paste excel file in
word
[C] Link excel file into word [D] All the above
57. Which of the following is valid range in Excel?
V[S;[,DF\ GLR[GFDFYL S. R[gH IMuI U6FX[m
[A] B2..........BI0 [B] B2:G2
[C] B2-G2-B5 [D] B4+C4
58. In MS – Excel total no of Row are.........
MS – Excel DF\ ZMGL S], ;\bIFPPPPPPPPPPPP K[P
[A] 65533 [B] 256
[C] 255 [D] 65536
59. You can hold down this key to perform the random selection..........
TD[PPPPPPPPPPPPP SL 5|[; SZLG[ VF8F VJ/]\ ;L,[SXG SZL XSMP
[A] Alt [B] Ctrl
[C] Shift [D] Spacebar
60. ............ Wizard use to guide you through the steps for creating new chart on a
worksheet of modifying existing graph.
PPPPPPPPPPP lJhF0" SMd%I]8ZDF\ AG[,F U|FOG[ O[ZOFZ SZJFDF\ DNN SZ[ K[P
[A] Graph [B] Map
[C] Chart [D] None
52. C 53. A 54. B 55. B 56. D 57. B 58. D 59. B 60. C

172/273
61. To modify the reduced display of the worksheet..........Used by.

JS"XL8DF\ 38F0[,F 0L:%,[G[ ;]WFZJF DF8[PPPPPPPPPPPPPPP GM p5IMU YFI K[P
[A] View zoom [B] Format page
[C] View normal [D] None
62. In MS-Excel you can zoom up to...........
MS-Excel DF\ TD[ h]DPPPPPPPPPPPPPP YL JWFZ[ SZL XSM KMP
[A] 400% [B] 500%
[C] Page width [D] 100%
63. Identify incorrect statement.................
BM8]\ lJWFG VM/BMP
[A] Worksheet data and chart can be integrated with Word document
[B] Embedded worksheet object can be created in a Word
[C] Multiple worksheet can be created and used at a time
64. A worksheet can be opened by clicking on the.............
JS"XL8 p5Z S,LS SZLG[PPPPPPPPPPPPP VM5G SZL XSFI K[ m
[A] Start Button [B] Open Button
65. The short-cut key to move to the cell A1 is.
A1 ;[,DF\ D]J YIF DF8[GL XM8"S8 SLPPPPPPPPPPPPP K[P
[A] Ctrl + A [B] Ctrl + F
[C] Ctrl + Pg Up [D] Ctrl + Home
66. Chart option is available in..............Menu.
RF8" VM%XGPPPPPPPPPPPPPP D[G]DF\ CMI K[P
[A] Data [B] Tools
[C] Insert [D] Format
67. In excel each sheet in a workbook is displayed as.
Excel DF\ JS"A]SGL NZ[S XL8PPPPPPPPP TZLS[ NXF"J[, CMI K[P
[A] Floating point arrow [B] Down Pointing
[C] Marker [D] Tab
68. To display Format cells dialog box you have to press...........
OMD"[8 ;[,G]\ 0FI,MU AMS; NXF"JJF DF8[ TDFZ[PPPPPPPPPPPPP 5|[; SZJ]\
[A] Ctrl + 1 [B] Ctrl + 2
[C] Ctrl + K [D] Ctrl + D
69. One of the following statements about Excel ranges is incorrect?
Excel ranges lJX[ GLR[GFDF\YL SI]\ V[S lJWFG BM8]\ K[m
[A] A range can be defined as a group of contiguous cells
[B] Ranges can be very small or very large
[C] The shape of the range can rectangular, square, sound, triangular or odd
shape
[D] One important condition for a range is that is should have parallel facing
sides.
61. A 62. D 63. C 64. D 65. D 66. C 67. D 68. A 69. C

173/273
70. Mark the most appropriate statement.

;M{YL RMSS; lJS<5G[ DFS" SZMP0
[A] = NOW () can be used display the current time
[B] = NOWQ can be used display the current date
[C] = NOW() can be used display the current date as well as time in same cell
71. In the event of a change in underlying data.............
Vg0Z,[.U 0[8FDF YI[,F O[ZOFZGF 5|;\UDF\PPPPPPPPPP
[A] Excel automatically redraws the chart to reflect the changes
[B] Excel will require you to click the Redraw button to reflect the changes
[C] Both A and B option are available. However in simple chart the
change is reflected automatically where as in complex charts,
Redraw button needs to be checked
[D] None of the above is true
72. Excel worksheet data can be shared with word Document by...........
Excel JS"XL8GL DFlCTL Word Document ;FY[ PPPPPPPPP äFZF X[Z SZL XSFI K[P
[A] Inserting an Excel worksheet in to word
[B] Copy and Paste Excel Worksheet into word document
[C] Link Excel data in a word document
73. Which of the following is the latest version of Excel?
GLR[GFDFYL V[S;[,G]\ ,[8[:8 Jh"G SI]\ K[P
[A] Excel 2000 [B] Excel 2002
[C] Excel ME [D] Excel XP
74. Which of the following is not a valid data type in Excel.
V[S;[,DF\ GLR[GFDF\YL SIM DFgI 0[8F 8F.5 GYLm
[A] Number [B] Character
[C] Label [D] Date/Time
75. .............. Function allows you to view the sum of the values without
entering a formula into worksheet cell
JS"XL8DF\ OMdI]",F VF%IF JUZPPPPPPPPP O\SXG TDG[ VF5[, lS\DTGM ;ZJF/M SZJF N[X[P
[A] Auto calculate [B] Auto Complete
[C] Auto sum [D] Auto Add
76. To select the entire column.............
5]Z[5]ZL SM,DG[ l;,[S8 SZJFPPPPPPPPPPP
[A] Click on column label [B] Alt + Enter
[C] Double click on cell [D] All the above
77. On sheet 1 type value in cell A11 and than you type formula
If(A1>100,”CIC”,”400”) at cell A according to formula the entered content
of A5 will be in........... Format.
XL8 ! 5Z ;[, A11 DF\ TD[ lS\DT 8F.5 SZM VG[ 5KL TD[ If(A11>100,”CIC”,”400”) OMdI]",F 5|DF6[
A5 DF\PPPPPPPPPPP 5|SFZG]\ VF5JFDF\ VFJX[P
[A] Memo [B] Text
[C] Numeric [D] None
70. C 71. C 72. D 73. D 74. D 75. C 76. A 77. B

174/273
78. If you delete the content of the cell using delete key on keyboard...........
HM ;[,DF\ ZC[, 0[8FG[ SLvAM0" äFZF 0L,L8 SZJFDF\ VFJ[ tIFZ[PPPPPPPPPPP
[A] The format gets deleted [B] The content get deleted
[C] Content and format delete [D] None of the above
79. All these are excels features except............
V[S;[,DF\ VF AWF ,1F6M VG];Z[ K[PPPPPPPPPPPPPP
[A] The index tab [B] Office assistant
[C] Content and format delete [D] None of the above
80. In MS Excel when a cell is deleted the other cell move...........
MS Excel DF\ ZC[, ;[, HIFZ[ 0L,L8 SZJFDF\ VFJ[ tIFZ[ T[ ;[,PPPPPPPPPPP AFH] D]J YFI K[P
[A] Left [B] Right
[C] Top [D] Up or left
81. In MS Excel the default date format is............
MS Excel DF\ TFZLBG]\ A\WFZ6 default PPPPPPPPPPPP CMI K[P
[A] DD/MM/YY [B] YY/MM/DD
[C] MM/DD/YY [D] None
82. Louts 123 is the example of............
,M8; !Z# V[PPPPPPPPPP G]\ pNFCZ6 K[P
[A] Spread sheet [B] Presentation
[C] Database [D] None
83. The easiest way to do addition of the column and row............
SM,D VG[ ZM GM ;ZJF/M SZJF DF8[ ;M[{YL ;Z/ Z:TMPPPPPPPPPPPP
[A] Use + operator [B] Type SUM ()
[C] Auto sum [D] None
84. The minimum zoom is...........
;M{YL VMKFDF\ VMK] h]DPPPPPPPPPP K[P
[A] 1% [B] 10%
[C] 100% [D] None
85. To hide unwanted data from worksheet we can use.
lAG H~ZL 0[8FG[ CF.0 SZJF DF8[ JS"XL8DF\ VF56[ p5IMU SZL XSLV[ KLV[P
[A] Sort [B] Filter
[C] Cut paste [D] None
86. Individual element in Excel is................
V[S;[,G]\ :JT\+ 38S K[PPPPPPPPPPP
[A] Sheet [B] Document
[C] Presentation [D] None
87. In Excel, addressing mode (s) that can be used in a formula is/are..........
Excel DF\ OMdI]",FDF\ addressing mode (s) GM p5IMUPPPPPPPPP DF8[ SZL XSFI K[P
[A] Only absolute [B] Only absolute relative
[C] Absolute, relative [D] Not application
88. A Horizontal block of cell that runs through the width of worksheet is
called.
;[,GM VF0M a,MS S[ H[ JS"XL8GL 5CM/F. äFZF ZG YFI K[ T[G[PPPPPPPPPPPPP SC[ K[P
[A] Column [B] Row
[C] Record [D] None of the above
78. B 79. A 80. D 81. C 82. A 83. C 84. B 85. B 86. A 87. C 88. B
175/273
89. The Edit menu of Excel has an option clear in it its sub menu has the
following option.
V[S;[,DF\ V[0L8D[G]\ DF\ S,LIZ VM5XG CMI K[ VG[ T[GF ;A D[G]DF\ GLR[GF VM%XG CMI K[P
[A] All, Format, Content and Comment [B] All, Format and Content
[C] Only all and format [D] It is without a sub menu
90. Which of the following can be prepared in MS – Excel?
GLR[GFDF\YL MS – Excel DF\PPPPPPPPPPPP AGFJL XSFI K[P
[A] Annual Report [B] Bio – Data
[C] Letter [D] Presentation
91. The intersection of a row and column is called.
ZM VG[ SM,DGF\ K[NGG[PPPPPPPPPPPP SC[ K[P
[A] Square [B] Cell
[C] Cubicle [D] Worksheet
92. .......... is the first file name that gets displayed when EXCEL is loaded.
V[S;[,DF\ HIFZ[ ,M0 YFI K[ tIFZ[ T[GL 5C[,L OF.,G]\ GFDPPPPPPPPPP CMI K[P
[A] Book1 [B] Sheet1
[C] Worksheet1 [D] None of the these
93. You can add as many as............. Sheets in a workbook.
TD[ V[S JS"A]SDF\PPPPPPPPPP JW]DF\ JW] XL8 pD[ZL XSFI K[P
[A] 3 [B] 128
[C] 16 [D] 256
94. Paste Special option contain........... Option for characteristics.
Paste Special VM%XGPPPPPPPPPPP ,1F6M WZFJ[ K[P
[A] Formats [B] Values
[C] Formulas [D] All of the above
95. All the formulas must begin with............ Character.
AWFH OMdI]",FGL X~VFTPPPPPPPPPPPP äFZF YFI K[P
[A] + [B] =
[C] * [D] -
96. It the tab sheet 1(2), it means that you are on the.
HM 8[A sheet 1(2), DF\ CMI TM T[GM VY" YFI K[ TD[PPPPPPPPPPPP 5Z KMP
[A] First sheet carrying the worksheet on the second sheet
[B] Second sheet carrying the worksheet on the sheet two
[C] Second sheet carrying the worksheet on the sheet one
97. In Excel worksheet, on making a cell active..............
V[S;[,DF\ JS"XL8DF\ ;[,G[ V[S8LJ AGFJTFPPPPPPPPPPPP
[A] You can type new data in to it or edit the data it contains
[B] the active cell has a dark border around it
[C] You can always determine the reference for the active cell by looking
in the Name Box on the formula bar
89. A 90. A 91. B 92. A 93. D 94. D 95. B 96. A 97. D

176/273
98. A range of book sheet is referred by............

JS"XL8GL Z[gH PPPPPPPPP G[ VG];Z[ K[P
[A] Listing the first cell reference in the range, followed by a colon and
than the last cell reference in a range as in B3:E11.
[B] Listing the first cell reference in the range, followed by a colon and
than first cell reference in a range as in B3:E11.
[C] Only the starting cell number such as B3
99. In Excel, the simplest way to moving data from one location to another is...
V[S;[,DF\ V[S HuIFV[YL ALÒ HuIFV[ 0[8F D]J SZJFGM ;Z/ Z:TM K[PPPPPPP
[A] by menu commands [B] by the drag and drop method
[C] by mouse [D] by shortcut menu
100. Which of the following is incorrect on copying data in a cell?
;[,DF\ ZC[,F 0[8FG[ SM5L SZJF GLR[GFDF\YL SI]P lJWFG BM8]\ K[m
[A] You can copy an entry anywhere in the same worksheet or to a
different worksheet.
[B] To copy operation involves use of two commands. Copy and Paste
[C] Copy and Paste operation can be done either by using the edit menu
or by using the button on the standard Toolbar.
[D] Data can not be Copied from one worksheet to another.
101. To adust the column width automatically, which out of the following option
you want to use.
SM,DGL 5CM/F. VM8MD[8LS UM9JJF DF8[ GLR[GFDF\YL SIF VM%XGGM TD[ p5IMU SZL XSXMP
[A] Width [B] Auto fit selection
[C] Standard width [D] None of the above
102. Formulas are made up of..............
OMdI]",F AG[,L CMI K[PPPPPPPPPP
[A] Arithmetic operator such as =+- and other function
[B] Only arithmetic operators
[C] Only function
103. Formulas with absolute references are references that always................
RMSS; Z[OZg; ;FY[ VF5[,L OMdI]",F NXF"J[ K[PPPPPPPPPP
[A] Refer to the different cells, regardless of the location of the formula
[B] Produce O as the default
[C] Refer to the same cells, regardless of the location of the formula
104. To change the cell reference B2:B9 to an absolute row and column
reference, you would enter it as...........
B2:B9 ;[, Z[OZg;G[ RMSS; ZM VG[ SM,DDF\ AN,JF DF8[ V[g8Z PPPPPPPPPPP SZL XSM KM m
[A] B2:B9 [B] B$2:B$9
[C] $B$2:$B$9 [D] None of he above
98. A 99. B 100. D 101. B 102. A 103. C 104. C

177/273
105. If PROFIT and SAMPLE are name of the ranges in a worksheet which one
of the following is invalid?
HM 5|MlO8 VG[ ;[d5, JS"XL8DF\ Z[gHGF GFD CMI TM GLR[GFDF\YL SIM V[S lJS<5 BM8M K[ m
[A] = SUM(A1:G3,25,27) [B] = SUM(PROFIT,12,15)
[C] =SUM(PROFIT,$SAMPLE,24) [D] = SUM(PROFIT,SAMPLE)
106. In the function =ROUND(G5/30,0)............
=ROUND(G5/30,0) O\SXGDF\PPPPPPPPPP
[A] ROUND in the function
[B] The value to be rounded is G5/30
[C] O implies rounding to the zero decimal place
107. Which of the following is not the financial function?
GLR[GFDF\YL SI]\ OF.GFg;LI, O\SXG GYL m
[A] = FV() [B] = SUM()
[C] = NPV() [D] = PMT()
108. Which of the following is not a text function?
GLR[GFDF\YL SI]\ 8[18 O\SXG GYL m
[A] CHAR() [B] LEN()
[C] LEFT() [D] ABS()
109. ABS(PRODUCT(-5,-5,-5))=.............
ABS(PRODUCT(-5,-5,-5))=.............YFIP
[A] -125 [B] 125
[C] -15 [D] 18
110. To display the chart option dialog box, choose............
RF8" VM%XG 0FI,MU AMS; NXF"JJF DF8[ 5;\N SZMPPPPPPPPPPPP
[A] Chart menu [B] File menu
[C] Insert menu [D] View menu
111. The default page orientation in Excel is.
V[S;[,DF\ 0LOM<8GM 5[H N[BFJPPPPPPPPPPPP CMI K[P
[A] Landscape [B] Portrait
[C] Horizontal [D] None of the above
112. If you print the active worksheet from print button on the standard toolbar,
than ........ Dialog box does not appear..........
:8Fg00" 8],AFZ 5Z ZC[,F 5|Lg8 A8G äFZF TD[ JS"XL8 5|Lg8 SZM TMPPPPPPPPP 0FI,MU AMS; B],X[ GCLP
[A] Print option [B] Page setup
[C] Print [D] Print Preview
113. We can link one file to another file by.
VF56[ V[S OF.,G[ ALÒ OF., ;FY[PPPPPPPPPPPP äFZF HM0F6 SZL XSLV[ KLV[P
[A] File [B] Web page
[C] Formula [D] All of the above
114. After a table has been created. which of the following operations can not
be performed ?
8[A, AGL UIF AFN4 GLR[GFDF\YL S. 5|lS|IF VF5L XSFTL GYL m
[A] Insert rows in a table [B] Delete and insert column
[C] Split the tables into two tables [D] None of the above
105.C 106.D 107.B 108.D 109.B 110.C 111.B 112.A 113.D 114.D
178/273
115. To add the first 10 rows after the first 5 column are........... is used.
5C[,L 5 SM,D 5KL !_ ZM pD[ZJF DF8[PPPPPPPPP GM p5IMU YFI K[P
[A] SUM(E1:E10) [B] =SUM(E1:E10)
[C] SUM(E1 TO E10) [D] None of the above
116. Excel files have a default extension of.............
V[S;[, OF.,G]\ 0LOM<8 V[S;8[gXG PPPPPPPPPP CMI K[P
[A] .XLS [B] .XLW
[C] .WK1 [D] .123
117. Files created with Lotus 1-2-3 have an extension...........
,M8; ! v Z v # äFZF AG[,L OF.,G]\ V[S;8[gXG PPPPPPPPPPCMI K[P
[A] DOS [B] XLS
[C] 123 [D] WK1
118. A typical worksheet has.......... Number of columns.
;FDFgI JS"XL8DF\PPPPPPPPPPP SM,D CMI K[P
[A] 128 [B] 256
[C] 512 [D] 1024
119. Witch elements of a worksheet can be protected from accidental
modification ?
V[S;L0[xI, DM0LOLS[XG sVFS:DLS ;]WFZF v JWFZFf YL JS"XLGF\ SIF TtJM 5|M8[S8 SZL XSFI K[ m
[A] Content [B] Object
[C] Scenarios [D] All f the above
120. Data can be arrange in a worksheet in an easy to understand manner
using........
PPPPPPPPPP GF\ SFI" p5IMUG[ ;DÒ JS"XL8DF\ 0[8FG[ ;Z/TFYL UM9JL XSFI K[P
[A] Auto Formatting [B] Applying Styles
[C] Changing fonts [D] All of the above
121. Select cell are called in excel.........
V[S;[,DF\ l;,[S8 SZ[,F ;[,G[ PPPPPPPPPP SC[ K[P
[A] Cell [B] Worksheet
[C] Cell Range [D] None
122. The auto sum function will insert............ Function
VM8M;D O\SXGPPPPPPPPPPPP O\SXGG[ .g;8" SZ[ K[P
[A] Add [B] Sum
[C] Average [D] Count
123. The height of the row is typically measured using unit.
ZM GL CF.8GF 8L5LS, DF5N\0 DF8[ PPPPPPPPPPPPP I]lG8 J5ZFI K[P
[A] Character [B] Font
[C] Pleces [D] Point
124. ................... option is used to arrange the information in selected rows of
lists alphabetically numerically or by date.
PPPPPPPPPPPPP lJS<5GM p5IMU DFlCTLG[ l;,[S8 SZ[, ZM DF\ V[4 AL4 ;L4 0L4 VF\S0FSLI S[ TFZLB 5|DF6[
UM9JJFDF\ VFJ[ K[P
[A] Graph [B] Auto format
[C] Sort [D] Condition
115.B 116.A 117.D 118.B 119.A 120.D 121.C 122.B 123.D 124.C
179/273
125. You are working in A10 cell which key combination is use to move to tenth
row and last column be IV10 of Excel.
TD[ HIFZ[ V[ !_ DF\ SFD SZTF CMI tIFZ[ !_ DL ZM VG[ K[<,L SM,D V[8,[ S[ IV10 p5Z ,. HJFDF\
DNN SZ[ K[P
[A] Ctrl + [B] Ctrl + C
[C] Ctrl + A [D] Ctrl + V
126. A Workbook contain......... Worksheets.
V[S JS"A]SDF\PPPPPPPPPPPP JS"XL8 CMI K[P
[A] 16 [B] 255
[C] 3 [D] 65536
127. The result of cell Address is Display in.
;[, V[0=[;G]\ 5lZ6FDPPPPPPPPPPPPP 5Z HM. XSFI K[P
[A] Formula bar [B] Name box
[C] Status bar [D] Both A and B
128. In MS Excel pressing Tab key moves the cell towards.
MS Excel DF\ 8[A SLPPPPPPPPPPP TZO D]J YFI K[P
[A] Up [B] Down
[C] Right [D] Left
129. We can insert the header and footer to worksheet by.
JS"XL8DF\ C[0Z VG[ O]8Z .g;8"PPPPPPPPPPP äFZF YFI K[P
[A] File-page setup [B] View- header & footer
[C] Edit – headers [D] Both A & B
130. By default worksheet have border.
default JS"XL8DF\ AM0"Z CMI K[P
[A] True [B] False
[C] Partially true [D] None
131. We can not arrange window in format............
VF56[ lJg0MG[PPPPPPPP OMD"[8DF\ UM9JL XSTF GYLP
[A] Vertical [B] Cross
[C] Cascade [D] Tile
132. To select the entire row in Excel, Click mouse.............
V[S;[,DF\ 5]Z[5]ZL ZM l;,[S8 SZJF DF8[4 DFp;YL PPPPPPPPPPP 5Z S,LS SZMP
[A] Any where in the worksheet [B] At row heading
[C] Both A & B above [D] None of the above
133. Excel office assistant can be made to appear by using.
PPPPPPPPPPPP GF p5IMU äFZF V[S;[,DF\ VMOL; VF;L:8g8G[ NXF"JL XSFI K[P
[A] F1 key [B] Help menu
134. In an Excel chart, text and values displayed at data points to indicate the specific
value or category is called ............. .
ExcelDF\ chart, text VG[ RMSS; lS\DT S[ S[8[UZLGF\ 0[8F 5M.g8G[ NXF"J[ K[P
[A] Data Labels [B] Data Point
[C] Data Series [D] None of above
125.A 126.C 127.B 128.C 129.D 130.B 131.B 132.B 133.C 134.A
180/273
135. The combination of the column letter and row number for a cell in an Excel
worksheet is called a................
SM,D ,[8Z VG[ ZM G\AZG]\ lD`F|6 V[S;[,GL JS"XL8DF\PPPPPPPPPPP TZLS[ VM/BFI K[P
[A] cell cross [B] cell identification number
[C] cell reference [D] cell identify
136. .................. displays the address of the active cell.
PPPPPPPPPPPPPPP V[S8LJ ;[,G]\ V[0=[; NXF"J[ K[P
[A] Address Box [B] Address bar
[C] Name Box [D] None of the above
137. In Excel, a............ is a file in which you work and store data.
V[S;[,DF\PPPPPPPPPPPP V[ OF., K[ S[ HIF TDFZ]\ SFI" VG[ 0[8F :8MZ YFI K[P
[A] Workbook [B] Worksheet
[C] Workspace [D] None of the above
138. To select an entire row press............
5]Z[5]ZL ZM l;,[S8 SZJF DF8[PPPPPPPPPPP 5|[; SZM.
[A] Shift + End [B] Shift + Space Bar
[C] Ctrl + Space Bar [D] Ctrl + right Arrow Key
139. ..............Feature displays total of selected cell values on status bar.
:8[8; AFZ 5Z NXF"J[,PPPPPPPPPPPPP ,1F6 AWL H ;[,GL lS\DT NXF"J[ K[P
[A] Auto fill [B] Sum function
[C] Auto cal [D] Auto Sum
140. To display format cells dialog box you have to press..........
format cells 0FI,MU AMS; NXF"JJF DF8[ TD[ 5|[; SZM KMPPPPPPPPPPPPPP
[A] Ctrl + D [B] Ctrl + F
[C] Ctrl + 2 [D] Ctrl + 1
141. =Round(3,1465,2) entered in a cell display...............
=Round(3,1465,2) NFB, SZ[, ;[, NXF"J[ K[PPPPPPPPPPPPP
[A] 3 [B] 3.1
[C] 3.14 [D] 3.15
142. The entire worksheet in Excel can selected by...............
V[S;[,DF\ ZC[,L 5]Z[5]ZL JS"XL8PPPPPPPPPPPP äFZF l;,[S8 SZL XSFI K[P
[A] Ctrl + Space Bar [B] Ctrl + Shift + Space Bar
[C] Shift + Space Bar [D] All of the above
143. Once a range has been named, you can go to a range......
V[S JBT Z[gHG[ GFD V5FI UIF AFN VF Z[gH 5Z TD[PPPPPPPPP äFZF H. XSM KMP
[A] By selecting ranges using the name box
[B] By selecting ranges using the F5 key
[C] Both A & B
135. C 136. C 137. A 138. B 139. C 140. D 141. D 142. B 143. C

181/273
144. The purpose of the Auto Sum is to..............

Auto Sum GM C[T] K[PPPPPPPPPPPPPP
[A] Locate and total the rows or a column in a range nearest to the current cell
[B] Total any range that you select
[C] Ad grade totals to a range containing other totals
145. To fill multiple row or columns at one time press.
V[S H ;DI[ V[SYL JWFZ[ ZM VG[ SM,D sOL,f EZJF DF8[ 5|[; SZMP
[A] Ctrl Key [B] Ctrl + Shift Key
[C] Shift Key [D] Alt Key
146. Text control group of Alignment property sheet contains which of the
following function.
Alignment property G]\ Text control group GLR[GFDF\YL SIF O\SXGG[ VG];Z[ K[m
[A] Wrap text [B] Merge Cells
[C] Shrink to fit [D] All of the above
147. The chart legend can be placed in the chart at .............. .
RF8"DF\ ZC[, ,LHg0 PPPPPPPPPP DF\ ZFBL XSFI K[P
[A] Top, Bottom [B] Corner
[C] Left, Right [D] All of above
148. One of the statements on naming ranges is incorrect.
Z[gHG[ GFD VF5JF DF8[ GLR[GFDF\YL V[S lJWFG BM8]\ K[P
[A] Naming a range implies that you provide the range some logical name
beginning and ending cell
[B] Naming range can save you time and effort, since a name is easer to
remember than reference for a range.
[C] Names also make formula much easier to read and understand
[D] The only way to name a range is to define it in the name box on
the formula bar
149. Cell Address A$4 in a formula means it is a............
OMdI]",FDF\ VF5[, ;[, V[0[=; A$4 GM VY" K[PPPPPPPPPPPP
[A] Relative cell reference [B] Absolute cell reference
[C] Mixed cell reference [D] All of the above
150. =round(2.15.1)entered in a cell displays ?
=round(2.15.1) ;[,DF\ NXF"J[ K[P
[A] -1 [B] 2.1]
[C] 2.2 [D] None of the above
151. Using chart wizard, you can quickly and easily turn your.
RF8" lJhF0"GM p5IMU SZLG[ TD[ h05YL VG[ ;Z/TFYLPPPPPPPPPPPP DF\ H. XSM KMP
[A] Data into chart [B] Chart into data
[C] Both A and B above [D] None of the above
144. B 145. A 146. D 147. D 148. D 149. C 150. C 151. A

182/273
152. If you click on the Gridlines and draft quality check box on the sheet tab
property sheet of page setup dialog box then.
HM XL8 8[A 5M58L" 5Z ZC[,L U|L0,F.G VG[ 0=FO8 SJM,L8L AMS; p5Z TD[ S,LS SZM TM 5[H ;[8V5
0FI,MU AMS; 5KLPPPPPPPPPPP YX[P
[A] Gridlines will be print [B] Gridline will not be print
[C] Sometimes print [D] None of the above
153. To save file as a Web page, you have to click.
J[A5[H TZLS[ OF.,G[ ;[J SZJF DF8[ TD[ S,LS SZMPPPPPPPPPPP
[A] Save as option in file menu [B] Save option in file menu
[C] Save as web page option in [D] None of the above
154. To calculate the sum of the first 10 column and 5th row............ is used.
5C[,L !_ SM,D VG[ 5DL ZM GM ;ZJF/M SZJF DF8[PPPPPPPPPPP GM p5IMU YFI K[P
[A] @sum(A5 to J5) [B] @sum(A5:J5)
[C] @A5 + J5 [D] None of the above
155. To find the average the................ Command is used.
V[JZ[H XMWJF DF8[PPPPPPPPPP SDFG0GM p5IMU YFI K[P
[A] = Average () [B] = Avg ()
[C] = Sum () [D] = Product ()
156. Which of the following is a popular DOS based spreadsheet package?
GLR[GFDFYL SI] 5|bIFT 0MhGF VFWFZG]\ :5|[0XL8 5[S[H K[m
[A] Word [B] Smart cell
[C] Excel [D] Lotus 1-2-3
157. How many characters can be typed in a single cell In Excel?
V[S;[,GF\ V[S ;[,DF\ S[8,F V1FZ 8F.5 SZL XSFI K[P
[A] 255 [B] 1024
[C] 32000 [D] 65535
158. Comments put in cells are called.
;[,DF\ ZFB[,L SDFg0 SD[g8G[PPPPPPPPPPPP SC[JFI K[P
[A] Smart Tip [B] Cell Tip
[C] Web Tip [D] Sort Tip
159. A numeric value can be created as a label value if it precedes with...........
gI]D[ZLS lS\DTG[ ,[A, J[<I]G[PPPPPPPPPP GL DNNYL VFU/ JWFZL XSFI K[P
[A] Apostrophe (‘) [B] Exclamation (!)
[C] Hash (#) [D] Tilde (~)
160. Which area in an Excel window allows entering values and formulas?
V[S;[,DF\ SIF V[lZIFDF\ lS\DT VG[ OMdI]",F NFB, SZL XSFI K[ m
[A] Title Bar [B] Menu Bar
[C] Formula Bar [D] Standard Tool Bar
161. Which of the following is not a way to complete entry in one cell?
V[S ;[,DF\ V[g8=LG[ 5]ZL SZJF GLR[GFDF\YL SIM Z:TM GYL m
[A] Enter [B] Spacebar
[C] Arrow Key [D] Tab
152.A 153.C 154.D 155.A 156.D 157.A 158.B 159.D 160.C 161.B
183/273
162. if you want to delete cell form the worksheet you select desired range and
than choose the following command...........
HM TD[ JS"XL8DF\YL ;[,G[ 0L,L8 SZJF DF\UTF CM TM TDFZ[ GSSL SZ[,F ;[,G[ l;,[S8 SZJF VG[ 5KL
GLR[GFDF\YLPPPPPPPPPPPP SDFg0 5;\N SZJMP
[A] Edit clear all [B] Edit clear cell
[C] Edit cell delete [D] Edit delete
163. ............. Option is used to select the data in worksheet so that the rows
that meet the condition you specify by using criteria range are display.
PPPPPPPPPPPPP lJS<5 0[8F l;,[S8 SZJF J5ZFI K[4 H[YL SZLG[ ZM G[ TD[ OF/J[, RMSS; XZT GSSL SZFI[, lJ:TFZ
Z[gH äFZF ATFJX[P
[A] Filters [B] Auto Filters
[C] Auto correct [D] Advance
164. When you enter a text label to excel justifies the entry automatically
between the cells border as?
SMd%I]8ZDF\ NFB, SZJFDF\ VFJ[, 8[18 VM8MD[8LS,L S[JL ZLT[ H:8LOF.0 YFI K[P
[A] Left aligned [B] Right aligned
[C] Centered [D] Justified
165. An animated border indicate be cell contents.
V[GLD[8[0 SZ[,L AM0"ZDF\ ZC[,L DFlCTL NXF"J[ K[P
[A] Will be deleted [B] Are the result of function
[C] Have been sent to clipboard [D] None of the above
166. In MS Excel which bring back the previous entry?
V[S;[,DF\ S. lS|IF äFZF 5C[,FGL V[g8=L 5FKL D[/JL XSFI K[m
[A] Undo [B] Redo
[C] Cut [D] Copy
167. In MS Excel goal seek tool allows you to adjust fine a specific result by
changing the value in.............. cell.
MS Excel DF ZC[,M UM, ;LS 8], äFZF RMSS; ZLh<8 D[/JJF DF8[PPPPPPPPPPPP ;[,DF\ lS\DT AN,L XSFI K[P
[A] One [B] Two
[C] Selected [D] All
168. In MS Excel to enter the day name in increasing order.
MS Excel DF\ lNJ;GF\ GFD JWTF VM0"ZDF\PPPPPPPPPPP äFZF YFI K[P
[A] Use auto fill [B] Cut
[C] Copy [D] Paste
169. $ sign on the formatting tool bar will indicate.
OMD"[8L\U 8],AFZ 5Z VF5[,L $ ;F.G NXF"J[ K[P
[A] Apply currency format [B] Apply $ Format
[C] Both A and B [D] None
170. The default label given the facility of spell check.................
RF8" XL5DF\ 0LOM<8 ,[A, CMI K[PPPPPPPPPPPPPP
[A] Chart 1 [B] Sheet 1
[C] Column 1 [D] None
162. D 163. A 164. A 165. C 166. A 167. A 168. A 169.A 170. A

184/273
171. If result of the formula can not be displayed completely in a cell,it displays.
HM V[S;[,DF\ OMdI]",F ZLh<8 5]Z[ 5]Z] G NXF"JL XSFI TM T [PPPPPPPPPPPP NXF"J[ K[P
[A] ###### [B] @@@@@@
[C] ++++++ [D] None
172. Which type of chart is used to show a co-relation between data series?
0[8F ;LZLhGL JrR[GM ;\AW NXF"JJF DF8[ S[JF 5|SFZGF\ RF8"GM p5IMU SZL XSFI K[P
[A] Radar [B] Combination
[C] Pie [D] Line
173. An Excel workbook is a collection of .................
V[S;[,GL JS"A]S V[ PPPPPPPPPPPPPP G]\ S,[SX K[P
[A] Workbook [B] Worksheets
[C] Charts [D] Worksheets and charts
174. In Excel, formula begins with .............
MS Excel DF\ OMdI"],FGL X~VFT PPPPPPPPPPPPP YL YFI K[P
[A] A+ [B] B+
[C] = [D] –
175. ......Displays the constant value or formula used in the active cell.
......V[S8LJ ;[,GL OMdI]",F S[ T[GL SMg:8g8 J[<I] NXF"J[ K[P
[A] Status Bar [B] Formula Bar
[C] Task bar [D] None of the above
176. To insert a new worksheet , Press......
GJL JS"XL8 pD[ZJF DF8[ PPPPP5|[; SZMP
[A] Shift +f10 [B] Shift+f11
[C] Shift +f12 [D] Shift +f5
177. To select an entire column press...........
5]Z[5]ZL SM,D ;L,[S8 SZJF DF8[PPPPPP5|[; SZMP
[A] Shift +end [B] Shift +Space Bar
[C] Ctrl +Space Bar [D] Ctrl + Up Arrow key
178. Which menu option can be used to split windows into two?
GLR[GFDFYL SIF D[G]GF lJS<5 äFZF lJg0MG[ A[ EFUDF\ JC[\RL XSFI K[m
[A] Format >> Window [B] View >> Window >> Split
[C] Window >> Split [D] View >> Split
179. Excel provides us with facility of ........to perform calculations on specific
values.
visual presentation GL DFlCTL NXF"JJF DF8[ V[S;[, VF56FG[ PPPPPPPGL O[;[,L8L VF5[ K[P
[A] Word art [B] Auto Shape
[C] Chart [D] Diagram
180. Which of the following is not a way to complete entry in one cell.
V[S;[,DF\ V[g8=LG[ 5]ZL SZJF DF8[ GLR[GFDF\YL SIM Z:TM GYL m
[A]Enter [B] Spacebar
[C] Arrow key [D] TAB
181. Function shown by the auto calculate area of the status bar .
Auto calculate :8[8;AFZ GF V[ZLIFGF O\SXG PPPPPNXF"J[ K[P
[A] Minimum [B] Maximum
[C] Count [D] All of the above
171.A 172.D 173.D 174.C 175.B 176.B 177.C 178.C 179.C 180.B 181.D
185/273
182. Which one of the following can be entered as a number in a cell ?

GLR[GFDF\YL S\. lS\DT G\AZ TZLS[ NFB, SZL XS[ K[m\
[A] 1300,00 [B] 5000,00
[C] 1.1e+2 [D] All of the above
183. To format characters in a sheet, use....
XL8DF\ ZC[,F V1FZG[ OMZD[8 SZJF DF8[ PPPPPPPPGM p5IMU YFI K[P
[A] Shortcut keys [B] Menu commands
[C] Tool bar [D] All of the above
184. The Buit-in default copying in Excel is programmed to.............
Excel DF\ T{IFZ default copying PPPPPPPPP DF8[ 5|MU|FD SZ[, CMI K[P
[A] Use relative position when copying formulas
[B] Use absolute position when copying formulas
[C] Use mixed position when copying formulas
185. Which of the rule mentioned below for name range is incorrect?
GLR[GFDF\YL SIM lGID GFD Z[gH VF5JF DF8[ BM8M K[m
[A] The length of the range can be as long as you desire
[B] In a name range you are allowed to use spaces or commas
[C] Range name can be directly
[D] The only separators allowed use in formula are underscore characters
and/or periods between words.
186. The Today () function enters the current.............
Today () O\SXG CF,G]\PPPPPPPPPPPP V[g8Z SZ[ K[P
[A] System File in a cell [B] System date and time in a cell
[C] System date only [D] None of the above
187. =MOD(-3,2)entered in a cell displays?
=MOD(-3,2) ;[,DF\ NXF"J[ K[m
[A] -1 [B] -1.5
[C] 1 [D] 0
188. When you create a chart on the same sheet as your data, you can view
both the data and the chart at the same time. This type of the chart is
called a.............
TDFZL DFlCTL 5|DF6[GM RF8" HIFZ[ TD[ T{IFZ SZM KM tIFZ[ TD[ TDFZL DFlCTL VG[ RF8" V[S H ;DI[ NXF"JL
XSM KMP TM VF 5|SFZGF RF8"G[ PPPPPPPPPPPP SC[ K[P
[A] Chart sheet [B] Embedded chart
[C] View Sheet [D] View chart
189. To see the sample of the worksheet click on the............
JS"XL8G]\ ;[d%, HMJF DF8[PPPPPPPPPP 5Z S,LS SZMP
[A] Print button [B] Print preview button
[C] Sample button [D] None of the above
190. Decimal Tab................
0[;LD, 8[APPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPP
[A] Center align the number [B] Left align the element numbers
[C] Align the number of the right [D] None
182. D 183. D 184. A 185. B 186. C 187. C 188.B 189. B 190. C

186/273
191. Collection of worksheet is known as...................

JS"XL8GM ;\U|CPPPPPPPPP TZLS[ VM/BFI K[P
[A] Document [B] Book
[C] Work book [D] None of the above
192. Which of the following is the oldest spread sheet package?
GLR[GFDF\YL H]G]\ :5|[0XL8 5[S[H SI]\ K[m
[A] Visicalc [B] Lotus 1-2-3
[C] Excel [D] Star Calc
193. A Worksheet can have a maximum of...............Number of rows.
V[S JS"XL8DF\ ZM GL ;\bIF PPPPPPPPPPPP CMI K[P
[A] 256 [B] 1024
[C] 32000 [D] 65536
194. Comments can be added to cells using..............
;[,DF\ SMD[g8PPPPPPPPPPP äFZF pD[ZL XSFI K[P
[A] Edit -> Comments [B] Insert -> Comments
[C] File -> Comments [D] View -> Comments
195. Concatenation of text can be done using.
8[18G]\ SG[SXG sHM0F6fPPPPPPPPPPP SZL XSFI K[P
[A] Apostrophe (‘) [B] Exclamation (!)
[C] Hash (#) [D] Ampersand (&)
196. Multiple calculation can be made in a single formula using...........
V[S OMdI]",FGM p5IMU SZLPPPPPPPPPPPPP äFZF JWFZ[ U6TZL SZL XSFI K[P
[A] Standards Formulas [B] Array Formula
[C] Complex Formulas [D] Smart Formula
197. What menu command allows you to copy formula on the active cell to a
range of adjacent cell in a row?
SIM D[G]\ SDFg0 TDG[ ZM DF\ V[S8LJ ;[, 5ZYL V[0H[:g8 ;[, 5ZGM OMdI]",F SM5L SZJF DF8[GL 5ZJFGUL VF5X[m
[A] Edit fill down [B] Edit fill right
[C] Edit Copy [D] Edit delete
198. Pressing Ctrl + Home will be............ (Ctrl + Home 5|[; SZTFPPPPPPPPPPPf
[A] Move your view up to screen [B] Move screen down
[C] Move to cell A1 [D] Move to column A
199. In MS Excel pressing enter key cell moves to...........
MS Excel DF\ HIFZ[ V[g8Z SL 5|[; SZJFDF\ VFJ[ tIFZ[ ;[,PPPPPPPPPPPP AFH] D]J YFI K[P
[A] Left [B] Right
[C] Next row [D] Up
200. Which is used to fill the series in the cell range?
;[, Z[gHDF\ l;ZLh VF5JF DF8[ XFGM p5IMU YFI K[ m
[A] Fill Handle [B] Cut paste
[C] Copy paste [D] None
201 In which type of entry the cell will allows you to type?
S[JF 5|SFZGL 8F.5GL V[g8=L ;[, TDG[ 8F.5 SZJF VF5X[m
[A] Text [B] Numeric
[C] Character [D] above all
191.C 192.B 193.D 194.B 195.D 196.B 197.C 198.C 199.C 200.A 201.D
187/273
202. In MS Excel given the facility of spell check.

MS Excel:5[,L\U R[S SZJF DF8[GL ;UJ0TF VF5[ K[P
[A] True [B] False
[C] Doubtful [D] None
203. Anything that is typed in a worksheet appears...............
JS"XL8DF\ S\.56 8F.5 SZJFDF\ VFJ[ T[ NXF"J[ K[PPPPPPPPPPPP
[A] In both the active cell and the formula bar
[B] In the active cell only
[C] In the formula bar first and when you press Enter key into the active
cell
204. To activate a next sheet a Press............
5KLGL XL8G[ V[S8LJ SZJF DF8[PPPPPPPPPP 5|[; SZMP
[A] Ctrl + Pg Up [B] Ctrl + Pg Dn
[C] Shift + Pg Up [D] Shift + Pg Dn
205. By default, there are ............... worksheet in a workbook.
JS"A]SDF\PPPPPPPPPPPPPP0LOM<8 JS"XL8 CMI K[P
[A] 1 [B] 3
[C] 16 [D] 256
206. ............. is a pre-define formula to perform calculations on specific values.
RMSS; lS\DTGL U6TZL DF8[ 5C[,[YL GSSL SZ[,L OMdI]",FPPPPPPPPPPPPP K[P
[A] Function [B] Expression
[C] Phrase [D] None of the above
207. In its default setting, a workbook is made up of three sheets and the
number can be extended to..............
V[S;[,GF 0LOM<8 ;[8L\UDF\ JS"A]S # XL8GL AG[,L CMI VG[ T[G[PPPPPPPPPPPPP ;]WL JWFZL XSFI K[P
[A] 3255 [B] 19255
[C] 3256 [D] 16255
208. By default, Excel sheet displays the following font style............
V[S;[,DF\ GLR[GFDFYL l0OM<8 :8F.,PPPPPPPPPPPPP CMI K[P
[A] Strike through [B] Bold
[C] Italic [D] None of the above
209. A function in Excel...........
V[S;[,DF\ O\SXG V[PPPPPPPPPPPPP K[P
[A] Is a ready made formula [B] Is a short cut formula
210. In a new Worksheet, cell A1 contains, 5 cell A2 contain 7 and A4 contains
9 If cell B1 contains =COUNT(A1:A4), the following result will be displayed in
cell B1.
V[S GJL JS"XL8DF\ A1 5, A2 7VG[ A4 9 WZFJ[ K[P HM B1 ;[, =COUNT(A1:A4) WZFJ[ TM
GLR[GFDF\YL SI]\ 5lZ6FD B1 ;[,DF\ HMJF D/X[m
[A] 9 [B] 3
[C] 4 [D] 5
202. A 203. A 204. B 205. B 206. A 207. A 208. D 209. C 210. B

188/273
211. Pie chart can be plotted on..........

5F. RF8"PPPPPPPPPPPPäFZF AGL XS[ K[P
[A] Multiple data series [B] Only two data series
[C] Only one data series [D] None of the above
212. To print a specific area............
RMSS; V[ZLIF 5|Lg8 SZJF DF8[PPPPPPPPPPP
[A] Set print area from file menu [B] Set print area from page setup
dialog box
213. Cell address of the 26th column and 26th row is............
Z& DL SM,D VG[ Z&DL ZM G]\ ;[, V[0=[;PPPPPPPPPPPP K[P
[A] 26,27 [B] Z26
[C] Y26 [D] X26
211. D 212. C 213. B

189/273
MICROSOFT POWERPOINT
1. What you can do with Ms power point?

5FJZ 5M.g8YL X]\ SZL XSFI K[P
[A] Presentation [B] Slides
[C] Handout [D] All
2. The file extension in Ms power point is………
Ms Power Point DF\ OF.,G]\ V[S;8[gXG PPPPPPPPPP K[P
[A] .PPT [B] .PPS
[C] .DOC [D] .XLS
3. The default file name to Ms Power Point is……….
Ms Power Point G]\ l0OM<8 OF., GFD PPPPPPPPP K[P
[A] Document [B] Book 1
[C] Presentation 1 [D] Untitled
4. To create CCC.PPT which of the package under ms office is used?
CCC.PPT AGFJJF DF8[ GLR[GFDFYL SIF 5[S[HGM p5IMU SZL XSFI K[P
[A] Ms Power point [B] Ms Word
[C] Ms excel [D] None
5. Which is the default view in Ms Power Point?
GLR[GFDF\YL 5FJZ 5M.g8 l0OM<8 jI] SIM K[P
[A] Slide sorter [B] Outline
[C] Normal [D] Not page
6. Slide show is the facility provided in……….
:,F.0 ATFJJFGL ;UJ0TF PPPPPPPPPP DF\ D/[ K[P
[A] Word [B] Power point
[C] Page marker [D] None
7. In which view user can see the notes regarding to slide?
:,F.0 5|DF6[GL GMW p5IMUSTF" SIF jI] äFZF\ HM. XS[ K[P
[A] Slide sorter [B] Note page
[C] Notification [D] Short notes
8. Notes page view used for……..
GM85[H jiF]GM p5IMU PPPPPPPPP DF8[ YFI K[P
[A] Type additional information [B] Editing text
[C] Insert picure [D] Setting background
9. ………. Is the key to use to add a new slide.
PPPPPPPPPPP SL GM p5IMU GJL :,F.0 pD[ZJF DF8[ YFI K[P
[A] Ctrl+ A [B] Ctrl+ S
[C] Ctrl+ M [D] Ctrl+ N
10. How many pre designed slide layouts ms power point provide?
5FJZ 5M.g8 5C[,[YLH 0LhF.G SZ[,F :,F.0 ,[VFp8 S[8,F VF5[ K[P
[A] 27 [B] 25
[C] 23 [D] 26
1. A 2. A 3. C 4. A 5. C 6. B 7. B 8. A 9. C 10. A
190/273
11. To get clipart gallery……… (S,L5VF8" U[,[ZL ,FJJF DF8[PPPPPPPPPf

[A] Space [B] Alt+I+P+C
[C] Tab [D] None
12. To insert slide number in slide which option is used?
:,F.0DF\ :,F.0 G\AZ pD[ZJF DF8[ SIF SDFg0GM p5IMU YFI K[P
[A] Insert slide number [B] Format slide number
[C] Both a and b [D] None of the above
13. Word document template are like……….
J0" 0MSI]D[g8 8[d%,[8 PPPPPPPPPPP H[J]\ CMI K[P
[A] Books [B] papers [C] Stationery [D] notes
14. To start your slide show, press……….
TDFZM :,F.0 XM X~ SZJF DF8[ 5|[; SZMP
[A] F3 [B] F5
[C] F6 [D] F10
15. Which of the following option takes you step by step through the process of
Creating a presentation?
:8[5 AFI :8[5 5|[hg8[XGGL 5|S|LIF AGFJJF DF8[ GLR[GFDF\YL SIF lJS<5GM p5IMUDF\ ,. XSFI K[P
[A] New presentation wizard [B] Auto presentation wizard
[C] Blank presentation [D] Auto content wizard
16. A new slide can be inserted by.
PPPPPPPP äFZF GJL :,F.0 pD[ZL XSFI K[P
[A] Using new slide command on insert menu
[B] Using a new slide command of common task option of formatting toolbar.
[C] pressing key combination ctrl+m
17. Which option will you select so that design,colors and formatting part of
the slide is created automatically?
GLR[GFDF\YL SIF lJS<5G[ 5;\N SZTF VM8MD[8LS,L :,F.0DF\ l0hF.G S,Z OMD["8LU ,. XSFI K[P
[A] Auto content wizard [B] Template
[C] Outline [D] Blank presentation
18. ……….. option is used to view prepared power point presentation.
PPPPPPPPPPPP lJS<5GM p5IMU 5FJZ 5M.g8 5|[h[g8[XG AGFJJF DF8[ p5IMUDF\ ,. XSFI K[P
[A] Print [B] Draw
[C] View [D] Window
19. The arrangememt of elements such as title and subtitle text,picure,tables
etc.is called.
8F.8, VG[ ;A8F.8, 8[184 5LSR;" JU[Z[ HMJF TtJGL UM9J6LG[ PPPPPPPPP SC[ K[P
[A] Layout [B] presentation
[C] Design [D] scheme
20. Which option in power point allows to carry slide from one computer to
Another?
V[S SMd%I]8ZDF\YL ALHF SMd%I]8ZDF\ :,F.0 ,. HJF DF8[ 5FJZ 5M.g8DF\ SIM lJS<5 K[Pm
[A] Save as [B] Save and go
[C] Pack and go [D] Web and go
11 B 12 A 13 D 14 B 15 A 16 D 17 B 18 C 19 D 20 C
191/273
21. Information in slide master will display.

:,F.0 DF:8ZDF\ DFlCTL NXF"JFX[P
[A] In all slide [B] In all slide except title master
[C] In odd slide [D] In even slide
22. The custom animation option is present under which menu?
S:8D V[GLD[XG SIF D[G]DF\ ZC[, K[P m
[A] Format [B] Tools
[C] Slide show [D] Insert
23. To see the immediate presentation slide which is on the screen the window
used is…….
:SLG 5Z ZC[, :,F.0G]\ TtJlZT 5|[h[G8[XG HMJF DF8[ PPPPPPPPP lJg0M J5ZFI K[P
[A] Slide show window [B] Animation preview
[C] presentation preview [D] presentation page
24. The option slide transition is present in………
:,F.0 8=FghLXG VM5XG PPPPPPPPP DF\ VFJ[, K[P
[A] File menu [B] View menu
[C] Slide show menu [D] Tools menu
25. Two statements are given choose the correct altemative statement
1. In power point animation effect can be applied statement
2. In power point action buttons can be used.
GLR[ VF5[,F A[ lJWFG DF\YL ;FR]\ lJWFG 5;\N SZMP
!P 5FJZ 5M.g8DF\ V[GLD[XG V;Z VF5L XSFI K[P
ZP 5FJZ 5M.g8DF\ V[SXG A8GGM p5IMU SZL XSFI K[P
[A] 1 True 2 false [B] 1 false 2 true
[C] Both are true [D] Both false
26. Which option is helps to create as per suggested presentation starting
from title to last slide according to selected subject?
5C[,F 8F.8,YL X~ SZL K[<,[ VF5[,F lJQFI ;]WL ;]RJ[,F 5|[hg8[XGG[ NXF"JJF SIM lJS<5 DNN SZ[ K[P
[A] Blank presentation [B] Auto content wizard
[C] Presentation [D] None of the above
27. Preset animation is present under which menu?
5|L;[8 V[GLD[XG SIF D[G]\ GLR[ VFJ[, K[P
[A] Format [B] Slide show
[C] Tools [D] File
28. In ………. Your presentations display with transition and special effect.
PPPPPPPPP DF\ TDFZ] 5|[hg8[XG 8=FghLXG VG[ :5[XLI, .O[S8 D]HAG]\ HM. XSFI K[P
[A] Slide Sorter [B] Outline view
[C] Normal view [D] Slide show
29. Form the formatting toolbar S button is used for………
OMD["8LU 8],AFZ 5ZGF S GM p5IMU PPPPPPPP DF8[ YFI K[P
[A] save presentation [B] Slove problem
[C] Shading [D] Both A& B
30. You can record slide in………….
TD[ PPPPPPPPP :,F.0 Z[SM"0 SZL XSM KMP
[A] Slide view [B] Outline view
[C] Slide show [D] Both A & B
21 A 22 C 23 B 24 C 25 C 26 B 27 A 28 D 29 C 30 D
192/273
31. You can change background and text color for all slide at a time through.
V[S ;FY[ AWL H :,F.0GF A[SU|Fpg0 VG[ 8[18S,ZG[ AN,JF DF8[ TD[ PPPPPPPPP SZL XSM KMP
[A] Auto layout [B] Place holder
[C] Design template [D] All the above
32. In ms power point how many views are there that allow you to have look at
your presentation?
5FJZ 5M.g8DF\ S[8,F jI] VFJ[,F CMI K[ S[ H[ TDG[ TDFZL 5|[hg8[XGG[ V[S ;FY[ NXF"JL XS[ K[m
[A] 5 [B] 6 [C] 4 [D] 7
33. A set of design format of color scheme is called…………
8[18GF 0LhF.G OMZD[8GF\ ;[8GL S,Z :SLDG[ PPPPPPPPP SC[ K[P
[A] Slide [B] Scheme
[C] Presentation [D] Temple
34. A ….. is the on screen display of your slide. (PPPPPP V[ :,F.0G[ :SLG 5Z HMJF D/[ K[P)
[A] Slide [B] Document
[C] Slide show [D] Animation
35. The first slide in presentation is ………slide
5[hg8[XGGL 5C[,L :,F.0 PPPPPPPPP :,F.0 K[P
[A] Summary [B] Title
[C] Support [D] Intro
36. The shortcut key for justified alignment is……….
V,F.GD[g8 H:8LOF.0 SZJF DF8[GL XM8" SL PPPPPPPPP K[P
[A] Ctrl+ J [B] Ctrl+ E [C] Ctrl + R [D] Not assign
37. In ms power point to change the line spacing which command is used.
5FJZ 5M.g8DF\ ,F.G :5[;LU AN,JF DF8[ SIF SDFg0GM p5IMU YFI K[P
[A] Format line spacing [B] Tools line spacing
[C] Data line spacing [D] None of the above
38. To insert data and time to presentation which command is used?
5|[hg8[XGDF\ TFZLB VG[ ;DI pD[ZJF DF8[ SIF SDFg0GM p5IMU YFI K[P
[A] Insert time date [B] Insert date & time
[C] Insert time [D] Tools date
39. Which of the following views can you use to show just the slide and its
contents?
GLR[GFDF\YL SIF jI] äFZF TD[ OST :,F.0 VG[ T[GL lJUT HM. XSM KMP
[A] Normal [B] Notes page
[C] Slide [D] Slide show
40. When you use a wizard………..
HIFZ[ TD[ lJhF0"GM p5IMU SZM KM tIFZ[PPPPPPPPPPP
[A] There will be series of questions that will be put to you by the wizard
[B] Each question in a wizard will offer you several choices as you create your
document.
[C] The user in provided supplied macros
41. Which of the following can be prepared in power point software?
GLR[GFDF\YL SI]\ 5FJZ 5M.g8 ;MO8J[ZDF\ T{IFZ SZL XSFI K[P
[A] Database [B] Financial Account
[C] Slide show [D] Document
31 C 32 A 33 B 34 C 35 B 36 D 37 A 38 B 39 A 40 D 41 C
193/273
42. Note page view is used to see………

GM85[.H jI] GM p5IMU PPPPPPPPP HMJF DF8[ YFI K[P
[A] The content of your presentation
[B] work on a single slide at a time
[C] prepare speaker’s note for the audience
[D] all the slides as a small version on a single windows
43. Which of the following is not and option in power point software?
GLR[GFDF\YL SIM lJS<5 5FJZ 5M.g8GM ;MO8J[Z GYLP
[A] Custom animation [B] Slide transition
[C] Pack & go [D] Border and shading
44. Which of the sentence is true regarding handout master?
C[g0VFp8 DF:8ZGF ;\NE"DF\ GLR[GFDF\YL SI]\ JFSI ;FR] K[P
[A] It controls the way elements on a slide are displayed
[B] It’s used to add speaker’s notes in our slide
[C] It is used to change the way how many slides would be printed on a single
page.
45. Pressing which key moves you to the next slide in the slide show?
:,F.0XM NZdIFG S. SL 5|[; SZJFYL T[ TDG[ 5KLGL :,F.0 5Z ,. HFI K[P
[A] Page down [B] Space bar
[C] Down Arrow [D] All of the above
46. Which of following statement is not true? (GLR[GFDF\YL SI]\ lJWFG ;FR]\ GYLP)
[A] Text can be inserted anywhere in the slide
[B] A text box can be placed anywhere in slide
[C] Superscript text appears above the line
[D] Ctrl+ b selected the bold style for the selected text.
47. Which following view is not one of the power point views?
GLR[GFDF\YL SIM jI] 5FJZ 5M.g8GM EFU GYLm
[A] Slide sorter view [B] Slide view
[C] Slide show view [D] sorter view
48. In Power Point, slide sorter command is found under which menu?
TDG[ 5FJZ 5M.g8DF\4 :,F.0 ;M8"Z SDFg0 SIF\ D[G] GLR[ D/X[P
[A] File [B] Tools [C] View [D] Edit
49. Which extension is given to power point document by default?
5FJZ 5M.g8 0MSI]D[g8G[ SI] 0LOM<8 V[S8[XG VF5JFDF\ VFJ[ K[P
[A] .EXT [B] .COM
[C] .PPT [D] None of the above
50. Which of the following menu has the background?
GLR[GFDF\YL SIF D[G]G[ A[SU|Fpg0 lJS<5 CMI K[P
[A] Format [B] View
[C] Insert [D] Slide show
51. In handout master footer area appears at………
C[g0VFp8 DF:8ZDF\ O]8Z V[ZLIF NXF"J[, CMI K[P
[A] Top of the margin [B] Bottom of the page
[C] Center of the page [D] None of the above
42. C 43. D 44. C 45. D 46. A 47. D 48. C 49. C 50. A 51. B
194/273
52. Using slider master, you can change which of the following?
:,F.0 DF:8ZGM p5IMU SZLG[ GLR[GFDF\YL TD[ X]\ AN,FJL XSM KMP
[A] The footer area text [B] Font size or style
[C] The date area data [D] all of the above
53. To start a slide show................ (:,F.0 XM X~ SZJF DF8[PPPPPPPPPP)
[A] choose slide show menu from view menu
[B] Choose Rehearse from slide show menu
[C] Click the slide show view button
54. The following is a slide transition effect......
GLR[GFDF\YL PPPPPPPPPP V[ :,F.0 8=FghLXGGL V;Z K[P
[A] Wipe right [B] Dissolve
[C] Both a & b [D] None of the above
55. Power point presentation can be displayed on..........
5FJZ 5M.g8 5|[hg8[XG PPPPPPPPP p5Z ZH} SZL XSFI K[P
[A] Computer monitor [B] Overhead project
[C] Multimedia project [D] All of the above
56. To stop the slide show abruptly ........ key is usede
:,F.0 XM JrR[YL V8SFJJF DF8[ PPPPPPPP SL J5ZFI K[P
[A] Space bar [B] Escape [C] Tab [D] Enter
57. Previously created presentation can be used by ......... option
VUFpYL AGFJ[,] 5|[hg8[XGGM p5IMU PPPPPPPP lJS<5 äFZF SZL XSFI K[P
[A] Template [B] Blank Presentation
[C] Auto Content wizard [D] None
58. Option is useful to see slide show at some particular time interval
PPPPPPPPP lJS<5GM p5IMU SZLG[ :,F.0 XM G[ RF{SS; 8F.D VG];FZ HM. XSFI K[P
[A] Time [B] Automatic
[C] Rehearse timing [D] Watch
59. A file which contains ready made style that can be used for a presentation is
called ....
H[ OF.,GL DFlCTL T{IFZ CMI T[ OF.,GF 5|[hg8[XG DF8[ p5IMU SZL XSFI T[G[ PPPPPPPPP SC[ K[P
[A] Auto style [B] Template
[C] Wizard [D] Pre Formatting
60. After choosing a predefine template,.......... option has to be chosen to
change the background color.
5C[,[YL GSSL SZFI[, 8[d%,[8G[ 5;\N SIF" 5KL PPPPPPPPP lJS<5 A[SU|Fpg0 S,Z AN,JF DF8[ 5;\N SZFI K[P
[A] Design Template [B] Color scheme
[C] Animation Scheme [D] Color Effect
61. A chart can be put as a part of the presentation, we can choose.........
5|[hg8[XGGF V[S EFU TZLS[ VF56[ PPPPPPPP GL DNNYL VF56[ RF8" ZFBL XSLV[ KLV[P
[A] Insert -> chart [B] Insert ->pictures -> chart
[C] Edit -> chart [D] View -> chart
62. Which view in power point can be used to enter speaker comments?
5FJZ 5M.g8DF\ :5LSZ SD[g8 NFB, SZJF SIF lJS<5GM p5IMU YFI K[P
[A] Normal [B] Slide show
[C] Slide sorter [D] Notes page view
52. D 53. D 54. C 55. D 56. B 57. D 58. C 59. A 60. B 61. A 62. D
195/273
63. Which of the following is an example for automatic text formatting?

GLR[GFDF\YL SI]\ VM8[D[8LS 8[18 OMD["8LUG]\ pNFCZ6 K[P
[A] Underlining hyperlink [B] Adjusting extra space
[C] Replacing two uses with an hyphen [D] All of the above
64. Power point can display data from which of the following add in software of
ms office?
Ms office DF\ add- in software DF\ 5FJZ 5M.g8 SIF 0[8FG[ NXF"J[ K[P
[A] Equation editor [B] Organization chart
[C] Photo album [D] All of these
65. If all slide in power point are in unordered from & you can reorder these
slides.
HM 5FJZ 5M.g8DF\ AWL H :,F.0 H[DT[D UM9JFI[,L CMI TM4 TD[ PPPPPPPPPPlJS<5 äFZF ZLv VM0"Z
sjIJl:YTf UM9JFJL XSM KMP
[A] View /slide finder [B] View /slide sorter
[C] View /notes page [D] View /slide arrange
66. In power point which font size is an unimportant?
5FJZ 5M.g8DF\ S. OMg8 ;F.h lAGp5IMUL K[P
[A] 10pt [B] 20pt [C] 40pt [D] all
67. To qult from power point (5FJZ 5M.g8DF\YL ACFZ GLS/JFPPPPPPPPP)
[A] Ctrl + Esc [B] Ctrl + A [C] Shift + F4 [D] None
68. The basic element of which object are fixed and to be applied animation of
presentation file is.
5|[hg8[XG OF.,GM SIM 5FIFGM W8S GSSL YI[, K[ VG[ V[GLD[XG DF8[ :JLSFI" K[P
[A] Note page [B] Page
[C] Slide [D] Presentation page
69. Slide transition option is present under which menu?
:,F.0 8=FghLXG lJS<5 PPPPPPP D[G]DF\ VFJ[, K[P
[A] Insert [B] Slide show [C] View show [D] Tools
70. In which field Ms power point is used?
5FJZ 5M.g8GM p5IMU SIF 1F[+DF\ SZL XSFI K[P
[A] Marketing [B] Teaching
[C] Creating home page [D] All of the above
71. In which view one can delete the slide and pressing the delete key?
GLR[GFDF\YL S. :,F.0G[ 0L,L8 SL 5|[; SZLG[ 0L,L8 SZL XSFI K[m
[A] Slide sorter [B] Slide show
[C] Slide [D] Outline
72. Which of the following provide the best environment for creating
presentation?
GLR[GFDF\YL ;F{YL ;FZ]\ 5|[hg8[XG SIF lJS<5 äFZF AGFJL XSFI K[m
[A] Slide view [B] Slide sorter view
[C] Slide show view [D] Outline view
73. To insert picture in your presentation.
TDFZF 5|[hg8[XGDF\ lR+ pD[ZJF DF8[ PPPPPPPPP
[A] Insert picture from file [B] Insert picture button
[C] File insert [D] None of the above
63. A 64. D 65. B 66. A 67. D 68. C 69. B 70. D 71. A 72. A 73. B
196/273
74. ............ option is used to apply one of the ms power point design template
to your presentation or uses one of your presentation as template.
PPPPPPPPPP VM%XGGM p5IMU 5FJZ 5M.g8DF\ l0hF.G 8[d5,[8 NXF"JJF DF8[ YFI K[P
[A] Apply design [B] Slide color scheme
[C] Background [D] Slide layout
75. ............ is key combination to right align the text.
............... SL äFZF 8[18G[ HD6L AFH]G]\ V[,F.D[g8 VF5L XSFI K[P
[A] Ctrl + R [B] Ctrl +
[C] Shift + R [D] None
76. In ........... you presentation displays with transition and special effects.
TDFZL 5|[hg8[XGG[ 8=FghLXG VG[ :5[XI, .O[S8 ;FY[ NXF"JJF DF8[ PPPPPPPPP CMI K[P
[A] Slide show [B] Outline view
[C] Normal view [D] None
77. What of the following tools should you use to map hierarchy of Relationship?
GLR[GFDF\YL SIF 8],GM p5IMU TD[ GSXFG[ ;\AWLT SZL XSM KMP
[A] Picture toolbar [B] Microsoft organization chart
[C] Microsoft chart [D] All the above
78. ......... is the easiest an quickest way to prepare the presentation.
PPPPPPPPPP V[ ;F{YL ;Z/ VG[ h05L 5|[hg8[XG AGFJJFGM Z:TM K[P
[A] Template [B] Blank presentation
[C] Auto content wizard [D] All of the above
79. When you want to make a change that will effect all slides in your presentation
then make the change once in the.
HIFZ[ TD[ V[S;FY[ AWL H :,F.0G]\ 5|[hg8[XG V[S H ;DI[ V[S H JBT[ AN,J]\ CMI tIFZ[ p5IMUL AG[ K[P
[A] Slide master [B] Slide sorter
[C] Slide show [D] None
80. The Transition effect can be set througn..........
8=FghLXGGL .O[S8 PPPPPPPPPPP äFZF ;[8 SZL XSFI K[P
[A] Outline view [B] Slide sorter
[C] Slide [D] All
81. To return to the previous slide in the presentation use..........
5|[hg8[XGDF\ VFU/GL :,F.0 HMJF DF8[ PPPPPPPPPP GM p5IMU YFI K[P
[A] Backspace [B] \
[C] P [D] Delete
82. Which of the following is used to remove quickly the extra bullet from a
slide while in panel?
GLR[GFDF\YL X[GF p5IMU äFZF :,F.0 5[G,DF\ ZC[,F A],[8G[ B]A h05L N}Z SZ[ K[P
[A] Backspace [B] Insert
[C] Page up [D] Del
83. The alignment to the text box is given from...........
GLR[GFDF\YL PPPPPPPP äFZF 8[18AM1FG[ V,F.D[g8 VF5L XSFI K[P
[A] Format alignment [B] File alignment
74. A 75. A 76. D 77. B 78. C 79. A 80. B 81. A 82. A 83. A
197/273
84. In Ms- power point which option is used to convert text from “The
computer” to “tHE COMPUTER” which case is use.
“The computer” DF\ “tHE COMPUTER” DF\ AN,JF DF8[ 5FJZ 5M.g8DF\ GLR[GFDF\YL SIF
lJS<5GM p5IMU SZL XSFI K[P
[A] Title [B] Upper
[C] Lower [D] Toggle
85. To insert the chart in presentation which command is used?
5|[hg8[XGDF\ RF8" pD[ZJF DF8[ SIF SDFg0GM p5IMU YFFI K[P
[A] Insert picture chart [B] Insert chart
[C] Format chart [D] None of the above
86. What is the maximum number of showing positioning of per page handouts?
NZ[S 5[.HGL C[g0 VFp8GL l:YTL ATFJJF JWFZ[DF\ JWFZ[ S[8,F G\AZGF 5[.H K[m
[A] 3 per page [B] 4 per page
[C] 9 per page [D] 12 per page
87. There are large number of templates that are provided by microsoft word.
DF.S|M;MO8 J0" äFZF VF5JFDF\ VFJ[,F 36F 5|SFZGF\ 8[d%,[8 CMI K[P
[A] These templates are for generating business documents
[B] They have many built in formatting features
[C] The user can add his own to the existing list
88. Which of the following view displays all the slides at once as miniatures (small
form)?
GLR[GFDF\YL SIF jI] äFZF AWL H :,F.0G[ V[S;FY[ GFGF OMD"DF\ HM. XSFI K[P
[A] Slide sorter [B] Normal
[C] Note page [D] Outline
89. which of the following is the shortcut key to insert a new slide?
GJL :,F.0 pD[ZJF DF8[GL XM8"S8 SL GLR[GFDF\YL S. K[[P
[A] Ctrl + D [B] Ctrl + N
[C] Ctrl + O [D] Ctrl + M
90. Ctrl + D is shortcut key of..........
Ctrl + D V[ PPPPPPPPP GL XM8"S8 SL K[P
[A] Creating a duplicate slide [B] Inserting a new slide
[C] Deleting a slide from the presentation [D] Changing the layout of the
active slide
91. Which of the following is the slide animation?
GLR[GFDF\YL SI] :,F.0 V[GLD[XG K[m
[A] Boomerang [B] Bounce
[C] Zoom [D] All of the above
92. Which of the following is not the command in slide show menu?
GLR[GFDF\YL SIM SDFg0 :,F.0 XM D[G] GM GYLm
[A] Pack and Go [B] Setup show
[C] Slide Transition [D] Action Buttons
84. D 85. B 86. C 87. D 88. A 89. D 90. A 91. D 92. A

198/273
93. There are ......... slide layouts available in the power point
5FJZ 5M.g8DF\ PPPPPPPPPP :,F.0 ,[ VFp8 CMI K[P
[A] 22 [B] 23
[C] 27 [D] 26
94. What does the speaker prepares to check that he has not missed any
point while giving the speech?
:5LR VF5TL NZdIFG SM. 5M.g8 E],F. UI[,M G CMI T[ :5LSZ äFZF PPPPPPPPGL DNNYL R[S SZL XSFI K[P
[A] Note page [B] Slide show
[C] Slide view [D] Outline view
95. Which of the following view does power point provide?
GLR[GFDF\YL SIM 5FJZ 5M.g8 5]~\ 5F0T]\ GYLm
[A] Outline [B] Slide sorter
[C] Notes page [D] All of the above
96. For what purpose can you use the shortkey ctrl + D in power point?
5FJZ 5M.g8DF\ SIF C[T] DF8[ TD[ Ctrl + D XM8"S8 SL GM p5IMU SZL XSM KMm
[A] Duplicating the selected slide [B] Cut the selected slide
[C] Paste the selected text or graphics [D] None of the above
97. To delete the selected slide, in the slide sorter press the following key.
:,F.0 XM8"ZDF\ ;L,[S8 SZ[,L :,F.0G[ 0L,L8 SZJF DF8[ GLR[GF SL 5|[; SZMPPP
[A] Del [B] Backspace
98. What is the maximum of showing positioning of page handouts?
NZ[S 5[HGL C[g0VFp8;GL l:YTL ATFJJF JWFZ[DF\ JWFZ[ S[8,F G\AZ K[m
[A] 3 Per page [B] 4 Per page
[C] 12 Per page [D] 9 Per page
99. Which of the following is true regarding the slide master?
GLR[GFDF\YL :,F.0 DF:8ZGF\ VG];\WFGG[ SI]\ JFSI ;FR]\ K[m
[A] It controls the way elements on a slide display
[B] It is the sames as a title master
[C] It can not be changed
100. Following is a type power point slide show option?
GLR[GFDF\YL SIM 5FJZ 5M.g8GF :,F.0 XM VM%XGGM 5|SFZ K[P
[A] Presented by the speaker [B] Browsed by an individual
[C] Browsed at a kiosk [D] All of the above
101. Pressing which key moves you to the next slide in the slide show?
:,F.0XMDF S. SLG[ 5|[; SZJFYL 5KLGL :,F.0 5Z H. XSFI K[P
[A] Spacebar [B] Left arrow
102. Power point slide can contain...... type of information.
5FJZ 5M.g8 :,F.0 PPPPPPPPP 5|SFZGL DFlCTL NXF"J[ K[P
[A] Text [B] Drawing
[C] Animation and sound [D] All of the above
93. C 94. A 95. D 96. A 97. C 98. D 99. A 100. D 101. A 102.D
199/273
103. There are ........... different types of view in a power point.

5FJZ 5M.g8DF\ PPPPPPPPPPP 5|SFZGF H]NF H]NF jI] CMI K[P
[A] 5 [B] 4
[C] 3 [D] 2
104. We can create our presentation by .......... option.
VF56[ VF56L 5|[hG8[XG PPPPPPPPPPP lJS<5 äFZF AGFJL XSLV[ KLV[P
[A] Template [B] Choice
[C] Blank presentation [D] All of the above
105. To maintain some specifications in all the slides of a presentation........
slide is selected.
5|[hg8[XGDF\ ZC[,L AWL H :,F.0DF\ RMSS;F. HF/JJF PPPPPPPPPP :,F.0 ;L,[S8 SZJFDF\ VFJ[ K[P
[A] Blank [B] Master
[C] Title [D] All of the above
106. Power Point 2000 has ............ number of views.
5FJZ 5M.g8DF\ Z___ PPPPPPPP jI] K[P
[A] 3 [B] 4
[C] 5 [D] 6
107. Ellipse motion is a predefined............
.,L%; DMXGV[ PPPPPPPPP 5|SFZG]\ 5C[,[YL GSSL SZ[,]\ DMXG K[P
[A] Design Template B] Color scheme
[C] Animation Scheme [D] None of these
108. We can replace a font on all slides with another font using the........ option.
VF56[ PPPPPPPP lJS<5GM p5IMU SZL AWL :,F.0GF OMg8 AN,L XSLV[ K[P
[A] Edit -> fonts [B] Tools -> fonts
[C] Tools -> replace fonts [D] Format -> replace fonts
109. Which option can be used to set custom timings for slides in a presentation?
5|[hg8[XGDF\ :,F.0 DF8[GM S:8D 8F.D ;[8 SZJF DF8[ SIF lJS<5GM p5IMU SZL XSFI K[P
[A] Slider timings [B] Slider timer
[C] Rehearsal [D] Slide show setup
110. Which type of fonts are best suite for titles and headlines.
8F.8, VG[ C[0,F.g; DF8[ SIF 5|SFZGF OMg8 ;FZF K[m
[A] Serif fonts [B] Sans serif fonts
[C] Text fonts [D] Picture fonts
103. A 104. D 105. B 106. A 107. C 108. D 109 C 110. B

200/273
111. Views fells the entire screen allows you to see the slide show just as
your audlence view it……………
PPPPPPPPPPP jI]V[ 5]Z[5]ZM :,F.0 XM HMJF DF8[ 5ZJFGUL VF5[ K[P
[A] Slide sorter [B] Slide show
[C] Normal [D] Outline
112. If you want to change the complete look of presentations.
HM TD[ 5[|hg8[XGGM 5]Z[ 5]ZM N[BFJ AN,JM CMI TM PPPPPPPPPPPP
[A] Color scheme [B] Design template
[C] Slide layout [D] None
113. To show all the slides at a time which of the command is used?
AWL H :,F.0GM V[S ;FY[ XM SZJF SIM SDFg0 p5IMUL K[P
[A] View normal [B] View slide show
[C] View slide sorter [D] None
114. Which is graphical representation of a number and text.
G\AZ VG[ 8[18G]\ SI] U|FlOS; 5|lTlGlWtJ K[P
[A] Picture [B] Word Art
[C] Chart [D] None
115. The basic element on which objects, text box, picture can be inserted
in power point calles as………
Ms power point DF\ 5FIFGM W8S S[ H[G[ VMaH[S84 8[18 AMS; S[ l5SRZ 5Z .g;8" SZL XSFI K[4 T[G[
PPPPPPPPPPP SC[ K[P
[A] Pages [B] Sheets
[C] Master plate [D] Slide
116. Which of the following enables you to exit slide show view.
:,F.0 XM jI] DF\YL ACFZ GLS/JF DF8[ GLR[GF DF\YL SIM lJS<5GM p5IMU YFI K[P
[A] View exit [B] File quit
[C] File exit [D] Esc key
117. To edisan organization chart on an auto layout slide ……the place holder.
TDFZL ;\:YFGF RF8"DF VM8M ,[ VFp8 :,F.0 pD[ZJF DF8[ PPPPPPPPP SZJFDF VFJ[ K[P
[A] Click [B] Double click
[C] Drag [D] All
118. ……… option use to add or change the text that appears at the top & bottom of
every page or slide.
PPPPPPP lJS<5GM p5IMU NZ[S 5[.H p5Z VG[ GLR[ NXF"J[, 8[18DF\ pD[ZM SZJF S[ AN,JF DF8[ YFI K[P
[A] Outline [B] Header and footer
[C] Note page [D] Context
119. Which one of the following option is available in ms power point.
GLR[GFDF\YL SIM lJS<5 5FJZ 5M.g8DF\ CMI K[P
[A] Goal seek [B] Auto correct
[C] Mail merge [D] Foot note
120. In note page view which of the following planes would you use to.
GLR[GFDF\YL ZLDF.g0Z GM8 ,BJF DF8[ SIF 5|SFZGL GM85[H jI]GM p5IMU SZJFDF\ VFJ[ K[P
[A] Slide plane [B] Outline plane
[C] Note plane [D] All above
111. B 112 B 113. C 114.C 115.D 116.D 117.B 118.B 119.B 120.C
201/273
121. To change the overall look of a presentation you should apply the attempted
5]Z[ 5]ZL 5|[hg8[XGGM N[BFJ AN,JF DF8[ TD[ VF5L XSM KMPPPPPPPPP
[A] Auto layout [B] Place holder
[C] Design template [D] All th above
122. To check the spelling in current presentation …….. function key is used.
RF,] 5[|hg8[XGDF\ :5[,LU R[S SZJF DF8[ PPPPPPPPPPP O\SXG SL p5IMUL K[P
[A] F2 [B] F3
[C] F4 [D] F7
123. In power point how you add duplicate slide in presentation.
5FJZ 5M.g8GF 5|[hg8[XGDF\ TD[ 0]%,LS[8 :,F.0 S[JL ZLT[ pD[ZL XSM KMP
[A] Insert-duplicate slide [B] Copy paste
124. To view the colored slide in the black & white format we use
S,Z :,F.0G[ a,[S V[g0 jCF.8G[ OMZD[8DF\ HMJF DF8[ VF56[ p5IMUDF\ SZL XSLV[ KLV[P
[A] View – Color/Grayscale - black & white [B] Format black & white
[C] Tools black & white [D] None of the above
125. In selection include text in several different sizes the smallest size would appear
in the font size button followed by using.
HM l;,[S8 SZ[, 8[18 VG[S H]NL H]NL ;F.h WZFJTL CMI TM ;F{YL GFGFDF\ GFGL ;F.h4 OMg8 ;F.h A8G äFZF
PPPPPPPPPPPP lRgC äFZF NXF"JJFDF\ VFJX[P
[A] # [B] $
[C] + [D] *
126. Present animation is in ………. menu.
5|L;[8 V[GLD[XG PPPPPPPPPP D[G] CMI K[P
[A] Format [B] Slide show
[C] Tools [D] View
127. We can apply and change the bullet from the Ms power point by.
5FJZ 5M.g8DF\ VF56[ PPPPPPPP äFZF A],[8 VF5L VG[ AN,FJL XSLV[ KLV[P
[A] Insert bullet [B] Format bullet
128. To change the font of all slide from “times new roman” to “Arial black”
which command is used.
AWL H :,F.0DF\ “Times new roman” DF\YL “Arial black” DF\ V1FZ AN,JF DF8[ SIF SDFg0GM p5IMU
YFI K[P
[A] Format change font [B] Format replace font
[C] Format font [D] None of the above
129. Which tab is used from custom animation to animate the chart.
S:8D V[GLD[XGDF\YL RF"8G[ V[GLD[8 SZJF DF8[ SIF 8[AGM p5IMU SZJFDF\ VFJ[ K[P
[A] Effect [B] Chart effect
[C] Slide effect [D] Graphic effect
121. C 122. D 123.C 124. A 125.C 126.A 127.B 128.B 129.B

202/273
130. To goto slide number press.

:,F.0 G\AZ 5Z HJF DF8[ PPPPPPPP 5|[; SZMP
[A] Slide number + enter [B] Pgup
131. Which of the following way is used to prepare your slide show from scratch.
:S[RDF\YL GJ]\ 5|[hg8[XG AGFJJF DF8[ GLR[GFDF\YL PPPPPPPPPP GM p5IMU YFI K[P
[A] Auto content wizard [B] Blank presentation
[C] Design template [D] None of the above
132. Which extension is given to power point presentation file by default.
` 5FJZ 5M.g8G]\ l0OM<8 V[S;8[gXG SI] K[P
[A] .PPT [B] .PPR
[C] .PPP [D] .PTP
133. Which of the following can be inserted into your slide.
GLR[GFDF\YL SIM lJS<5 TDFZL :,F.0DF\ pD[ZL XSM KMP
[A] Table [B] Chart
[C] Organization chart [D] All of the above
134. Which of the following is not the slide transition.
GLR[GFDF\YL SI]\ :,F.0 8F=ghLXG GYLP
[A] Box out [B] Box in
[C] Checkerboard across [D] Fly in
135. Under which menu ‘master’ option is available.
SIF D[G]\ GL GLR[ DF:8Z lJS<5 VFJ[ K[P
[A] View [B] Insert
[C] Format [D] Slide show
136. Which of the following view does power point provides.
5FJZ 5M.g8 GLR[GFDF\YL SIM jI] VF5[ K[P
[A] Notes page [B] Outline
[C] Slide sorter [D] All of the above
137. Which one of the following views is useful to select and work on individual slide.
GLR[GFDF\YL SIF jI]GF\ p5IMU äFZF :JT\+ :,F.0 p5Z SFI" SZL XSFI K[P
[A] Normal view [B] Slide sorter
[C] Outline view [D] Note page view
138. Which of the following shortcut is used to insert a new slide.
GLR[GFDF\YL S. XM8"S8 SL äFZF GJL :,F.0 pD[ZL XSFI K[P
[A] Ctrl + M [B] Ctrl + N
[C] Ctrl + O [D] None of the above
139. Actions button can be inserted in the slide, by action button command of……..
PPPPPPPPPP V[SXG A8G SDFg0 äFZF :,F.0DF\ V[SXG A8G pD[ZL XSFI K[P
[A] View menu [B] Insert menu
[C] Slide show menu [D] None of the above
130.B 131.B 132.A 133.D 134.D 135.A 136.D 137.A 138.A 139.C
203/273
140. Which of the following can be one of the comment of a slide.

:,F.0GF 38S TZLS[ GLR[GFDF\YL SIF V[SGM p5IMU SZL XSFI K[P
[A] Titles [B] Graphs
[C] Clip art [D] All of the above
141. In slide master header area appears at.
:,F.0DF\ DF:8ZDF\ C[0Z V[ZLIF PPPPPPPPPPP DF\ NXF"JFI K[P
[A] Left of the page [B] Center of the page
[C] Top of the page [D] None of the above
142. Under which menu, to apply a slide design to the slide.
SIF D[G] GLR[ :,F.0G[ :,F.0 0LhF.G VF5L XSFI K[P
[A] View menu [B] Slide show
[C] Edit [D] None of the above
143. Following is a type of slide animation.
GLR[GFDF\YL S. :,F.0G[ V[GLG[XGGM 5|SFZ K[P
[A] Flash once [B] Typewriter
[C] Fly from top [D] All of the above
144. Action button can be inserted in the slide, through action buttons command
of……….
PPPPPPPPPP V[SXG A8G SDFg0 äFZF :,F.0DF\ V[SXG A8G pD[ZL XSFI K[P
[A] View button [B] Insert menu
[C] Slide show button [D] None of the above
145. In power point,……… view contains title and text, but chart, art works and
drawings can not be viewed.
5FJZ 5M.g8DF\ PPPPPPPPP jI] 8F.8, VG[ 8[184 A8 RF8"4 VF8" JS" VG[ 0=M.U NXF"JL XSFT] GYLP
[A] Outline [B] Note
[C] Handouts [D] All above
146. To make your slide show go on forever ……… is selected from a slide
show/setup show
:,F.0 XM ;TT RF,] ZFBJF PPPPPPP :,F.0 XM\q;[8V5 XM DF\YL 5;\N SZJFDF\ VFJ[ K[P
[A] Browsed at a kiosk (Full screen) [B] Browsed by an
individual (window)
[C] Show without narration [D] Show without animation
147. We can have the preview of already prepared slides by the help of …….
option.
VF56L 5C[,[YL H AG[,L :,F.0G] 5|LjI] PPPPPP GL DNNYL HM. XSFI K[P
[A] Note page view [B] Slide sorter view
[C] Show [D] Slide show
148. Which of the following can you print on the paper.
GLR[GFDF\YL 5[5Z p5Z 5|Lg8 SZJF PPPPPPPPP GM p5IMU SZL XSFI K[P
[A] Handouts [B] Template
[C] Notes [D] Outlines
140.D 141.C 142.D 143.A 144.C 145.A 146.A 147.D 148.A

204/273
149. The maximum zoom percentage in Microsoft power point is ….

5FJZ 5M.g8DF\ PPPPPPPPPPP JWFZ[ h]D YFI K[P
[A] 100% [B] 200%
[C] 400% [D] 500%
150. Animation schemes can be applied to ……… in the presentation.
V[GLD[XG :SLD PPPPPPPPP DF\ 5|[hg8[XGG[ VF5L XSFI K[P
[A] All slides [B] Select slides
[C] Current slide [D] All of the above
151. Which key on the keyboard can be used to view slide show.
SLAM0"DF\YL S. SL GM p5IMU äFZF :,F.0 XM HM. XSFI K[P
[A] F3 [B] F5
[C] F7 [D] F1
152. Which option can be used to create a new slide show with the current
slides but presented in a different order.
V,U ZLT[ NXF"J[,L RF,] :,F.0DF\ GJL :,F.0 XM AGFJJF GLR[GFDF\YL SIM lJS<5 K[P
[A] Reheasal [B] Custom slide show
[C] Slide show setup [D] Slide show view
153. Which type of fonts are best suit to display large amount of text.
DM8F V1FZM DF8[ SIF 5|SFZGF OMg8 ;FZF K[P
[A] Serif fonts [B] Sans serif fonts
[C] Text fonts [D] Picture fonts
154. How can you center the text in a box in a power point presentation.
5FJZ 5M.g8 5|[hg8[XGDF\ 8[18AMS;DF\ 8[18G[ S[JL ZLT[ ;[g8Z SZL XSFI K[P
[A] File/center
[B] Format/center
[C] Click and drag the box to the center
[D] Click on the center alignment box
155. Collection of images that you can enter in your presentation by
using……….
TDFZF 5|[hg8[XGDF\ .D[HGF\ S,[SXGG[ PPPPPPP GL DNNYL pD[ZL XSM KMP
[A] Clip art [B] Picture
[C] Video picture [D] All
156. Outline view displays the contents in.
VFp8,F.G jI] PPPPPP DF\ ZC[,L DFlCTL NXF"J[ K[P
[A] Special fonts [B] Different colors
[C] Bulleted effects [D] None
157. A …….. is an electronic page in a presentation.
5|[hg8[XGDF\ PPPPPPPP V[ V[S electronic page K[P
[A] Work sheet [B] Document
[C] Slide [D] Table
149.C 150.D 151.B 152.B 153.A 154.D 155.A 156.C 157.C

205/273
158. Fly from left, bottom are………

Fly from left VG[ bottom PPPPPPPPPP K[P
[A] Background setting [B] Animation effect
[C] Action setting [D] None
159. New presentation can be created by.
GJ]\ 5|[hg8[XG PPPPPPPP äFZF lS|V[8 SZL XSFI K[P
[A] Auto content wizard [B] Template
[C] Blank presentation [D] All of the above
160. Once you have interest chart on a slide you can edit it in future day.
V[S JBT TDFZL :,F.0DF\ RF8" NFB, SIF" AFN TD[ PPPPPPPP äFZF T[DF\ ;]WFZM SZL XSM KMP
[A] Dragging [B] Clicking
[C] Double click [D] None of the above
161. Which of the following should you use to crate a bar chart.
GLR[GFDF\YL SIF lJS<5GF\ p5IMU äFZF AFZ RF8" AGFJL XSFI K[P
[A] Microsoft organization [B] Microsoft graph
[C] Microsoft clip gallery [D] None of the above
162. If you which to ………. view you can work with one slide at a time.
PPPPPP jI] 5Z S,LS SZTF TD[ OST V[S ;DI[ V[[S H :,F.0 5Z SFI" SZL XSM KMP
[A] Normal [B] Note page
[C] Slide [D] Sorter
163. ………. option is used to hide the slide in presentation.
lJS<5GM p5IMU 5|[hg8[XGDF\ :,F.0G[ K]5FJJF DF8[ YFI K[P
[A] Slide show hide slide [B] View-hide slide
[C] Format hade slide [D] None of the above
164. To Insert slide from another presentation we can use.
ALHF 5|[hg8[XGDF\YL :,F.0 pD[ZJF DF8[ VF56[ p5IMU SZL XSLV[ KLV[P
[A] Slide finder [B] Slide sorter
[C] Insert slides from file [D] None of the above
165. To delete the exiting clipart image.
V5FI[,L S,L5 VF8" .D[HG[ 0L,L8 SZJF DF8[
[A] Double click on image [B] Select image & press del
key
[C] Drag image outside [D] All of the above
166. The maximum number of slide in ms power point will be.
5FJZ 5M.g8DF\ JW]DF\ JW] S[8,L :,F.0 CM. \XS[P
[A] No limit [B] 25
[C] 256 [D] 255
158.D 159.C 160.C 161.B 162.C 163.A 164.C 165.B 166.A

206/273
167. The alignment to the text box is given from.

GLR[GFFDF\YL PPPPPPPP äFZF 8[18AMS;G[ V,F.GD[g8 VF5L XS[ K[P
[A] Left [B] Right
[C] Justified [D] All above
168. Which of the following can be used to create presentation from scratch.
:S[RDF\YL GJ]\ 5|[hg8[XG AGFJJF DF8[ GLR[GFDF\YL PPPPPPPPPP GM p5IMU SZL XSFI K[P
[A] Auto content wizard [B] Design template
[C] Sample presentation [D] Blank presentation
169. In which view notes pane appears in power point.
5FJZ 5M.g8DF\ SIF jI]DF\ GM8 5[.G NXF"J[, CMI K[P
[A] Normal view [B] Outline view
170. Which of the following masters controls the appearance of all the slide.
GLR[GFDF\YL SIM lJS<5 AWL H :,F.0GM DF:8Z S\8=M, ATFJ[ K[P
[A] Handout master [B] Slide master
[C] Notes master [D] None of the above
171. There are ……. text alignments available in power poit.
5FJZ 5M.g8 8[18 V,F.D[g8 DF8[ PPPPPPP lJS<5 CMI K[P
[A] 5 [B] 4
[C] 3 [D] 2
172. When you are finished working with power point, you should do which of
the following.
HIFZ[ TD[ 5FJZ 5M.g8DF\ SFI" 5]Z] SZM KM tIFZ[ GLR[GFDF\YL TDFZ[ X]\ SZJ]\ HM.V[P
[A] Simple turn off the computer
[B] Choose file,exit from the menu
[C] Click the application close button
[D] Either b or c
173. In which view notes pane appears.
SIF jI]DF\ GM8 5[.G CMI K[P
[A] Normal view [B] Outline view
[C] Both b and c [D] None of the above
174. In slide show menu which of the command is not available.
:,F.0XM D[G]DF\YL GLR[GFDF\YL SIM SDFg0 5|F%T GYLP
[A] Action buttons [B] Slide transition
[C] Background [D] None of the above
175. ……….. is prepared by using power point.
5FJZ 5M.g8GM p5IMU SZL PPPPPPPPP AGFJL XSFI K[P
[A] Table [B] Database
[C] Worksheet [D] Presentation
167.D 168.D 169.A 170.B 171.B 172.D 173.A 174.C 175.D

207/273
176. To insert a new slide in the current presentation,we can choose.

RF,] 5|[hg8[XGDF\ GJL :,F.0 pD[ZJF VF56[ PPPPPPPPP 5;\N SZL XSLV[ KLV[P
[A] Ctrl + M [B] Ctrl + N
[C] Ctrl + O [D] Ctrl + F
177. The boxes that are displayed to indicate that the text, pictures or objects
are placed in it is called……..
HIF\ 8[18 l5SRZ VYJF VMaH[S8 NXF"JJF DF8[G] AMS; K[ T[G[ PPPPPPPP SC[ K[P
[A] Placeholder [B] Auto text
[C] Text box [D] Word art
178. In power point hyperlink can identify by.
5FJZ 5M.g8DF\ CF.5Z,LS PPPPPPPP äFZF NXF"J[, CMI K[P
[A] Underline [B] Bold
[C] Italic [D] All
176. A 177. A 178. A

208/273
WINDOWS
1. To hide the clock from the taskbar which command is used?
8F:SAFZ 5ZYL S,MSG[ N]Z SZJF DF8[ SIF SDFg0GM p5IMU YFI K[m
[A] Show clock [B] Hide clock
[C] View clock [D] None
2. Which of the following command insert the information form clipboard?
GLR[GFDF\YL SIM SDFg0 S,L5AM0" DF\YL DFlCTL .g;8" SZ[ K[P
[A] Send to [B] Cut
[C]Copy [D] Paste
3. Which is the shortcut key to close any application run under windows?
lJg0MhDF\ ZC[,L SM. RF,] V[%,LS[XGG[ A\W SZJF S. XM8"S8 SL K[P
[A] F4 [B] Alt +f4
[C] Alt +f + n [D] None
4. TO switch between different application in window the short used is ?
V,U V,U RF,] V[%,LS[XGG[ AN,JF DF8[ lJg0Mh DF\ S. XM8"S8 SL J5ZFI K[P
[A] Alt +tab [B] Alt +space
[C] Alt +shift +enter [D] None of the above
5. To activate the start menu the shortcut key used is .
:8F8" D[G] G[ SFIF"glJT SZJF DF8[ PPPPPPP XM8"S8 SL p5IMUDF\ ,[JFI K[P
[A] Ctrl + esc [B] Alt +esc
[C] Shift + esc [D] Shift +tab
6. Operating system is acts as ........... between user and computer.
p5IMUSTF" VG[ SMd%I]8Z JrR[ VM5Z[8L\U l;:8D PPPPPPPPP TZLS[ SFI" SZ[ K[P
[A] Interchange [B] Interface
[C] Inperaction [D] None
7. which of the following operating systems do you choose to implement a
client –server network ?
GLR[GFDFYL S. VM5Z[8LU l;:8D S,F.g8 ;J"Z G[8JS" .d%,LD[g8 DF8[GL K[P
[A] MS DOS [B] Windows 95
[C]windows 98 [D] Windows 2000
8. Page stealing..........
5[.H :8L,LU V[PPPPPPPPPPPK[P
[A] is a sing of an efficient system
[B] Is talking page frames from other working sets
[C] Should be the tuning goal
[D] is talking larger disk spaces for pages paged out
9. The operating system manages .............
VM5Z[8LU l;:8DPPPPPPPP D[G[H SZ[ K[P
[A] Memory [B] Processes
[C] Disks and l\o devices [D] All of the above
10. Press any key to continue get with .............
5|[; V[GL SL 8] Sg8LgI] PPPPPPPPPPPPPP ;FY[ D[/JFI K[P
[A] Exit [B] Pause
[C] Echo [D] None
1. A 2. D 3. B 4. A 5. A 6. B 7. D 8. B 9. D 10. B
209/273
11. Close file...............

OF., A\W SZJL V[8,[PPPPPPPPPP
[A] Automatic save a file [B] Delete from RAM
[C] Delete from Windows [D] None
12. In GUI for working best device...........
GUI DF\ SFI" SZT]\ DCtJG]\ ;FWG PPPPPPPPPPPPPP K[P
[A] Touch Screen [B] Command Line
[C] Mouse pointing and click [D] None
13. Which of the following is not a function of windows operating system?
GLR[GFDF\YL lJg0Mh VM5Z[8L\U l;:8D SI]\ SFI" SZT]\ GYL m
[A] Manage I/O device
[B] Mange file system
[C] Allows to send data from one computer to another
14. Driver files are used to............
0=F.JZ OF.,GM p5IMUPPPPPPPPPPPPP DF8[ SZL XSFI K[P
[A] Enable to all drives [B] Used to install program
[C] A & B [D] None
15. A windows 2000 grouping of files known as............
lJg0Mh Z___ DF\ OF.,GM ;D]CPPPPPPPPPPP YL VM/BFI K[P
[A] Folder [B] Subfolders
[C] File [D] Dairy
16. If you will add any hardware, which of the following program you need.
HM TD[ SM. GJ]\ CF0"J[Z pD[ZM4 TM GLR[GFDFYL SIF 5|MU|FDGL H~Z 50[ K[P
[A] Device Driver [B] Application Software
[C] Driver [D] Nothing
17. What is the process to put a picture as a desktop ?
0[:S8M5 TZLS[ lR+G[ D]SJF DF8[GL 5|lSIF S. K[ m
[A] Start – Control Panel – Display [B] Start – Wallpaper – display
[C] Start – Desktop – Display [D] None of the above
18. In windows file created are stored in which folder?
lJg0MhDF\ AGFJ[,L OF.,G[ SIF OM<0ZDF\ :8MZ SZFI K[ m
[A] My documents [B] My computer
[C] Document [D] None
19. A selected folder contains several files and several subfolder. Which of the
following is removed if you press delete key ?
SM. l;,[S8 SZFI[, OM<0ZDF\ VG[S OF., VG[ ;AOM<0Z;" CMI K[P HM TD[ delete key 5|[; SZXM TM
GLR[GFDF\YL X]\ delete YX[ m
[A] The files in folder only [B] The Sub folder only
[C] Folder & its entire content [D] None of the above
20. Tile option is present in which option of display properties?
l0:5,[ 5|M58L"hGF SIF lJS<5DF\ Tile VM%XG ZC[,]\ K[m
[A] Desktop [B] Setting
[C] Wallpaper [D] General
11. B 12. C 13. C 14. B 15. A 16. A 17. A 18. A 19. C 20. A
210/273
21. The following software if used under MS windows to browse web.

GLR[GFDF\YL SI]\ ;MO8J[Z Ms windows C[9/ Web browse DF8[ J5ZFI K[P
[A] Windows explorer [B] Internet Explorer
[C] Internet viewer [D] Front page
22. Which sub-menu CD-Player options is available?
CD-Player GM lJS<5 SIF\ sub-menu DF\ 5|F%T K[ m
[A] System tools [B] Paint
[C] Entertainment [D] Notepad
23. Creating a new shortcut means............
GJ]\ XM8"S8 AGFJJ]\ V[GM VY"PPPPPPPPPPPPPPPP K[P
[A] Copying original file with new name
[B] Renaming original file with view name
[C] Copying part of file with a new name
[D] None of these
24. In Word Pad tab option is present in...................
J0"5[0DF\ 8[A VM%XGPPPPPPPPPPPPP DF\ VFJ[ K[P
[A] Insert [B] Find
[C] Format [D] View
25. Most of menu items selected and deselected by using.
PPPPPPPPPPPGF\ p5IMU äFZF DM8FEFUGL D[G]\ VF.8d; l;,[S8 VG[ l0l;,[S8 SZL XSFI K[P
[A] Editor [B] Cursor
[C] Mouse [D] Window
26. Using click and drag method.............
Click VG[ drag 5wWlTGF p5IMU J0[PPPPPPPPPPPPPP
[A] Copy & Move file & folder in windows explorer
[B] Change the size of window
[C] Move & Window
[D] All of above
27. For three button mouse the middle button is used for.................
DFp;GF\ +6 A8GDF\YL DwI A8G PPPPPPPp5IMU DF8[ K[P
[A] Open the program [B] Select the text area
[D] Mouse button is not in use [D] None of the above
28. In windows ‘’Refresh’’ option is used to ...............
lJg0Mh ‘Refresh’ VM%XGGM p5IMU PPPPPPPP DF8[ YFI K[P
[A] Refresh the content of file [B]Refresh the GUL
[C] Restart windows [D] None of the above
29. To maximize the current window one can .............
RF,] lJg0MhG[ D[S;LDF.h SZJF PPPPPPPPPPP SZL XSFI K[P
[A] Double click on title bar of window
[B] Click on ‘maximize bottom ‘ of window
[C] Press alt+ space bar and press X
21. B 22. C 23. C 24. C 25. C 26. D 27. D 28. B 29. D

211/273
30. An application can be opened through shortcut on desktop by ........

SM. V[%,[XGG[ PPPPPPPP XM8S8" SL äFZF 0[:S8M5 5Z BM,L XSFI K[P
[A] Double clicking on its shortcut
[B] Right clicking and choosing ‘’open’’ option
[C] Selecting the icon and pressing Enter key
31. IF two applications are open in the screen you can switch on to specify app
by.......
HM SM. A[ V[%,LS[Xg; :S|LG p5Z VM5G CMI TM TD[ RMSS; V[%,LS[XGG[ RF,] SZJF PPPPPPPP GM p5IMU SZL XSM
KMP
[A] Click on appropriate application on taskbar
[B] Start- program –specific program
[C] Either A or B
[D] You can not
32. Which of the following will display shortcut menu of the window ?
GLR[GFDF\YL SI\] XM8S8" D[G]GF VFISMGG[ NX"FJ[ K[P
[A] Click [B] Right click
[C] Double click q [D] Middle click
33. Pressing the print screen keyboard places image of the window?
5|Lg8 :S|LG SL NAFJJFYL SL AM0" GLR[GFDFYL S. HuIFV[ .D[H D]SXMm
[A] IN wordpad [B] IN clip board
[C] on the desktop [D] on keyboard
34. TO activate the menu bar in windows application generally ...PPPPPPP key is
used .
lJg0Mh V[%,LS[XGDF D[G]AFZG[ SFIF"glJT SZJF DF8[ ;FDFgI ZLT[ PPPPPP SL GM p5IMU YFI K[P
[A] Ctrl [B] Alt
[C] Shift [D] Space
35. The shortcut key for copy and paste is......PPPPP
Copy VG[ paste GL XM8"S8 SL PPPPPPPPPP K[P
[A] Ctrl +A & Ctrl +B [B] Ctrl +C & Ctrl +v
[C] Ctrl +C & Ctrl +B [D] None of the above
36. currently we are working on paintbrush under win 98 operating system
the function key F1 depends upon .......
lJg0Mh 98 VM5Z[8LU ;L:8DDF VF56[ 5[.g8A|XDF\ SFI" SZTF CM.V[ tIFZ[ O\SXG SL F1PPPPPPPPPPPP
5Z VFWFlZT ZC[X[
[A] Paint brush [B] Windows
[C] Both A&B [D] None
37. All the hardware setting can be done in............
AWF H 5|SFZGF\ CF0"J[Z ;[8L\UPPPPPPPPPPPPP DF\ YFI K[P
[A] Control panel [B] Task bar
[C] Window [D] None
38. In window explorer if want to select all the files from drive.
lJg0Mh V[S;%,MZZDF\ HM C] NZ[S OF.,G[ 0=F.JDF\YL l;,[S8 SZJF DF\U]\ TMPPPP
[A] View select all [B] Press Ctrl + A
[C] Click tool invert [D] All the above
30. D 31. A 32. B 33. B 34. B 35. B 36. A 37. A 38. B

212/273
39. Taskbar in windows explorer is used to view.............

lJg0Mh V[S;%,MZZDF\ 8F:SAFZPPPPPPPPPPP DF8[ p5IMUDF\ ,[JFI K[P
[A] Minimize icon of currently running application
[B] Free disk space in all physical a 7 logical drive
[C] Total filess
[D] All the above
40. If you want to work in windows environment .......... external device is require.
HM TD[ lJg0MhDF\ SFD SZJF DF\UTF CMI TMPPPPPPPPPPP V[S;8G", l0JF.; s;FWGf GL H~Z 50[ K[P
[A] CD – ROM [B] Mouse
[C] Scanner [D] Printer
41. The title bar of any window application............
SM.56 lJg0M V[%,LS[XGDF\ 8F.8,AFZPPPPPPPPPPP CMI K[P
[A] Is at the top of window [B] At the bottom of window
[C] At center of window [D] None of the above
42. The symbols like W,E,0 etc are available in the application named.............
W, E, 0 JU[Z[ H[JF lRgCM PPPPPPPPPP GFDYL V[%,LS[XGDF\ 5|F%I K[P
[A] Character map [B] Calculator
[C] Paint [D] None
43. In windows you can search file..........
lJg0MhDF\ TD[ OF.,G[PPPPPPPPPPPP ZLT[ XMWL XSM KMP
[A] Type & containing text [B] By data of creation
[C] By their name [D] All the above
44. You can not modify the content of...........
TD[PPPPPPPPPPPPP GL DFlCTLG[ ;]WFZL XSTF GYLP
[A] Read only file [B] Active file
[C] System file [D] None
45. To active menu bar which function key is used..............
D[G]AFZG[ SFIF"lgJT SZJF DF8[PPPPPPPPPP O\SXG SL GM p5IMU YFI K[P
[A] F1 [B] F2
[C] F10 [D] F7
46. In windows explorer to create a new folder using........
lJg0Mh V[S;%,MZZDF\ GJ]\ OM<0Z AGFJJF DF8[ D[G] AFZGF p5IMU äFZF PPPPPPPPP D[G]\ p5IMUDF\ ,[JFI K[P
[A] File [B] Edit
[C] Help [D] Tools
47. In windows explorer the + sign indicate............
lJg0Mh V[S;%,MZZDF\ ‘+’ G]\ lRgCŸ PPPPPPPPPP lGN"[X SZ[ K[P
[A] Folder [B] File
[C] Sub Folder [D] Sub file
48. In windows explorer which view is not available?
lJg0Mh V[S;%,MZZDF\ GLR[GFDF\YL SI]\ 5|F%T GYL m
[A] Large icons [B] Details
[C] Normal [D] List
39. A 40. B 41. A 42. A 43. D 44. A 45. C 46. A 47. C 48. C
213/273
49. Windows explorer is a file management program that you can use to.
lJg0Mh V[S;%,MZZ V[S OF., D[G[HD[g8 SZJF DF8[GM 5|MU|FD K[ T[GM p5IMUPPPPPPPPPPPP
[A] View and change the file/folder structures of your disk
[B] View and change the contents of your files
[C] Move, Rename, Copy, Create and Delete folders and File
50. To close the window operating system which option is used?
lJg0Mh VM5Z[8L\U l;:8DG[ A\W SZJF DF8[ SIM lJS<5 J5ZFI K[ m
[A] Shut down [B] Run
[C] Find [D] Documents
51. To search the file/folder under windows which option is used?
lJg0Mh C[9/ OF., / OM<0Z XMWJF SIM lJS<5 J5ZFI K[P
[A] Shut down [B] Run
52. The programs or applications are located in.............. option?
5|MU|Fd; VG[ V[%,LS[Xg; PPPPPPPPPPP lJS<5DF\ ZC[,F CMI K[P
[A] Programs [B] Run
53. Favorite web sites can b loaded by.
5;\NULGL J[A;F.8 PPPPPPPPPPPPP DF\YL ,M0 SZL XSFI K[P
[A] Start Favorite [B] Start like
[C] Start [D] All the above
54. Computer clock speed .............
SMd%I]8ZGL 30LIFZGL :5L0 PPPPPPPPPPPPP K[P
[A] Is the speed of the inner clock of a computer
[B] Given the frequency at which pulses are generated and processed
[C] Is speed of internal buses of Computer.
[D] None of these
55. One of the statements is not true?
GLR[GFDFYL SI] \ lJWFG ;FR] GYL m
[A] In its default settings, a word processor dose not hyphenate the text
[B] Hyphenating helps when you are dealing with thin column text
[C] By hyphenating, the look of the justified thin column will looked greatly
improved.
[D] Microsoft word hyphenates text in its default setting
56. Word wraps means ..........
word wraps GM VY"PPPPPPPPP
[A] Inserting space between word
[B] Aligning text with the right margin
[C] Moving text automatically in the text line
[D] None of these
49. D 50. A 51. C 52. A 53. A 54. B 55. D 56. C

214/273
57. Which one of the following statements is true?

GLR[GFDFYL SI] lJWFG ;FR] K[P
[A] Line spacing can be set to 1.5
[B] A specified spacing can be left before and after any paragraph
[C] Both A&B
58. Replace command is available on ...........
Replace SDFg0 PPPPPD[G]DF\ VFJ[,F[ K[P
[A] File menu [B] Edit menu
[C] view menu [D] Format menu
59. When you select replace the replace ..... option on the edit menu , the
dialog box which appears is called .
HIFZ[ TD[ Replace lJS<5 Edit menu DFYL 5;\N SZM KM tIFZ[ H[ AMS; HMJF D/[ K[ T[G[ PPPPPP SC[JFI
K[P
[A] Find dialog box [B] Find and replace dialog box
[C] Replace dialog box [D] Edit dialog box
60. What is the term used for the word processing programs that show you directly
on the PC screen the appearance of your final documents you might expect
when the document is printed on the paper ..................
J0" 5|M;[;LU 5|MU|FDDF\ TDFZF 5L;LGL :S|LG 5Z V[JL DFCLTL 5[5Z p5Z l5|g8 SZL XSFI S[ PPPPPPPPP
[A] Search &replace [B] Pagination
[C] Soft copy [D] WYSIWYG
61. A bar at the bottom of the screen that shows what word is prepared to do
next is called ........
J0" CJ[ 5KLG] SI]\ SFI" SZJF T{IFZ K[ T[ NXF"JTL :S|LGGL ;F{YL GLR[ VFJ[,L AFZ G[ PPPPPPP SC[ K[ P
[A] Status bar [B] Title bar
[C] task bar [D ] None of the above
62. At the top of the document where the name of the document is displayed is
called.......
N:TFJ[HGF ;{FYL p5ZGF EFUDF S[ HIF N:TFJ[HG] GFD ATFJJFDF VFJ[ T[G[ PPPPP SC[ K[P
[A] Title bar [B] Status bar
[C] Tool bar [D] Task
63 Status bar shows types of keys .
status bar SIF 5|SFZGL SL ATFJ[ K[
[A] Num lock key [B] caps lock key
[C] Scroll lock key [D] All of these
64. Palettes that can be tear – off are.
GLR[GFDF\YL S. 5[,[8 A\W SZL XSFI K[m
[A] Line color [B] Font color
[C] Fill color [D] All of the above
65. Which of the following is the Graphic Package?
GLR[GFDF\YL SI]\ U|FlOS 5[S[H K[m
[A] Adobe page maker [B] Acrobat Reader
[C] Microsoft [D] Corel DRAW
57. C 58. B 59. B 60. D 61. A 62. A 63. D 64. D 65. D

215/273
66. When you move the mouse pointer towards the left side of the window, it
changes to a right pointing arrow. This pointing area is referred to as.
HIFZ[ TD[ DFp; 5M.g8ZG[ 0FAL TZO ,. HFVM KM tIFZ[ T[ HD6L TZOGF\ 5M.g8L\U V[ZMDF\ AN,FI K[P VF
lJ:TFZ PPPPPPPPPPPP TZLS[ VF/BFI VFJ[ K[P
[A] Selection Bar [B] Selection Beam
[C] Selection Pointer [D] None of the above
67. Which among the following is not a Programming Language?
GLR[GFDF\YL S. 5|MU|FDL\U EFQFF GYL m
[A] Java [B] COBOL
[C] Unix [D] Pascal
68. An electronic page in a presentation is called............
JT"DFG ;DIDF\ .,[S8=MlGS 5[HG[ PPPPPPPPPPPPP SC[JFI K[P
[A] Slide [B] e-slide
[C] e-page [D] Page
69. Professional looking visual adds are prepared with the help of software
called ?
GLR[GFDF\YL SIF ;MO8J[ZGL DNN J0[ 5|MO[XG, HFC[ZFTM AGFJL XSFI K[ m
[A] Multimedia software [B] DBMS
[C] Presentation Graphics Software [D] Graphics Software
70. Swapping ....................
:J[5L\U V[ PPPPPPPPPPPPPPP
[A] Work best with may many small partitions
[B] Allows many programs to use memory simultaneously
[C] Allows each program in turn to use the memory
[D] Does not work with overlaying
71. FAT stands for.............
FAT V[8,[PPPPPPPPPPPP
[A] File Accommodation Table [B] File Access Tape
[C] File Allocation Table [D] File Activity Table
72. When a computer is first turned on restarted, a special type of absolute
loader called............. is executed.
HIFZ[ SMd%I]8Z 5C[,LJFZ A\W VYJF OZL RF,]\ YFI tIFZ[ BF; 5|SFZG]\ V[S ,M0ZPPPPPPPPV[ShLSI]8 YFI K[P
[A] Compile and Go loader [B] Boot loader
[C] Bootstrap loader [D] Relating loader
73. Poor response times are usually caused by.
VMKM ;DI ;FDFgI ZLT[PPPPPPPPPP SFZ6[ YFI K[P
[A] Process busy [B] High I/O rates
[C] High paging rates [D] Any of the above
74. Which of the following program is not a utility?
GLR[GFDF\YL SIM 5|MU|FD I]8L,L8L GYL m
[A] Debugger [B] Editor
[C] Spooler [D] All of the above
66. A 67. C 68. A 69. C 70. C 71. C 72. C 73. D 74. C

216/273
75. A co – processor..........
SM 5|M;[;Z V[PPPPPPPPPPP
[A] Is relatively easy to support in software
[B] Causes all processors to function equally
[C] Works with any application
[D] Is quite common in modem computers
76. Which among the following are the best tools for fixing errors on disks ?
0L:S 5Z ZC[,L V[ZZ sE},f G[ GSSL SZJF DF8[ GLR[GFDF\YL SI]\ ;FZ]\ 8], K[ m
[A] FDISK [B] SCANDISK
[C] CHKDSK [D] FIXDSK
77. VIRUS stands for.............
JFIZ; V[8,[PPPPPPPPPPP
[A] Very Important Resource Under Search
[B] Virtual Information Resource Under Size
[C] Verify Interchange Result Until Source
[D] Very Important Record User Searched
78. .............. runs on computer hardware and serve as platform for other
software to run on.
PPPPPPPPPPP V[ SMd%I]8Z CF0"J[ZG[ ZG SZ[ K[ VG[ ALHF ;MO8J[ZG[ ZG SZJF DF8[ %,[8OMD" 5]~ 5F0[ K[P
[A] Operating system [B] Application Software
[C] System Software [D] All
79. ............... is the layer of a computer system between the hardware and the
user program.
CF0"J[Z VG[ I]hZ 5|MU|FD JrR[PPPPPPPPPP V[ SMd%I]8Z ;L:8DG]\ ,[IZ K[P
[A] Operating environment [B] Operating system
[C] System environment [D] None
80. The primary purpose of an operating system is..............
VM5Z[8L\U ;L:8DGM D]bI C[T]PPPPPPPPPPPPP K[P
[A] To make the most efficient use of the computer hardware
[B] To Allow people to use the computer
[C] To keep system programmers employed
[D] To make computers easier to use
81. ................. system is built directly on the hardware.
PPPPPPPPPPPPPPP l;:8D ;L0L CF0"J[Z 5Z AG[,L K[P
[A] Environment [B] System
[C] Operating [D] None
82. Multiprogramming systems..........
D<8L 5|MU|FDL\U l;:8D V[8,[PPPPPPPPPPPP
[A] Are easier to develop than single programming systems
[B] Execute each job faster
[C] Execute more jobs in the same time period
[D] Are used only one large mainframe computers
75. A 76. B 77. B 78. A 79. B 80. A 81. C 82. C

217/273
83. ............ is the first program run on a computer when the computer boots up.
SMd%I]8Z HIFZ[ A]8Ÿ; V5 YFI K[ tIFZ[PPPPPPPPPPPP V[ 5C[,M 5|MU|FD K[P
[A] System software [B] Operating system
[C] System operations [D] None
84. ............ shares characteristics with both hardware and software.
PPPPPPPPPPPP ,1F6 CF0"J[Z VG[ ;MO8J[ZG[ JC[R[ K[P
[A] Operating system [B] Software
[C] Data [D] None
85. ............. is used in operating system to separate Mechanism from. policy.
PPPPPPPPPPP VM5Z[8L\U DLS[GLhD 5M,L;LG[ H]NL SZ[ K[P
[A] Single level implementation [B] Two level implementation
[C] Multi level implementation [D] None
86. Interface consists of things like program counter, registers, interrupts and
terminals.
PPPPPPPPPP .g8ZO[; V[ 5|FU|FD SFpg84 ZÒ:8Z VG[ .g8ZZ]%; VG[ 8DL"G, ;FY[ ;\S/FI[, K[P
[C] Data [D] None
87. The operating system creates............ from the physical computer.
VM5Z[8L\U l;:8DPPPPPPPPPP 5|SFZGL OLhLS; SMd%I]8Z AGFJ[ K[P
[A] Virtual space [B] Virtual computers
[C] Virtual device [D] None
88. Where are the start button appears is know as...............
:8F8" A8GPPPPPPPPPPPP TZLS[ VM/BFI K[P
[A] Taskbar [B] Icon
[C] Shortcut [D] Standard Toolbar
89. Which option is used in window to apply the program ?
5|MU|FDGM VD, SZJF DF8[ lJg0MhDF\ SIF lJS<5GM p5IMU YFI K[ m
[A] Search [B] Control Panel
[C] My computer [D] Run
90. Which button is used to close the computer ?
SMd%I]8ZG[ A\W SZL N[JF SIF A8G 5Z S,LS SZJFDF VFJ[ K[P
[A] Switch User [B] Turn Off
[C] Log Off [D] Restart
91. What is the process to create a new folder.
GJ]\ OM<0Z AGFJJF DF8[ GLR[GFDF\YL SI]\ Process VFJ[,]\ K[m
[A] New-File-Folder [B] Folder-New-File
[C] File-New-Folder [D] All
92. By which process we can change the name of a folder ?
OM<0ZG]\ GFD AN,JFGL 5|lS|IF S. K[ m
[A] File-Rename [B] File-Change Rename
[C] File-New Name [D] None of above
83. B 84. A 85. B 86. A 87. A 88. A 89. D 90. B 91. C 92. D
218/273
93. Which option of control panels is used to remove installed program in windows?
lJg0MhDF\ .g:8M, SZ[, 5|MU|FDG[ N]Z SZJF DF8[ Control Panel GM SIM lJS<5 p5IMUDF\ ,[JFI K[m
[A] Add Hardware [B] Add of Remove Programs
[C] Remove Programs [D] None
94. In which sub menu Disk cleanup option is available?
Disk cleanup GM lJS<5 SIFDF\ 5|F%T K[ m
[A] Entertainment [B] Communications
[C] Accessibility [D] System tools
95. Which sub menu Network setup wizard option is available?
Network setup wizard GM lJS<5 SIF sub menu DF\ 5|F%T K[m
[A] Entertainment [B] Communications
[C] Accessibility [D] System tools
96. Which of the following icon is used to recover the file which is deleted by
mistake?
E],YL N]Z Y. UI[,L OF., 5]G:5|F%T SZJF GLR[GFDF\YL SIF VF.SMGGM p5IMU YFI K[ m
[A] Restore [B] Undelete
[C] Recycle Bin [D] Regain
97. The Maximum number of characters for extensions of file is.
OF.,GF\ V[S;8[gXG DF8[ JWFZ[DF\ JWFZ[PPPPPPPP VF\S0F/V1FZ JF5ZL XSFI K[P
[A] 08 [B] 11
[C] 05 [D] 03
98. While giving the file name one can use.............
OF.,G]\ GFD VF5JFDF\ VFJ[ tIFZ[PPPPPPPPPPP p5IMUDF\ ,. XSFIP
[A] Alphabets [B] Numbers
[C] Underscore [D] All
99. To set the Screen sever select the......... Option.
Screen sever G[ ;[8 SZJF DF8[PPPPPPPPP lJS<5 K[P
[A] Start control panel display screen saver
[B] From desktop properties screen saver
[C] Start control panel taskbar
[D] Both A & B
100. What is the full form of CLR ?
CLR G]\ 5]~ GFD X]\ K[ m
[A] Close Last Report [B] Close Life Report
[C] Close Long Report [D] Command Line Interface
93. B 94. D 95. B 96. C 97. D 98. D 99. D 100. D

219/273
Shortcut Key
Text Style
1. CTRL+SHIFT+F : Font Face
2. CTRL+SHIFT+P : FONT SIZE
3. CTRL+B : Bold
4. CTRL+I : Italics
5. CTRL+U : Underline
6. CTRL+SHIFT+D : Double underline
7. CTRL+SHIFT+W : Word underline
8. CTRL+SHIFT+A : All Caps
9. SHIFT+F3 : Change case
10. CTRL+ = : Subscript
11. CTRL+SHIFT+ = : Superscript
12. CTRL+K : Make web hyperlink
Document action
1. CTRL+O : Open a file

2. CTRL+N : New file
3. CTRL+W : Close a file
4. CTRL+S / SHIFT+F12 : Save
5. F12 : Save as
6. CTRL+F2 : Print Preview
7. CTRL+P : Print
8. CTRL+* : Show/Hide paragraph symbols
9. F7 : Spelling and Grammar
10. F1 : Help
11. CTRL+F : Find
12. CTRL+H : Replace
13. CTRL+G : Go To
Cursor movement
1. CTRL+A : Select all – entire document

2. SHIFT+HOME : Select from cursor to beginning of line
3. SHIFT+END : Select from cursor to end of line
4. HOME : Go to beginning of line
5. END : Go to end of line
6. CTRL+ HOME : Go to beginning of document
7. CTRL+ END : Go to end of document
220/273
Tables
1. TAB : Go to next cell

2. SHIFT+TAB : Go to previous cell
3. ALT+PAGEUP : Go to beginning of column
4. ALT+SHIFT+PAGEUP : Highlight to beginning of column
5. ALT+PAGEDOWN : Go to end of column
6. ALT+SHIFT+PAGEDOWN : Highlight to end of column
7. ALT+HOME : Go to beginning row
8. ALT+SHIFT+HOME : Highlight to beginning of row
9. ALT+END : Go to end of row
10. ALT+SHIFT+END : Highlight to end of row
11. CTRL+SHIFT+ENTER : Column break
Formatting
1. CTRL+X : Cut
2. CTRL+C : Copy
3. CTRL+V : Paste
4. CTRL+Z : Undo
5. CTRL+Y : Redo
6. CTRL+SHIFT+C : Format painter
7. CTRL+L : Left alignment
8. CTRL+E : Center alignment
9. CTRL+R : Right alignment
10. CTRL+J : Justified
11. CTRL+BACKSPACE : Delete previous word
12. CTRL+SHIFT+L : Apply bulleted list
13. CTRL+M : Indent
14. CTRL+ENTER : Page break
Miscellaneous
1. ALT+ CTRL+C : Copyright symbol - ©

2. ALT+SHIFT+D : Date field
3. ALT+ CTRL+F : Go to footnote
4. CTRL+SHIFT+8 : Show/Hide
5. SHIFT+F7 : Thesaurus
Menubar
1. ALT+F : File menu

2. ALT+E : Edit menu
3. ALT+V : View menu
4. ALT+I : Insert menu
5. ALT+O : Format menu
6. ALT+T : Tools menu
7. ALT+A : Table menu
221/273
FUNDAMENTAL THEORY
CCC
COURSE ON COMPUTER CONCEPT
Computer Basic
• What is a Computer?
A computer is an electronic device, which receives
Input ( data) , then Process on it, & gives Output
(Information) to us.
• The main functions of the Computer are as follows.

Input
Process
Output
3
222/273
Computer Basic
• What is an Input?
The data which we enters into the computer is called an
Input.
• What is the Processing?

After entering the data into the computer, Computer
does process on it , & that is called the Processing.
• What is an output?
Result of Processing is called an Output.
OR
Processed data is called an Output.
Computer Basic
• What is an Input device?
The device which is used for entering the
data into the computer is called an Input
devices .
for e.g. Keyboard, Mouse, Scanner etc.
223/273
Computer Basic
• What is the Processing device?
The device which does process is called a
Processing device.
for e.g. CPU- Central Processing Unit.
Computer Basic
• What is an Output device?
The device which shows the output. for
e.g. Monitor, Printer, Plotter ( Civil
Engineers) etc.
Computer Memory measurement
• Commonly we enter the data into English

Language, but Computer never
understands the English or any other
Regional languages. Computer always
understands the Machine language.
Machine language has only two digits
Zeros & Ones ( 0s, 1s).
224/273
Computer Basic
• When we type capital letter "A" from the
keyboard it signals are transferred like
(0100 0001)
0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1
Bit -Binary Digit
01101111
10001111
01101010 10000000
01001010
2 9= 512
210= 1024 Computer Basic
1000 000 000 000
211= 2048
KB MB GB TB
Bits & Bytes

8 Bits 1 Byte
210 1024 Bytes 1 KB( Kilo Byte- thousand of bytes)
220 1024 KB 1 MB( Mega Byte -1 Millions of bytes)
230 1024 MB 1 GB( Giga Byte -1 Billions of bytes)
240 1024 GB 1 TB ( Tera Byte) – Trillion of bytes

12
225/273
Computer Basic
• Concept of Hardware/Software/Liveware
• What is Hardware?
The parts of computer which we can see & touch
for eg. Keyboard, Mouse , Monitor, Printer,
Speaker etc
• What is the Software?
The programs which in computer are called
Software.
Computer Basic
Hardware
1
3 Software
2
Liveware
Computer Basic
• What is a CPU?
CPU stands for Central Processing Unit, is
a chip located on Motherboard. It performs
mathematical calculations & logic
functions. The CPU is often referred to as
the brain of the computer because it
administers the functions of other
components. When user say their machine
has a Pentium III processor, they are
talking about the CPU chip. 15
226/273
This is a Cabinet not a

CPU. It is a CPU box
227/273
19
20
228/273
C om puter B asic
M ass S torage D evice.
• P arts of C P U
IN P U T MU O U TP U T
CU
A LU
M U :- M em ory U nit
C U :- C ontrol U nit
A LU :- A rithm etic & Logic U nit
WHEN YOU PURCHASE A COMPUTER
• THERE ARE TWO TYPES OF

COMPUTERS ARE AVAILABLE NOW A
DAYS
1. BRANDED COMPUTER
• A COMPUTER WHICH HAS ALL DEVICES
HAS A ONE BRAND NAME.
2. ASSEMBLE COMPUTER
• A COMPUTER WHICH HAS ALL DEVICES
HAS A DIFFERENT BRAND NAME.
C om puter B asic
List of C P U n am e s
• P e n tium I
• P e n tium II
• P e n tium III
• P e n tium IV
• C e le ro n
• A M D A tha lo n ( A dva n ce M icro D e vices).
• L ist of late st m o dels of C P U
1 ) P en tium D u a l C o re 2 ) In te l C o re 2 S o lo ,
3 ) Inte l C o re 2 D uo , 4 ) In te l C o re 2 E xtre m e
5 ) In te l C o re to Q ua d 6 ) In te l C e n trino P ro
• A ll th e se C P U s a re m ad e b y M icro -C hip s, th at’s w h y C P U is
a lso ca lle d M icro pro cesso r.
• T he S p ee d of C P U is m e a sured in M ega H e rtz (m H z).
229/273
Classification of Computers
Digital Computer Analog Computer Hybrid Computer
Micro Computers
Mini Computers
Mainframe Computer
Super Computer
Digital Computer
Digital computers process information which is essentially in a binary or two –state
form, such as zero & one . Digital Computers fall into ranges called Micro-
computers, Mini-Computers, Mainframe-Computers, & Super-Computers
classified in ascending order of size – Small, Medium, Large, & Very Large.
Micro Computers
Mini Computers Size

Storage Capacity
Mainframe Computer
Speed
Super Computer Prices
PARAM 10000 IS 1ST INDIAN SUPER COMPUTER DEVELPED

BY DR. VIJAY BHATKAR AT C-DAC PUNE IN 1991. 26
230/273
The NASA Columbia

Supercomputer. PARAM 10000 FIRST INDIAN SUPER
COMPUTER
Micro Computers Single User
Mini Computers
Mainframe Computer
Multi-user Computers
Super Computer
Micro-Computers
• PC ( Personal Computer)
• Home Computer
• Laptop-Notebook
• Palmtop (PDA) Personal Digital Assistant
• Mobile Phone
• Pocket Calculator
• Tablet PC
231/273
Analog Computer
Analog Computers handle or process information
which is of a physical nature , as for example
,temperature, pressure , electrical, mechanical etc.
32
Polish analog computer AKAT-1

232/273
OUTPUT DEVICES
LIST OF OUTPUT DEVICES
Monitor LCD
Printers Projection
Panels
Facsimile
(FAX) Plotters Speakers
Computer
Output
Microfilm
Monitor
( VDU)-Visual Display Unit.& VDT (Visual Display Terminal)
Color
Monochrome Monitor
Monitor LCD
Monitor
233/273
MONITOR
• Monitor:- Monitor is an output device that displays input and the result of processing. A Monitor is
a piece of electrical equipment which displays viewable images generated by a computer without
producing a permanent record. Monitor is also called VDU (Visual Display Unit). Monitor is an
output device. Using the monitor you can see the output of the processed data. There are three types
of monitors
1) Monochrome monitor 2) Color monitor 3) LCD monitor
• Monochrome monitor displays the result in the Black & White. When Color monitor displays the
result in the color. Most monitors on PCs use the CRT (Cathode Ray Tube) technology similar use in
the television sets. Some computers can use TV sets as monitors. There are small dots on monitor
screen that is called a pixels. Laptop computers more often use LCD (Liquid Crystal Display) in
their monitors. A thin film transistor liquid crystal display (TFT-LCD) is a variant of liquid crystal
display (LCD) which uses (TFT) technology to improve image quality. It is often utilized in battery-
powered electronic devices because it uses very small amounts of electric power.
• Monitor is connected the CPU box with the help of cable. Monitor comes in the different sizes like
9”, 12”, 14”, 15”, 17”, 19” & even 21”.
MONITOR
• CRT MONITOR • LCD MONITOR
• MORE POWER • LESS POWER
SUPPLY SUPPLY
• MORE SPACE • LESS SPACE
• LESS PRICE • MORE PRICE
Computer Devices
Printer
• Any information generated by the computer is displayed by the
monitor. This information or output can be printed on paper with
the help of printer. A printer can print both text & picture. Printout
is called hard copy. Printers can be divided into two distinct
categories
Printer
Im pact Printer Non Impact Printer

Inkjet Printer
Dot Matrix Printer
Dot Matrix printer
Inkjet printer
Daisy wheel printer
LASER printer
Line printer
Chain printer
38
Drum printer LASER Printer
234/273
Characteristics of Printer
Dot Matrix Printer Inkjet Printer Laser Printer
Price Rs. 7000/- & more Rs.2500/- & more Rs. 10000/- & more
Speed Fast Faster Fastest
Print Quality Good Better Best

Print in B/W B/W & Color B/W & Color
Use in print Ribbon (Rs.20-30/-) Cartridge(Rs.1200/-) Toner ( Rs.3500/-)
Print Graphic No ( Yes, if 24 Pins) Yes Yes
Computer Output Microfilm
• Microforms are any form, either films or

paper, containing micro reproductions of
documents for transmission, storage,
reading, and printing. Microform images are
commonly reduced about 25 times from the
original document size. For special
purposes, greater optical reductions may be
used.
INPUT DEVICES
235/273
LIST OF INPUT DEVICES

KEYBOARD MOUSE TRACKBALL
TOUCH
JOYSTICK LIGHT PEN
SCREEN
SCANNING HAND HELD FLAT-BED
DEVICES SCANNER SCANNER
OMR MICR OBR
OCR ECR DIGITIZER
WEB DIGITAL MICRO-

CAMERA CAMERA PHONE
42
INPUT DEVICES
• The computer will be of no use if it is not able to
communicate with the external world. A computer must
therefore, have a system to receive information from the
outside world ( users & other computers) and must be
able to communicate result to the external world.
Computers have an input-output subsystem referred to
as i/o sub system, which provides an efficient mode of
communicate between the central system & outside
world.
• “The device which is used for enter data into the

computer is called an input devices.”
01101111
10001111
01101010 10000000
01001010
236/273
M ost keyboards are rigid, but this foldable keyboard dem onstrates
one of m any variations from the usual.
237/273
F1 For Help
F2 Rename any object
F3 Find Next in notepad/ For Find Files & Folders on
desktop
F4 Cell Absolute in Excel
F5 Refresh In Internet / Go to In Ms-Word & Excel /
Slide Show In PowerPoint
F6 Go to URL / Save File In Dos
F7 Spell Check in Ms-Word & Excel
F8 Extension Mode On In Ms-Word
F9 Extension Mode Off In Ms-Word
F10 Activate The Menu Bar
F11 Create Chart In Ms-Excel

48
F12 Save As Box
• Keyboard is an input device. Keyboard is used to enter the text or numeric data in the
computer. The layout of the keyboard similar to the keyboard of a typewriter. It contains
alphabets, digits, special characters, functions keys and some control keys. When a key is
pressed, an electronic signal is produced which is detected by an electronic circuit called
keyboard encoder. A computer includes all the keys found on a typewriter plus some
additional keys. These keys are cursor control, insert, delete, and scroll lock key. There are
101 keys on the keyboard (some have more). At the right side of the keyboard is the numeric
keypad with numbers and basic mathematical symbols. At the top of the keyboard there are a
function keys labeled F1 to F12. When the Caps Lock key is ON at that time all the letters
will be typed in Capital or when the Caps Lock Key is OFF at that time all the letters will be
typed in the Small.
• Different type of keys are available on the they are as follows.
• Standard typewriter keys (numeric keys ( 0 to 9) , character keys ( A to Z), special characters
(!,@,#,$, etc).
• Function keys ( F1 TO F12)
• Arrow Keys ( also called a Cursor movement keys)
• Special purpose keys (Backspace Key , Enter Key , Esc Key, Shift Key, Caps Lock Key, Tab
Key, Ins Key, Delete Key, Print Screen Key, Multi Key Combination Key, Home Key, End
Key, Page Up Page Down Key, etc.
M o u s e ( P o in tin g D e v ic e )
• M o u s e is a n in p u t d e v ic e th a t y o u m o v e
a ro u n d o n a s u rfa c e to c o n tro l a p o in te r th a t
d is p la y s o n th e m o n ito r
238/273
Functions of Mouse
• Clicking
Press the mouse left side button once & release it, that is called a Click
• Double-Clicking
• If you’re using Windows XP’s default operating mode, you’ll need to double-
click an item to activate an operation. This involves pointing at something
onscreen with the cursor and then clicking the left mouse button twice in rapid
succession. For example, to open program groups or launch individual
programs, simply double-click a specific icon.
Right-Clicking
• When you select an item and then click the right mouse button, you’ll often
see a pop-up menu. This menu, when available, contains commands that
directly relate to the selected object. Refer to your individual programs to see
whether and how they use the right mouse button.
Dragging and Dropping
• Dragging is a variation of clicking. To drag an object, point at it with the
cursor and then press and hold down the left mouse button. Move the mouse
without releasing the mouse button, and drag the object to a new location.
When you’re done moving the object, release the mouse button to drop it onto
the new location. 51
Mouse
A mouse is a pointing device. It is the most common type of input device after the
keyboard. A mouse has a ball, which moves when the mouse moves.
Mouse is an input device. With the help of mouse you can select any object on
the screen very easily. That’s why mouse is also called a pointing device. Mouse
has three buttons ( some has two button). Some mouse has a one wheel
between the two buttons this type of mouse is called a scrolling mouse. By
rotating that wheel you can zoom in or zoom out you picture of document. When
you press the mouse left click one time that is called a click. & when you press
the left button twice rapidly that is called a double click. & when you press the
mouse right button once is called a right click. When you press the right button of
the mouse at that time shortcut menu is opened there. The mouse is also used to
sketches, diagram on the monitor screen. There are different types of Mouse (s)
are available in market like Mechanical Mouse, Optical Mouse, Cordless Mouse.
Cordless Mouse:- A cordless mouse runs on battery and reduces the clutter on your
desk by eliminating the mouse cord. When you move the mouse on your desk, the mouse
sends signals through the air to your computer, the same way a remote control sends
52
signals to a television.
T ra c k b a ll a p o in tin g d e v ic e
239/273
J o y s tic k
Touch Screen
56
240/273
Scanning Devices
• Scanning devices are input devices used for direct data entry
from the source document into the computer system. In
computing, a scanner is a device that optically scans images,
printed text, handwriting, or an object, and converts it to a
digital image. Common examples found in offices are variations
of the desktop (or flatbed) scanner where the document is placed
on a glass window for scanning. Hand-held scanners, where the
device is moved by hand. Hand-held scanners are used where
the information to be scanned or the volume of document to be
scanned is very low. They are much cheaper as compared to the
flat –bed scanners.
• Capturing information using scanners reduces the possibility of
human error typically seen during large data entry. The
reduction in human intervention improves the accuracy of data
and provides for timeliness of the information processed.
Computer Devices
Scanner
• Scanner is an input device used for direct data entry from the
source document into the computer system.
Scanner
OCR OMR MICR
OCR:- Optical Character Reader/Recognition Scanner
OMR:- Optical Mark Reader/Recognition (Used for checking the objective type of paper)
MICR:- Magnetic Ink Character Reader/Recognition ( Used in Banking field) 58
O M R O P T IC A L M A R K R E A D E R ( R E C O G N IT IO N )
Answer Sheet
1. A B C D
2. A B C D
3. A B C D
A n e x a m p le o f P re p rin te d a n s w e r
59
s h e e t re a d b y O M R
241/273
MICR MAGNETIC INK CHARACTER READER ( RECOGNITION)
OPTICAL BAR CODE READER
61
D IG IT IZ E R
62
242/273
Electronic Card Reader
63
W EB CAM ERA
VIDEO CAMERA
243/273
Computer Devices
Modem ( Modulator Demodulator)
• If you want to connect to the Internet, a modem is
absolutely necessary for your PC.
Modem
Internal External
The Speed of Modem is measured in Baud rate
Computer uses Digital Signal & Telephone line uses Analog Signals
Satellite
ISP ISP
AD
Telephone Line
DA
America's Computer 67
India’s Computer
COMPUTER MEMORY
Internal Memory External Memory
RAM ROM Floppy Disk Zip Disk Hard Disk CD/DVD Pen Drive
244/273
RAM
70
RAM
• RAM special chip connected to the CPU , is area where
programs and data reside while in use. When you start
an application ( Word for example) , the computer places
the program in RAM. If you then open a document, it
also loads the document into RAM.
• When you save a document , the CPU copies the
document form RAM to permanent storage. When you
close the a document , the CPU frees up the memory
that was occupied by the document. When you close a
program , memory is also freed up.
• RAM is hold data only so long as it has electricity. If
machine is turn off or loses power , information in RAM
is lost . That’s why any changes not saved before the
machine is turned off can not be retrieved.
245/273
C O M PU TER M E M O R Y
R A M ( R andom A ccess M em ory)
D ifferent N am es of R A M
M ain M em ory
P rim ary M em ory
Tem porary M em ory
A ctive M em ory
V olatile M em ory
The S p eed of C om p ute r is depe nd on the C apa city of the R AM . In m ode rn

P C s, R A M ca pacity is m easu re d in M e gab ytes e ven G igab ytes also
• THE SPEED OF COMPUTER DEPEND ON

CAPACITRY OF RAM.
• W HY COMPUTER BECOME HANG UP?
• REASON OF HANG UP THE COMPUTER
– LESS RAM
– VIRUS.
• HOW TO RESTART A COMPUTER?
• HOW TO START A COMPUTER?
• NEED OF UPS ( UNINTERRUPTIBLE POW ER SUPPLY)
• UPS OF ONE TYPE OF POW ER BACK UP BATTERY

DEVICE.
• W hy RAM called main memory?

W ithout RAM computer does not start. If even dust is on
RAM at that time also computer not started.
• W hy RAM called Primary memory?

The DATA which we enters into the computer first of
all it goes into RAM (MU) .
• W hy RAM called temporary memory?

Because it works until & until while power supply is ON.
• W hy RAM called Active memory?

Because RAM is fastest memory than other memory.
• W hy RAM is called Volatile memory?

Because it works on the Voltage.
• W hy RAM is Read/W rite memory?

Because it read data from disk & also write data in disk 89
246/273
COMPUTER MEMORY
ROM ( Read Only Memory) Picture of ROM
Permanent Memory
Types of ROM
1. PROM
2. EPROM
2
3. E PROM
PROM:- PROGRAMMABLE ROM

EPROM:- ERASABEL PROM
E2PROM:- ELECTRONICALLY EPROM
Why ROM is called Firmware?

As its name suggests, firmware is somewhere between hardware and software.
Like software, it is a computer program which is executed by a microprocessor or a
microcontroller. But it is also tightly linked to a piece of hardware, and has little
meaning outside of it. 90
W h y n e e d e x te rn a l m e m o ry ?
1 . F o r tra n s fe r th e d a ta fo rm o n e p la c e to a n o th e r
p la c e .
2 . T o s to re d a ta p e rm a n e n tly
3 . B a c k u p P u rp o s e
COMPUTER MEMORY
Floppy Disk ( IBM)
A floppy disk is a data storage device. It is one of magnetic storage
device. It is in square or rectangular shape. It is made by plastic
shell. Floppy disks are read and written by a floppy disk drive or
FDD, Drive letter A is reserved for the floppy disk in PCs.
Characteristics of Floppy disk

Secondary Memory
Permanent Storage Device
Portable Device.
Magnetic Memory
Removable Storage Device
I/O Devices
Rewritable Device
Back storage Device ( OFF-line storage device)
247/273
COMPUTER MEMORY
Types of Floppy Disk Picture of Floppy Disk
133 ½ MM 5 ¼” 3 ½” 90 MM
360 KB 1.2 MB 720 KB 1.44 MB
The basic internal components:

1. Write-protect tab
2. Hub
3. Shutter
4. Plastic housing
5. Paper ring
6. Magnetic disk
7. Disk sector.
Actually Data is stored in concentric rings or
tracks. & Tracks are commonly divided into
sections called sectors. 94
COMPUTER MEMORY
Zip Disk ( Iomega ®)

Zip disk is a data storage device. Zip disks
are read and written by (Zip Disk Drive)
Drive letter B is reserved for the zip disk in
PC. Storage capacity of Zip disk is 100 MB
Characteristics of ZIP disk
Secondary memory
Portable Device.
Magnetic Memory
I/O Devices
Rewritable Device
Back storage Device ( OFF-line storage device)
248/273
COMPUTER MEMORY
Hard Disk (IBM) September 13, 1956
Hard disk is also one type permanent storage
device. It is also called Mass storage device. Hard
stores tremendous data in it. It comes in different
sizes like 40 GB, 80 GB, 120 GB, even 160 GB.
Hard is permanently fitted inside the CPU box.
Characteristics of HARD disk
•Secondary memory
•Permanent Storage Device
•Mass Storage Device.
•Magnetic Memory
•I/O Devices
•Rewritable Device
•Back storage Device ( OFF-line storage device)
96
COM PUTER M EMORY

H ard D isk
S uppose one 40 G B hard disk is their, Its
partitions are like that.
40 GB 20 GB C C D C D
20 GB D
C E E F
D E F G
D rive s fo r C D 97
COMPUTER MEMORY
CD ( Compact Disc)-Sony-Philips
Compact disc is an optical disc used to store digital data, originally for
storing digital audio.Without special equipment, you can not save data
in CD. But you can retrieve information from one if you have a
CD-ROM on your computer. The storage capacity of CD is 650/700 MB.
Characteristics of CD.
Secondary Memory
Portable Device.
Optical Memory
I/O Devices
Back storage Device
( OFF-line storage device)
249/273
CO M PU TER M E M O R Y
Types of CD
CD/R CD/RW
CD/R : Com pact disc Recordable

CD/RW : Com pact disc Rewritable
O ne can need CD-W riter for writing data into the CD.
COMPUTER MEMORY
DVD (Digital Video Disc/ Digital Versatile Disk) -Sony-Philips
DVD disc is an optical disc used to store digital data, originally for
storing digital audio. Without special equipment, you can not save data
in DVD. But you can retrieve information from one if you have a
DVD-ROM on your computer. The storage capacity of DVD is 4700 MB.
equals to 4.7 GB.
Characteristics of DVD.
Secondary Memory
Portable Device.
Optical Memory
I/O Devices
Back storage Device
( OFF-line storage device)
COM PUTER MEM ORY

• PEN DRIVE
Pen Drive USB flash drives is a flash m em ory data
storage device integrated with USB ( Universal Serial
Bus) connector. It typically sm all, lightweight, rem ovable
& rewritable. The storage capacity of Pen Drive is 1GB
or even 2 GB also.
Characteristics of PEN drive
•Secondary m emory
•Perm anent Storage Device
•Portable Device.
• Rem ovable Storage Device
•I/O Devices
•Rewritable Device
•Back storage Device ( OFF-line storage
device )
250/273
Computer Software
• Computer software is a general term used to describe a
collection of computer programs.
• Computer software can be classified into two broad
categories; System software & Application software.
Software
System S/w Application S/w
Operating System Translator User Written S/w

Readymade S/w
MS-Office Package (Word- Medical System

CUI GUI
Excel-PowerPoint), Tally
Banking System
Inventory System
Single User Multi-User Single User Multi-User
DOS UNIX WINDOWS 95,98,00,

WINDOWS NT,
MILLENNIUM,XP,FD, WINDOWS SERVER 2003,
VISTA (LATEST ONE) LINUX
Hardware
System S/w
Application S/w
Users
Relationship between hardware, software and end users

251/273
System software
The software which are directly communicate with computer
hardware is known as System software.
Application Software
The software which are designed for solve the specific problem.
Operating system
The operating system is an interface between user & computer.
There are two types of Operating system
1) CUI:- Character User Interface
2) GUI:- Graphical User Interface
CUI:- The Operating System in which we can see only the text not a
graphics this type of operating system is called a CUI Operating
System.
GUI:- The Operating System in which we can both text as well as
graphics this type of operating system is called a GUI Operating
System
Booting
• Process of starting up the com puter is called a booting.
Type of booting
Cold booting W arm booting
W hen start a computer first time that is com puter is starting & it called
a Cold booting.
&
W hen we restart a com puter at that time that booting is called W arm
booting.
Server:- Server is a computer or program which gives service to the

other computer.
Client:- Client is a computer or program which takes services from
the other computer.
Single User Operating System
The Operating system which comes only one computer whenever we
install it in Server. That type of operating system is called a Single user
Operating system
Multi-user Operating System
The Operating system which comes in all the clients ( Nodes) when we
install it in the Server.
252/273
Translators
Compiler Interpreter Assembler
Computer Programming Languages
Low Level languages High Level languages
Machine & Assembly C,C++,FOXPRO , VB, BASIC,

Languages COBOL, FORTRAN, LOGO,
PASCAL , HTML, DHTML, JAVA,
JAVASCRIPT, VB.NET,
Complier translate high-level languages program into machine language

The Work of Interpreter is also same as Compiler but Complier is faster than
Interpreter.
Assembler translate Assembly Language program into the machine language
program.
VB:- Visual Basic

BASIC:- Beginners All Purpose Symbolic
Instruction Code
FORTRAN:- Formula Translation
COBOL:- Common Business Oriented Language
LOGO:- Logic Oriented Graphic Oriented.
HTML:- Hypertext Markup Language
Generation of Computers
Year Generation Processor
1945-1955 First Generation Vacuum Tube
1955-1965 Second Generation Transistors
1965-1975 Third Generation IC ( Integrated Circuit)
1975-1984 Fourth Generation VLSI ( Very Large Scale
Integrated Circuit)-
Microprocessor
Fifth Generation is in progress AI- Artificial Intelligence it is also called

Knowledge Information Processing System
253/273
What is a VIRUS?
• Vital Information Resource Under Siege
Computer VIRUS is nothing but computer
program written for destructive purpose. It is
written such a way that it can be enter in
computer without the knowledge of machine or
user to infect files or certain areas of a disk or
even both of them
• Anti-VIRUS
Anti-VIRUS is a computer program which is
used for removing VIRUS form the computer. It
is also called a DOCTOR of computer.
254/273
Internet
The word INTERNET is the

combination of two word.
Internet
Interconnection Network
What is Network ?
• When two or more computers are connected to
each other by cable and they can exchange the
data that is called a Network. These computers
can be within a walking distance or in the same
building of the office.
• Networking computers allows data to be
transmitted from one machine to another in rapid
and easily. By using Networking we can access
printer, cd/dvd drive, Flopy Drive that are located
on a single machine.
255/273
Terms of Networking
1. Node : - The PCs and the server are known as
network devices or network nodes. In general, a
device or node is connected directly to the network
cable or data path.
2. Server : - The term server refers to any device that
offers a service to network users. A server can be
hardware, software or both. Serves can be PCs which
provide the service to other computer.
3. Client : - The client computer refers to any device that
sends the request for information to the server.
4. Media : - The media is refer to the data path. Media
can be bounded such as a cable/wire through which
computer are connected to each other.
Types of Networking
There are three basic types of networks.
• Local Area Network or LAN
• Metropolitan Area Network or MAN
• Wide Area Network or WAN
Local Area Network or LAN

A local area network is two or more computer
linked directly within a small area such as a room,
building, or group of closely placed buildings.
A LAN usually consists of the following ;
1. Two or more computers
2. Peripheral devices such as printer, hard disk
drives.
3. Special cables to connect the computer
4. A plug in board to handle the data
transmissions such as HUB, SWITCH.
256/273
Metropolitan Area Network or MAN

A Metropolitan Area Network is connection
of computer within a campus or city. MAN
network is span up to 50 kms.
Wide Area Network or WAN

A Wide Area Network is two or more
computers that are linked over world wide by
communication facilities such as Telephone
System or Microwave.
A Wide Area Network is also called Internet.
Topology
These are the ways in which you can
connect the various computers for
networking. This physical arrangement is
called Topology. Different types of
topologies are :
1. Bus Topology
2. Ring Topology
3. Star Topology
257/273
Bus Topology
A Bus Topology is also called Linear Topology.
In Bus Topology all nodes are connected with
central main cable.
If any one node gets effect then there is no
effect on the other nodes because they are
independently connected with central main
cable.
The main disadvantage of this topology is, if
central main cable get effect the network does
not work.
Ring Topology
Ring Topology is also called circular topology. A
ring topology is a collection of individual point to
point link that create circle.
A ring topology has all the nodes attached to a
circle without a central or a host computer. If any
node gets effect then network does not work.
In ring topology computers are arranged in circle.
Data travel around the ring in one direction with
each device on a ring acting as a repeater.
258/273
Star Topology
In the Star Topology a central computer is
called a host computer which provides
interface require for connecting number of
computers.
If any one node gets effect then there is no
effect on the other nodes because they are
independently connected with server.
The main disadvantages of this topology is,
if central node get effect the whole network
does not work.
Server
259/273
Protocol
Networks provide computers the basic ability

of transferring bits from one computer to
another. In order to use networks We need a
set of rules. This is called a protocol. A
communication protocol is a standard that is
designed to specify how computers interact
and exchange messages.
Different types of Protocol

1. PPP (Point To Point Protocol)
2. FTP (File Transfer Protocol)
3. HTTP (Hyper Text Transfer Proto
4. TCP (Transmission Control
Protocol)
5. IP (Internet Protocol)
PPP (Point To Point Protocol)

It is communication protocol, used over
serial lines to support Internet
connectivity. Used to linked personal
computes to the Internet through
modems and telephone lines.
260/273
FTP (File Transfer Protocol)

It is used to transfer files from one
computer to another. It is a very
commonly used procedure to download
and upload files over a internet.
HTTP (Hyper Text Transfer Protocol)
It is used as the communication

protocol to the transport hypertext
documents over the Internet. It tells
the server what to send to the
client, so that the client can view
Web pages.
TCP (Transmission Control Protocol)
Transmission Control Protocol is a

widely used protocol which established
the connection between server and
client.
261/273
IP (Internet Protocol)
IP allows data transmission by identifying each machine on
the Internet by a unique IP address. In fact, each IP
address is made up of a unique set of numbers.
Ex. 192.22.1.115 156.255.36.28
128.174.5.6 255.255.255.256
IP Address consist of 4 number separated by period. Each
number is known as octet. Each octet must be between 0
to 255.
Features of IP address
1. IP addresses are Unique.
2. No two machines can have the same IP number.
3. IP addresses are also global and standardized.
4. All machines connected to the Internet agree to use
the same scheme for establishing an address.
Introduction to Internet
The Internet is the collection of
computer networks. Thus, the internet
is the global network of networks which
use the TCP/IP protocols to interact
with other TCP/IP networks. Electronic
mail messaging, remote login, file
transfer and other related services
provide by Internet.
Data Transmission Mode

There are three ways to transmitting data
from one point to another.
There are
Simplex
Half Duplex
Full Duplex
262/273
Sender Receiver
Simplex
Sender Receiver
( or Receiver ) Or
( or Sender )
Half - Duplex
Sender Receiver
And
( or Receiver ) ( or Sender )
Full - Duplex
S im plex
• In sim plex, com m unication can be
take place in only one direction. T he
device connected to such a circuit are
either send-only or receive only
device.
• E x. P rinter, S atellite D isk
1000
1 0 10
263/273
Half - Duplex
• A Half-Duplex system can
transmit data in both the direction
as a time. Thus, a half-duplex line
can alternately send or receive
data.
• Ex. walkie-talkie
Full-Duplex
• A Full-Duplex system is used that
allows information to flow
sim ultaneously in both the
direction on the transm ission
path.
• Ex. Local Area Network
264/273
Data Transmission Speed

The communication data transfer rate is
measured in a unit called baud. In general
usage, baud is identical to bits per second.
Depending on there transmission speed
communication channels are group into
three basic categories.
1.Narrowband
2.Voice band
3.Broadband
• Narrowband : - Narrowband channels rang

in speed from 45 to 300 baud. They are
mainly used for telegraph line and low
speed terminals.
• Voice band : Voice band channels transmit
data at speeds up to 9600 baud. They are
used for data transmission from I/O devices
to CPU or from CPU to slow I/O device.
• Broadband : Broadband channels transmit
data at speed rate is 1 million baud or more.
The use of broadband facility for high-
speed computer-to computer
communication.
D ata T ra n s m is sio n M e d ia
265/273
U n s h ie ld e d T w is te d P a ir W ire (U T P )
• The cable has four pairs of wires inside the

jacket. Each pair is twisted to help higher
transmission rate.
• The EIA / TIA (Electronic Industry
Association / Telecommunication Industry
Association) has established standards of
UTP and rated five categories of wire. They
are :
1. Category 1 Voice Only
2 Category 2 Data to 4 Mbps
3. Category 3 Data to 10 Mbps
Coaxial Cable
266/273
• Coaxial cable are group of specially wrapped

wire lines that are able to transmit data at
higher rates. They consist of central copper
wire surrounded by a PVC insulation over
which copper mesh is place. The metal
sleeve is again shielded by an outer shield of
thick PVC material. The signal transmitted by
the inner copper mesh is placed.
• Coaxial cable offers much higher bandwidth
than twisted pair cable and are capable of
transmitting digital signal rate of 10 mega
bits per second. They are generally used in
long distance telephone lines and as TV
cable.
O p tic a l F ib e rs
• Fiber Optic Cable consists of a centre

glass core surrounded by several
layers of protective materials. It
transmits light rather then electronic
signals.
• Fiber optic cable has the ability to
transmit signals over much longer
distances then the coaxial and twisted
pair. It also has the capability to carry
information at vastly greater speeds.
267/273
M ic ro w a v e
• Another popular transmission media

is microwave. Microwave signal use
very high frequency signal to transmit
through space. Microwave system
permit data transmission rate about
16 giga bits per second.
History of Internet
• In 1969 the Department of Defense Advanced Research
Projects Agency (ARPA) created a network is called
ARPANET. ARPANET stands for Advanced Research
Project Agency Network.
• After that this network is connected four host
computer at four separate Universities throughout the
United States.
• By 1972 there were 37 host computers connected to
ARPANET.
• In 1972 telnet is developed by the National Center for
Supercomputing Application (NCSA) for connect to a
remote computer.
• In 1986 NSF (National Science Foundation) connected
the nation’s six supercomputing centers together. This
network is called NSFNET.
268/273
History of Internet
• In 1990 ARPANET is dissolved.
• In 1991 Gopher is developed at the University of
Minnesota. Gopher providing and locating information on
the Internet.
• In 1993 the European Laboratory for Physics in
Switzerland released the WWW developed by Tim
Burners Lee. The WWW uses Hypertext Transfer Protocol
(HTTP).
• In 1993-1994 the graphical web browsers Mosaic and
Netscape Navigator are introduced.
Types of Connectivity
There are several ways to connect to the
Internet.
1. Dedicated Internet Access
2. PC dial-up access
Dedicated Internet Access

• It needs dedicated a line connecting your
LAN or PC to the internet 24 Hours a day.
A dedicated Internet access requires
investment in equipment and a monthly
fee for the use of the line. It varies with line
capacity.
269/273
2. PC Dial-Up Connection
This is the simplest type of connection to
internet. You need a computer modem and
any of the popular telecommunications
packages. The user dials to an Internet
270/273
ISP (Internet Service Provider)

An Internet service provider (ISP, also
called Internet access provider or IAP) is a
company that offers its customers access to
the Internet. The ISP connects to its
customers using a data transmission
technology such as dedicated internet
connection or dial-up connection.
WWW or W3, Web (World Wide Web)
The World-Wide-Web (often referred to

simply as the Web) is a hypertext system. It
displaying individual documents from
anywhere on the Internet which provide links
to other Internet documents. By using Web
we can access wide variety of resources
such as text, image, audio or video that are
available via the Internet. The WWW is
developed in 1993 by Tim Berners Lee.
271/273
W eb Page
A web page is a unit of Inform ation, often
called a docum ent that is available over the
W orld W ide W eb. W eb pages are created
using H TM L, which defines the contents of a
web page such as im ages, text, hyperlinks,
video and audio files etc.. W eb pages are
sent and received through H TTP.
Web Browser
A browser is a software program that acts as an interface
between the user and the World Wide Web. The browser
sends requests for information that is available on the
Internet and displays the information for the user. There are
two types of Web Browser text based & graphical web
browser. A text based browser shows a user text only. A
graphical browser allows the user to see more of what the
WWW has to offer, such as graphics, photographs, and
multimedia.
Lynx is the example of text based browser.
Internet Explorer, Netscape Navigator, Mozila Firefox are
the graphical web browsers & they are very much popular
now a day.
Web Search Engines

A web search engine is an interactive tool to help
people locate information available via the World Wide
Web. Web search engines are actually database that
contain references to thousands of resources. Users
are able to interact with the database, submitting
queries that “ask” the database.
There are many search engines available on the web. A
web search engine provides an interface between the
user and database.
Some of the most common search engines are
1. AltaVista
2. Excite
3. Lycos
4. Opentext
5. Infoseek
6. Yahoo!
7. Khoj (India’s first search engine)
8. Google
272/273
Domain Name
Domain Name is a way to identifying and
locate computer connected to the Internet. A
domain name must be unique. No two
organizations on the Internet can have the
same domain name. A domain name always
contains two or more components separated
by period, called “dots”. Some examples of
domain names are : ibm.com, nasa.gov,
tcs.co.in etc.
Electronic Mail
The most common of the communication methods used by people to
send and receive messages and data through the internet.
The following are the popular web sites which allow you to open an e-mail
account.
www.yahoo.com, www.hotmail.com, www.rediff.com, www.gmail.com
etc..
By using this web sites you can open an e-mail account.
The following folder is generally display in e-mail account.
Inbox For all incoming messages
Outbox For all messages queued for sending
Sent Items For all messages previously sent
Deleted Item For all messages marked for deletion
Drafts For all messages which are pending completion
Protocol used with E-Mail
POP3 Post Office Protocol is used for storing the Internet mail
SMTP Simple Mail Transfer Protocol is used for sending the
simple text formats mail
MIME Multipurpose Internet Mail Extension is used for sending
text as well as graphics through the mail.
URL
• URL stands for Uniform Resource Locator to locate
resources on the Internet.
• Therefore URL is a way to locate computers and internet
resources and is used to identify specific sites and files
available on the World Wide Web.
– The structure of URL is :
• Protocol://server.subdomain.top-level-domain/directory/filename
– Example
• http://www.healthyway.com/exercise/mtbike.html
273/273
ALL THE BEST
113

Sr. No Name of Topic Page No

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Sr. No Name of Topic Page No

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

1/273

Sr. Name of Topic Page No.

ફોડર બનાવવા માટ

WORD OPEN કરવા માટ

VERTIC SCROLL BAR

(1) Type the following paragraph in MS Word

(I) માજMન સેટ કરવા માટ

LEFT RIGHT 2.0

(II) HEADER AND FOOTER માટ

HEADER AND FOOTER નામ ુ ં બો( બંધ કર દ /.ું

(III) PAGE BORDER આપવા માટ

(IV) FILE SAVE કરવા માટ

(V) પેરiાફને બ` ભાગ આપવા માટ

(VI) lથમ અ(ર મોટો કરવા માટ

(3) Do the following exercise in MS-Word

• Type the paragraph using 3 columns show above

(6) Type the following in MS Word

• Set top and bottom margin as 1.5 inches

ુ Square ઉપર b-લક કર/ં

• Set top and bottom margin as 1.5 inches

(8) Type the following in MS Word

• Set top and bottom margin as 1.5 inches

આપણે CCC+ કોષમાં

(10) Type the following paragraph in MS Word

Sir as per your requirement we have also like to bring to

(11) Type the following paragraph in MS Word

The course contains of talking, accent, communicate in a wide

INSERT PICTURE WORDART

(12) Do the following exercise in MS-Word

(1) Prepare the following table in MS Word

Jટોક માક ટ રપોટ[

(2) Do the following exercise in MS-Word

(3) Prepare the following table in MS Word.

ટવી ુ ં નામ 7કNમત ે

િવ7ડયોકોન 9500 1520

ઓનીડા 7500 1200

SCORECARD OF ENGLAND SERIES

માં lથમ રો ને xલેક કરવા માટ

No. Name English Gujarati Math Total

(6) Prepare the following table in Ms word

INVIGILATORS REPORT FOR CCC EXAM

(7) Type the following paragraph in MS Word

SALES SHEET FOR THE MONTH OF MARCH 2007

ુ ં TABLE AUTOFORMATજો બોડરવા

(9) Make a table using Ms word as mentioned below

SR NO. REGION BOY CHILD GIRL CHILD TOTAL

(V) DOUBLE LINE BORDER કરવાં માટ

BORDER ALL તીર ઉપર જઇ ડબલ લાઈન બોડર

માJટર સેસ કોપર શન ુ ં 25-3-2006નાં રોજ ુ ખા ુ ં

રF 7જરટર 8000 7990 -10

ડ.વી.ડ. લેયર 2500 2530 30

(VI) SHADING આપવા માટ

NEXT: STARTING DOCUMENT NEXT: SELECT RECIPIENTS TYPE A NEW LIST

નામ ADD કર ુ એટલે ઉપર Zજબની

બીુ એસ ટાઈપ કર/ ુ ં હોય તો NEW ENTRY CLOSE

CLOSE કર ુ એટલે ઉપર Zજબની

લેટર ટાઈપ કર લો છે zયા To ની નીચે કસર ુ

MS-EXCEL નો ઉપયોગ કર Mail Merge

For, PQR, Ahmedabad

For, Drums Limited

Name Basic Salary DA HRA CLA Gross PF PT Total Ded. Net

(I) Rs. gિપયા Z ૂકવા માટ

(II) શીટ ને રનેમ આપવા માટ

ફોડર બનાવવા માટ

HEADER AND FOOTER નામ ુ ં બો( બંધ કર દ /.ું

Jટોક માક ટ રપોટ[

ટવી ુ ં નામ 7કNમત ે

ુ ં TABLE AUTOFORMATજો બોડરવા

માJટર સેસ કોપર શન ુ ં 25-3-2006નાં રોજ ુ ખા ુ ં

રF 7જરટર 8000 7990 -10

ડ.વી.ડ. લેયર 2500 2530 30

નામ ADD કર ુ એટલે ઉપર Zજબની

બીુ એસ ટાઈપ કર/ ુ ં હોય તો NEW ENTRY CLOSE

CLOSE કર ુ એટલે ઉપર Zજબની

MS-EXCEL નો ઉપયોગ કર Mail Merge

(II) શીટ ને રનેમ આપવા માટ

PT ના ખાનામાં =lookup(b2,abc) એLટર ક દબાવવી

NEXT EXISTING WORKSHEET ને YES કર A10 લખ/ ુ ં LAYOUT

(IV) િપકચર Z ૂકવા માટ

SLIDESHOWમે ુ ં SLIDE TRANSITION SOUND માં^O ુ હોય તો આપ/

(VII) Jલાઇડ શ ને સતત) ચા ુ રાખવા માટ

ફોરમેટમે ું માં SLIDE LAYOUT માથm ઓરગેનાઇઝેશનચાટ[ પર કKલક કર/.ુ

zયારપછ ચાટ[ પર ડબલ કKલક કર

lથમ ચાટ[ િસલેકટ કર OK

d ખાનાં ને ડલીટ કર/ ુ હોય તે ખાનાંની બોડર